Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
10001 W. FAIRMONT PKWY JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY CONTRUCTION 2010 PACKAGE_10-0820_10-1162_10-0640_10-0312________
ZTe� v r�}M1e. '�✓nn �.m n< m s.w .... m. fir` -i i e a v�. :,y1W�. x.¢ t d ;r{ 7 �' # �k "Y'r �'�rJ�"� 1� • e sP yt Ct t u s � !n n `L,4 � f lot a WN TELLEPSEN 1'r�ersch,ell Davis ^Supedntendenl V Tellepsen Builders 281 447 108 p MdI---� 777 Benmar, Suite 400 281.447.8177 Fax Houston, TX 77060 281.802.1059 Mobile w Jellepsen.com 142.52.2649 Nextel .. hdavisrdtellepsen.com Lawrence, Vickie From: Wise, Sandra Sent: Monday, August 23, 2010 9:40 AM To: Jennings, Sherry; Yanez, Ramona Y; Lawrence, Vickie; Capstin, Krystle; Menager, Dwayne; Huber, Mark; Wilmore, Debbie Subject: 10001 W. Fairmont 10001 W. Fairmont passed all Final Inspections on 8/23/10 Thank you, S"d� Wese gem N4"4 t'a 0#'e" 120 S. 2.[ St Z4 Peih. 7R 77571 2P7-Y67-4603 a.2J7-867-4629 1 f , v. Porte ity 1 ' Established 1892 Customer Sm-vfce Inspection Cartificate Name ofPWS City Of La Porte __- PWS LD.# i ni 0016 � Lbca�nofService /OIm l ' �77//2 7YlD.f/7' I . .1n 1• . • :I1 . t e... •It Y .I. . I..I.I Y. M It .: ■ I upon i3ISpMCti= of the privatz- water distribution .I. AUM�a-rppl�do•, that to the best of _ (1) No direct connection between the Public &kkiftg water WIPPlY and a Potential source of .�I. sysiczabyinairMarmappropcianibsc prevention awcmahly lv.r a certified .fl .. E❑ / M ❑ LJ ❑ WA (4) No pipe a} pipe 5tti3g which contains more than &0% lead exists in private water distrtbi ti facilitln iostallyd aq err after.A4y' f 1988 B/ (5) No solder or fba which tags moie than 0.2% lead exists m private wnta drstnbUtica ' iacr7itia mstaIled oa or a$erhdy 1, f9ftg. I huther certify that the foltowiag materials wean. used in the instHtladaa af'the private water dista&b d= Facriiiies: scr ice tines Lead ❑ CuFRd EV/:/ PVC Other ❑ Solder Lead ' ❑ Lead Free !3 Salvmt Weld C4/ Other ❑ I reeagmu that this doeament shall become a �aaeht record of the mtiaaed public Water and that I am legally responsible for the validity of the kbrmation I have provided . . Yrre of Registtatiaa Nrrmber Plumbin4 Inspection License } Type afRegistatian Date Rev '12/00 Cl+..fy ®f La Porte Established 1892 • Iltl J J • Y' t • �U, Ilt •It K.•t' u • tt Of Pbrte . t , • call t l of Service L Ill hLTecg=n.I •1Yt •II 'tlt • Yt1bu •t n J.1 • • ix1 are Cl AMor n• • .I1 • Mt1 •11 , tlt t • It Yt Y, t. It .. ■ •la hereby (1) No &=t connecdon between the pubpc &fm� water supply and a potential =lr= of Y.,• _ �i1. _.,.. • It. rysbmn by an air gap or pm (2) No crass-cmanection bctwrCu le public drlmlc� water -supply and a pHvate: water system L' exists Where an actual air gap is not rmmftrtaincd`b�rwecu the. public watm supply and a _.1. is fa�y 'v. Fled kil ■ • 1 _ C ■ 13 _r or ilux which cantainff More than 1leadOcists mPrivate wztmdil facilities le l• L Lead Free DSolvent Weld O •..e ■ Other■ ■l Iof the 9 catimcd Public Watcr.Systcm and that I Sol nlepil repausffile fbr the yabdrty of the fiffmuration I hare providecL Stgnahse of Inspector r P imbincr Inspector Tittle . Rem®N�ber PlimInspe ibin4' ction License Type d Reiiistabon M3 ,,,: foci N.19i_Smn Rev '12/00 City of La Porte 0 ilk • ,,OF r I �• • - • a JOB ADDRESSZb,, / /�� it+0 wf �j• INSPECTION TYP�fL•Q DATE6_6_1a THIS JOB HAS NOT BEEN COMPLETED r The following additions or corrections shall be made A I It is unlawful for any Carpenter, Contractor, Builder, or' other persons, to cover or cause to be covered, any part; i of the work with flooring, lath, earth or other material, until I the proper inspector has had ample time to approve the_ It installation. After additions or corrections have been made, call 281-470-5130 For additional information call 281-470-5073. PRESS HARD- USE BALL POINT PEN . x r. Final Inspection Check Shee Commercial Date: llv'lO Project Address: O i O n ( c EA it mo rJ'1 Park, Contractor Project Nal File Review Ws 1-9 B. Zoning Permit in file --to lae- :Ss u[.=> W/ 6.9 4. Customer Service Inspection Certificate in file Field Review i CO is .. . .. .. ... to identify if full or telp 30-day •l • ' .. 9tLd S:ICPSh=\INSPECrION DIVISIONUnspectionslFinel Inspection Check SheetComlDeoOS.doc FIRE MARSHAL INSPECTION Si TO: DEPARTMENT: FAX: FROM: DEPARTMENT: BUSINESS NAME: ADDRESS: CONTACT: PHONE NUMBER: CITY INSPECTION DATE WHAT KIND OF INSP. SANDY WISE FIRE MARSHAL 281-8674629 VICKIE LAWRENCE INSPECTIONS JENNIE REED ELEM 10001 W FAIRMONT PARKWAY JEFF 281-642-8045 08/06/2010 BLDG FINAL P. 01 x = FRANSACTION REPORT AUG-06-2010 FRI 10:27 AM 1 � X DATE: START RECEIVER TX TIME(L)PAGES TYPE NOTE M# DP x t AUG-06 10:26 AM 92818674629 24"(l) 1 SEND OK 789 2 TOTAL : 24S PAGES XXX:t�#X�XM:XY��XXXXXlt1;1;���X�X�XXXXYI:Y��1CXXk:�X1;YY�XX�Jt�X�1;�XY�XXXXX1;Jt����Y���XX���IC FIRE MARSHAL INSPECTION TO: DEPARTMENT: FAX: FROM: DEPARTMENT: BUSINESS NAME: ADDRESS: CONTAC,r: PRONE NUMBER: CITY INSPECTION DATE: WHAT KIND OF INSP. SANDY WISE FIRE MARSHAL . 281-8674629 VICKIE LAWRENCE INSPECTIONS JENNIF; REED ELEM 10001 W FAIRMONT PARKWAY JEFF 281-642-8045 08/06/2010 BLDG FINAL �y Ui ua zui�= 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE: (281)470-5130 ****ZONING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 10-00000313 Date 3/24/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: ' 043-148-000-0256 Application type description ZONING PERMIT Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Property owner . . . . . . . LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST Owner address . . . . . . . . PO BOX 716 LA PORTE TX 775720716 Other struct info . . . . . SIC CODE (ZONING PERMITS) X ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . ZONING PERMIT Additional desc . . SIC#8211 JENNIE REID ELEMEN Permit Fee . . . . 50.00 Issue Date . . . . 3/24/10 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date 9/20/10 COPY Qty Unit Charge Per xtension BASE FEE 50.00 ---------- - Special Notes and Comments February 24, 2010 5:04:05 PM laporxy. SIC # 8211 JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY --------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due ----------------- ---------- ---------- ----- Permit Fee Total 50.00 50.00 .00 .00 Grand Total 50.00 50.00 .00 .00 ----------------- THIS PERMIT BECOMES INVALID WITH ANY CHANGE OF USE, OCCUPANCY, TENANCY E HIP OF THIS BUILDING OR LEASE SPACE. OWNER OR A NT _DATE ZONING ADMIkL9TIMOOk DATE � �O TEMPORARY 30 DAY CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY DATE COMPLETED: AUGUST 9, 2010 THE CITY OF LA PORTE This Certificate issued pursuant to the requirements of the International Building Code certifying that at the time of issuance this structure was in compliance with the various ordinances of the Jurisdiction regulating building construction or use. Project: 10-312 Proposed Use: SCHOOL FACILITY Occupancy Type: E Construction Type: I-B Flood Zone: X Property Owner: LA PORTE IND. SCHOOL DISTRICT Address: P O BOX 716 City: LA PORTE State: TX Zip:77571 Project Address: 10001 W FAIRMONT PARKWAY LA PORTE, TEXAS 77571 EXPIRATION DATE: SEPTEMBER 8, 2010 o )x � Q,,, . AUGUST 9, 2010 (Approved By) L , Date ********POST IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE******** ,3. FAXED: T POLE CONST ELEV CERT recv'd if in AEIVE zone FORM SURVEY If applicable) ✓ Cl GROUND PLUMBING (Q•2 3l I QPIA G 1 0sc S —rY12 -jo-t e (iV1� Wags+t-i V�In�SOn1 PIERS i 6 -it.*- to `ti.5 17 SLABIFOUNDATION WATER SERVICE LINE SEWER ELEC UNDERGROUND (if applicable) COVIR-UP C� t� 165� Lt C�-% 1- G l� '4 �e� i S E Latw S BRICK TIE Q' (o IlE-ID sLv L/ 3a , oar DRIVEWAY SIDE ALKS FINAL DRAINAGE/GRADING FINAL ELEV CERTIFICATE RECEIVED: ELEVATION SHOWN FOR TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR IS: REQUIRED BFE: IS THE ELEVATION SHOWN 12" OR MORE ABOVE BFE: (YES) OR (NO) FAXED: GAS FINAL FAXED: ELECTRIC FINAL OTHER (patio, lawn sprinklers, etc. jmok Cf11�h uQ ✓ X (� l0 N M 12 FINAL $'gjID S:\CPSHARE\INSPECTIONSDIVISION/INSPECTIONS\RES-COML INSP SHEEToct05YLS COADIERCLAL W&S WORK WATER FRONT FT FEES SEWER'FRONT FT FEES WATER TAP SEWER TAP DATE a v NEW ADDITION ADDRESS REQUEST ZONING CLASSIFICATION FLOOD ZONE BLDG PLANS SUBMITTED BLDG PLANS REVIEWED 4 :i FLOOD ZONE PE C�required if AE or VE zone) �PERMIT �#� BUILDING PERMIT PLAN REVIEW FEE DRIVEWAY TIE IN FEE PARK LAND FEE - ZONE, ELECTRICAL PERMIT TEMPORARY POWER POLE PLUMBING PERMIT MECHANICAL PERWT JF --V(� �j��a'l5 io-�wo sxnha Vnsp , FSID INSP SD E xkmy 06.doc 3 F-I i AK Al - 31r) tLP- I u �,trx:Ak WL AA) q-1 -10 Lij L) 7.7-jr-I 0 1 44AJ I &�. S.ICPSHAREVNSPECTIONSDMSIONIIN,SPECTfONSIRaS-COML INSP SHEETOCtOSMS (281)470-507 3 City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 INSPECTION LINE: ****BUILDING PERMIT**** -- ------------------------------ Application Number . . . . Property Address . . . . . HCAD Number: Application type description Subdivision Name . . . . . Property Use . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . Application valuation . . . T (281) 470-5130 ----------------------------------------- 10-00000820 Date 5/18/10 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY 043-148-000-0256 MISCELLANEOUS ABST 482 W JONES REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED RES - MID DENSITY 72375 Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION, LP PO BOX 716 ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION SA, LP LA PORTE TX 775720716 2003 MYKAWA RD PEARLAND TX 77581 (281) 485-6803 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON COMBUSTIBLE (TY.I,II) Occupancy Type . . . . . EDUCATIONAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT -FIRE SPRINKLER Additional desc . . FIRE SPRINKLER Permit Fee . . . . 525.50 Plan Check Fee 262.75 Issue Date . . . . 5/18/10 Valuation . . . . 72375 Expiration Date . . 11/14/10 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 387.50 23.00 6.0000 THOU BLDG - 50,001 - 100,000 138.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments May 18, 2010 7:45:00 AM laporxy. (1)CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW -NOTES ATTACHED ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due ------------------------------ --------------------------- Permit Fee Total 525.50 525.50 .00 .00 Plan Check Total 262.75 262.75 .00 .00 Grand Total 788.25 788.25 .00 .00 [a 'OR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) D E 6 OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) T� , • PERNUT APPLICATION IQitY of La Porte 281-470-507 MAY 12 2010 1] BY: ilding Mechanical back of Project Owner's Name: L • / _ • -S -,c> Phone: E& 1892 *Plumbing Street City Zip Contractor: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION. LP. Phone: 281485-6803 2003 MIXAWA ROAD PEARLAND.TX, Street I city Zip I Contractor Email addressJd@alliedfrreprotection.com Fax: 281-412-9668 Contact Person: John Blackmon TRCC registration # on all new Single Fam ily Dwellings or remodels over $10,000-TRCC # Building Use: ELEMENTARY kL Sq. Footage: # Sto 'es 4$-Qve, Valuation:_$72,375 Describe Work: TALL PRINKLER 62 Occupancy Type Construction Type__J:�;L Class Work Sq. Ft� # Stories�ArParking Req M)ft Last use of Building AJL� Date use ceased: Flood Zone{ Use Zone— A - a Commercial Buildings Plans Only -Fire Marshal Checked/Approved for Issuance By:, driveway tie-in fee:_ ew Res. Onlv): Zone -to Permit No. u Permit Check City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** --------------------------------- Application Number . . . . Property Address . . . . . HCAD Number: Application type description Subdivision Name . . . . . Property Use . . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . Application valuation . . . Owner ---------------------------------------- 10-00001162 Date 7/27/10 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY 043-148-000-0256 MISCELLANEOUS ABST 482 W JONES REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED RES - MID DENSITY 9000 Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST FIRE SAFE PROTECTION SERVICES 1815 SHERWOOD FOREST LA PORTE TX 77571 HOUSTON TX 77043 (713) 722-7800 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON COMBUSTIBLE (TY.I,II) Occupancy Type . . . . . . ASSEMBLY ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BLDG PERMIT -FIRE ALARM Additional desc . . FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RENO Permit Fee . . . . 80.00 Plan Check Fee Issue Date . . . . 7/27/10 Valuation Expiration Date . . 1/23/11 Qty Unit Charge Per BASE FEE 8.00 7.5000 THOU BLDG - 1,001 - ------------------------------------------------ Special Notes and Comments July 23, 2010 11:52:18 AM laporxy. (1) AS PER APPROVED PLANS SPECS AND FMO PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS (2) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (3) NO OTHER WORK INCLUDED IN THIS PERMIT. ------------------------------------------------ Fee summary . Charged Paid ----------------- ---------- ---------- Permit Fee Total 80.00 80.00 Plan Check Total 40.00 40.00 Grand Total 120.00 120.00 50,000 Extension 20.00 60.00 --------------------------- Credited Due -------------------- .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 -------------------------------- ---------- - ---- --- >-;2 ( GNATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIW AGENT) (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED -1 ,Q7/r0 DATE Building, Project M. ERN T A 'PLICATION ty of La Porte Established 1892 281-470-5073 T �° a p,� q—� Mechanical 10001 W Fairmont Parkway h JUL 14 1010 V •Plumbing_ Subdivision: ABST 482 W Jones Block: 46S T Vd'a W 6 20t Owner's Name: La Porte Independent School District Phone: (281) 604-7170 Address: PO Box 716 La Porte 77572' Street City Zip Contractor. Fire Safe Protection Services, LP Phone: (713) 722-7800 Address: 1815 Sherwood Forest Houston 77043 Street City Zip Conuuctor Email address: twilcoxon@fire-safe.net Fax: (713) 722-0900 Contact Person: Tina Wilcoxon Engineer: Building Use: Sq. Footage: # Stories Valuation: $9,000.00 Describe Work: Fire Alarm System Reno INSPECTION. PLICANTS PRWMD NAME t l CO r For City Use Only Occupancy Ty�jfT Flood Zone_ X Class Work Sq. Ft. Construction Type if — Use Zone P`' # Stories / Parking Req /J n Last use of Building S — 4 � o l G yrr+ Date use ceased: tv h Commercial Buildings Plans Only -Fire Marshal Approval C . Date 7 a-//y Checked/Approved for Issuance By: Date Residential driveway tie-in CITY COPY COM MRCIAL PLAN REVIEW COVER SEEEI (IIV TERN_AL USEI ADDRESS: / 00 01 OWNER'S NAME: L P i s PROJECT TYPE: c..— lac ^r"NEW: ADDN: HCAD#: �`� 3 - /y �� o act l— X Z HTE LOC#: iwy nn-D 7,0114F: X TIRZ ZONE? SITE VISIT (DRAINAGE) ZONING PERMIT CERT. SITE PLAN APPROVAL ASBESTOS SURVEY RECEIVED TAS (ADA) PROOF OF SUBMITTAL F101 RESOL. APPLICABLE?: F216-00-00 RESOL. APPLICABLE?: FILL DIRT APPLTERNIIT CLEARING PERNIIT NEEDED? FLOOD PERMIT NEEDED?: W/S FEES APPLICABLE?: y/N SUB /DATE RETURNED (Applicable on Demo, Addn, or Remodel) (Applicable to Comm. Or Ind) (If yes, permit cannot be issued) (If yes, permit cannot be issued) (If yes, figure fees. If no, use w/S form to explain why they are not) TAXES UP TO DATE?: DATE OF REVIEW: � �y �v INSPECTOR: ITEMS NEEDED FOR ISSUANCE OF PERIVII 1: 1 CURRENT INSURANCE CERT. (if applicable) OK77,C /�cvJ ael-Ck-1 D..t OWNER OR CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION DATE T YIE NAME OF PERSON CONTACTED S:1CP \JNSPECIION DtV1S1ONVrSP=MS\COMI- PLAN REVEW COVER SHEET.doc Rev. MAROS Menager, Dwayne From: Menager, Dwayne Sent: Wednesday, July 14, k10 5:27 PM To: Meekins, Clif; Wise, Sandra Cc: Huber, Mark Subject: 3201 N. Farrington / 10001 W Fairmont Cliff, We have two sets of fire alarm plans for ready for your review as follows, 1. 10001 W Fairmont LPISD 2. 3201 N Farrington LPISD They are in the usual place. Dwayne Mehager Chief Inspector City of La Porte Inspections Division 281-470-5070 menagerd(@Iaportetx.gov City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 -.{ ' (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****PLUMBING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 10-00000312 Date 6/09/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: 043-148-000-0256 Alternate Search Method: Application type description REMODEL, SCHOOLS/OTHER EDUCATIONAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST TELLEPSEN BUILDERS LP PO BOX 716 777 BENMAR, SUITE 400 LA PORTE TX 775720716 HOUSTON TX 77060 (281) 447-8100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Permit . . . . . . PLUMBING PERMIT Additional desc PLUMBING Sub Contractor AFTON INCORPORATED Permit Fee . . . . 352.50 Issue Date . . . . 6/09/10 Valuation . . . . Expiration Date . . 12/06/10 Qty Unit Charge Per BASE FEE 69.00 3.7500 EA PL - FIXTURES/DRAINS/TRAPS 19.00 3.7500 EA PL - WATER HEATER 0 Extension 15.00 258.75 71.25 1.00 7.5000 EA PL - GAS SYSTEM (1-4 OUTLETS) 7.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 24, 2010 4:55:33 PM laporxy. (1) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (3) COMPLY WITH COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (4) CONSTRUCT AS PER APPROVED RED LINED DRAWINGS (5) SEPARATE FIRE SPRINKLER & FIRE ALARM PERMITS/INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due -------------------- --------------------------- Permit Fee Total 352.50 ---------- 352.50 .00 .00 Grand Total 352.50 352.50 .00 .00 thoriz'8 agent icial or authorized agent . Rono Kam. PERMIT APPLICATION °F A A. A City Of La Porte Established 1892 ° / 281-470-5073 Building Mechanical •Electrical 'Plumbing_ '(See back of forth) Project Address: WQ J 1 W . 15911E MWE ACWY Lot: Subdivision: Block: Owner's Name: [-4 A ¢T[= 1. Sb • Phone: Street City Zip Contractor: ar-Tht-1 IN naae Amb Phone: ail -(oSl - /S33 City 7-- zip Contractor Emailaddress: ]uS�i.1 %s)a��an-irlG.t•14ax: �g/,BSI-/S ggcontactPerson: �s;1n/ Qr�S Engineer: Building Use: Sq. Footage: # Stories Valuation: Describe ADDRESS NUMBERS MUST BE POSTED DURING CONSTRUCTION & PERMANENTLY AT TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION. Occupancy Type Flood Zone Class Work Sq. Ft Construction Type Use Zone # Stories Parking Req_ Last use of Building Date use ceased: Commercial Buildings Plans Cecil -Fire Marshal Approval Date Checked/Approved for Issuance By: Date CE: Special Conditions: Taxes HCAD Residential driveway tie-in fee: P Zone # Fee: Permit No. Permit Fp Plan Check Fee: S:\CPSh,-\1=pcd—\BWgP— App042".d- COMPLETE THIS SECTION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMITS:: NOTE: MINIMUM CHARGE ON PERMIT(S) IS $20.00 Description Charges Quantity Fees PERMIT ISSUE FEE $7.50 Outlets, Fixtures, Lights & Switches (1" 5 - Flat fee) $3.00 Above Items (All Others) .60 each Clothes Washer/ Dryer S 2.00 each Range Receptacle S 3.00 each Cook Top or Oven $ 1.50 each A/C, Window Unit Receptacle S 3.00 each Water Heater $ 3.75 each Dishwasher/Garbage Disposal S 1.50 each Meter Loop & Service (includes Temporary cut -in) $15.00 each Temporary Saw Pole (f Pole) $15.00 each Reconnection of Service $15.00 each Reinspection Fee $35.00 each MOTORS: Up to but not including '/z hp S 1.50 each % hp and less than 10 hp $ 2.50 each 10 hp & up to 50 hp $ 3.50 each 50 hp and up $ 4,50 each Total Fee COMPLETE THIS SECTION FOR PLUMBING PERMITS NOTE: MINIMUM CHARGE ON PERMIT(S) IS $20.00 Description Charges Quantity Fees PERMIT ISSUE FEE Fixture s/Drains/f raps Sewer (New, Repair, or Replacement) Septic Tank/Seepage PivDmin Field Water Heater Gas Piping System (1-4 outlets, flat fee) Gas Piping System (over 4 outlets -each) Installation, Alteration or Repair of Water Piping and/or Water Treating Equipment Repair/Alteration - Drain or Vent Each Vacuum Breaker/Backflow Protection Each One (1-5) Each One (Over 5) Reinspection Fee 7 50 $15.00 $15.00 $ 3.75 each &17 2F&.-7 $ 7.50 each $15.00 each $ 3.75 each LDS $ 7.50 $ 1.50 each $ 7.50 each $ 7.50 each $ 3.75 each S 2.25 each $35.00 each Total SACPShmUNSPECTION DMS10NVmpodiom\B1dg Permit App1 side2 1128M.doe '+ (281)470-5073 City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 INSPECTION ****MECHANICAL PERMIT**** LINE:(281) 470-5130 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 10-00000312 Date 5/20/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: 043-148-000-0256 Alternate Search Method: Application type description REMODEL, SCHOOLS/OTHER EDUCATIONAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Owner ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST PO BOX 716 LA PORTE TX 775720716 Other struct info ---------------------- Permit . . . . . Additional desc . Sub Contractor Permit Fee . . . Issue Date . . . Expiration Date . Qty Unit Charge FLOOD Contractor ------------------ TELLEPSEN BUILDERS 777 BENMAR, SUITE HOUSTON (281) 447-8100 ZONE MECHANICAL PERMIT MECH FOR NEW SCHOOL ACCURATE COMFORT SYSTEMS 4800.00 5/20/10 Valuation 11/16/10 Per BASE FEE 1590.00 3.0000 THOU MECH - $1001 & UP ------------------------------------------------------------ Special Notes and Comments February 24, 2010 4:55:33 PM laporxy. (1) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (3) COMPLY WITH COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (4) CONSTRUCT AS PER APPROVED RED LINED DRAWINGS (5) SEPARATE FIRE SPRINKLER & FIRE ALARM PERMITS/INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. ------------------------------------------------------------ Fee summary Charged Paid Credited ----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Permit Fee Total 4800.00 4800.00 .00 Grand Total 4800.00 4800.00 .00 ---------------------- ----- Atv� 9 zil Signature of contractor or NOWN1I I 1 Approved by Building Officildl"'or Authoriz LP 400 TX 77060 X 1590519 Extension 36.00 4770.00 Due ---------- -- --------- �Date ro agent ate CITY OF LA PORTE, TX *** CUSTOMER RECEIPT *** Batch ID: LAPOBFF 5/20/10 75 Receipt no: 98416 Type SvcCd Description Amount 2010 312 BP PERMITS Qty 1.00 $4800.00 ACCURATE COMFORT SYSTEMS Trans number: 2075182 VM VISA/MASTER CONV FEES Qty 1.00 $3.00 10001 FAIRMONT PKWY Trans number: 2075183 SERVICES & CHARGES 00161465155006 POOLED CASH / POOLE 00100001010100 Tender detail VM Ref#: 55172001 $4803.00 Total tendered: $4803.00 Total payment: $4803.00 Trans date: 5/20/10 Time: 11:08:15 THANK YOU FOR YOUR PROMPT PAYMENT MAY/20/2010/THU 09:37 AM 911IIN PERMIT APPLICATION City of La Porte 281-470-5073 4l0C)03 Established 1892 . Building Mechanical X _ *Electrical *Plumbing *(See back of form) Pmject Address: 10001 \tl. FA t rcnA a &r -r R y w Y Lot: Subdivision: A&I-T +Z Z. fit./ lock: Owner's Name: LA PQ2Te I S C:) Phone. street City P►`'A,59� — (Y 32-) 5%0 - 5A y l o Contractor: A ccumA-Tc CnmFomT SYSTem5 U SA Phone: S3Z- S 90- S-1-90 45 TAddress:9 a_ VA 5 '7 7 q 4 O Street City Zap o9rTN�2@ Contractor Email address: Aceurt.4yrne_%Li%A-cam Fax: A:5Z-590-U53 ContactPersomOruaul3fTNGr- Eo inea: P131L IL>jGr..gGas Building Use: Sq. Footage: # Stories mer-H Ford valuation, �� 51 9. C) Desaibeworka Sco rzeweVWT10d Occupancy Type Flood Zane Class Work` Sq. Ft Construction Type Use Zone # Stories Parlong Req Last use of Buildm¢ Date use ceased: Commercial Buildings Plans Qajy-Fire Marshal Checked/Approved for Issuance BY - Date CR Special Taxes HCAD Residential driveway Hein fee: P d(New Res. may): Zone # Permit No. -I " 3 0K Permit Fee T4._OD. OS Plan Check MAY/20/2010/THU 09:37 AM P. 003 MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES Heating, ventilating, ductwork, air conditioning and refrigeration systems NOTE: MINIMUM CHARGE ON PERMIT(S) IS $30.00 First $1,000 valuation, or fraction thereof $15.00 Each additional $1,000 valuation or fraction thereof Re -Inspection fee Permit Issue Fee Minimum Permit Fee PENALTIES $ 3.00 $35.00 $15.00 $30.00 Where work is started without the required permit, the fee herein specified shall be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with the requirements in the execution of the work nor from any other applicable penalties. 6` 41,000 u t5,00 1,590 g1,d00 @ 3,00 I- 770.0p T- L—T Fri= 1 S.G70 $ 4, S 00.00 S:\CPSbm\BVSPBCTION DMSIONUW=dow%MCHAMCAL PERM FBBSI205.doc zx�xx�x�x���xxxxx��x����z�xxx X DATE START RECEIVER xx���xxxx��xx�x�xxx���x�x�x��������xx�xzz�x��xxzxxx�xxzx�xx�x��� P. 01 ,TRANSACTION REPORT MAY-20-2010 THU 11:12 AM x TX TIME(L)PAGES TYPE NOTE M# DP W MAY-20 11:10 AM 98325905846 1'23"(1) 2 SEND OK 493 TOTAL 1M 23S PAGES: 2 r< X XYYX����YY��XXYY���X�XXX�YYYYY��XXXXXX�XXXYYY��X#�X�KY##X���:� City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy (281)470-5073 La Porte, Tx 77571 ****MECHANICAL ----------------------------------------------------------- INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 PERMIT**** Application Number Property Address _ . . . . . 10-00000312 Date - 5/20/10 . HCAD Number: . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY Alternate Search Method: 043-148-000-0256 Application type description Subdivision Name REMODEL, SCHOOLS/OTHER EDUCATIONAL . Property Use . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES . . . Property Zoning . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Owner --------- ---- Contractor LA PORTE IND SCHOOL PO BOX 716 _ _ DIST TELLEPSEN-BUILDERS LP LA PORTE 777 BENMAR, SUITE 400 TX 775720716 HOUSTON 7x 77060 Other struct info (281) 447-8100 -------------------------------------------- X X . . -`--FLOOD-ZONE --------------- IT ICAL ESCHOOL Additional desc MECHH FOR NEW Sub Contractor ACCURATE COMFORT SYSTEMS Permit Fee . . . . 4800.00 Issue Date . . Expiration Date . . 5/20/10 Valuation 11/16/10 1590519 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension 1590.00 BASE - $ 30.00 ------ 3.0000 THOU MECH - $1001 & UP City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 10-00000640 Date 4/22/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: 043-148-000-0256 Application type description MISCELLANEOUS Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Application valuation . . . . 54669 Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST FIRE SAFE PROTECTION SERVICES PO BOX 716 1815 SHERWOOD FOREST LA PORTE TX 775720716 HOUSTON TX 77043 (713) 722-7800 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NON COMBUSTIBLE (TY.I,II) Occupancy Type . . . . . . EDUCATIONAL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BLDG PERMIT -FIRE ALARM Additional desc . . FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Permit Fee . . . . 417.50 Plan Check Fee 208.75 Issue Date . . . . 4/22/10 Valuation . . . . 54669 Expiration Date . . 10/19/10 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 387.50 5.00 6.0000 THOU BLDG - 50,001 - 100,000 30.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments April 20, 2010 5:16:49 PM laporxy. (1) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due --------------------------------------------------------- Permit Fee Total 417.50 417.50 .00 .00 Plan Check Total 208.75 208.75 .00 .00 Grand Total 626.25 626.25 .00 .00 (5T6NATURE OF CONTRACTOR OR AUTHORI ED AGENT) DATE (APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL OR 0 ZED AGENT) 3A'�/� PERMIT APPLICATION Lj-a1-10 6 $�l 1C�6�6S .,I -� ccx-" Project Address: 10001 W Fairmont Parkway Subdivision: ABST 482 W Jones Binek: \14 Y) OLYt Owner's Name: LaPorte Independent School District phone: (281) 604-7170 PO Box 716 La Porte 77572 Street City Zip Fire Safe Protection Services, LP Phone. (713) 722-7800 Address: 1815 Sherwood Forest Houston 77043 Street City Zip Contractor Email addmss:-tw61coxon@fire-safe.net Fax: (713) 722-0900 Contact Person: Tina Wilcoxon Engineer: Building Use: Sq. Footage: # Stories $54,669.00 Describe Work: Fire Alarm System Reno ADDRESS NUMBERS MUST BE POSTED DURING CONSTRUCTION & PERMANENTLY AT TIME OF FINAL INSPECnON. For City Use Only Occupancy Type "a E Flood Zone X Class Work Sq. Ft b to Construction Type Use Zone R _ # Stories Parking Re 6 Last use of Building .Q.c�Q.q Date userraeed�- 4�Q QTT�� Commercial Buildings Plans Oniv-Fire Marshal Checked/Approved for Lssuance By: CE:_Special Residential driveway tie, -in fee: J Parkland(New Rcs. nW: Zone # r� Permit No. Permit Fee c::- p_Plan O - ID - 20- Phone: 713-722-7800 Fax: 713-722-0900 . . = Pa 1 of 1 R Ikerd _,, ' y 77 7 T7 raoncrim s Mms. Lv Sales Representative 1815 Sherwood Forest Houston, Texas 77043 APR 14 2010 Letter of Transmittal : Date : April 12, 2010 BY: - TO: City of La Porte Reid Elementary School - La Porte I.S.D. Company Job Name 10001 Fairmont Parkway Permit No. Address 604 W. Fairmont Pky La Porte, TX 77571 Address City -Stale -Zip Code La Porte , TX 77571 10-0165 City -State -Zip Code FSPS JOB NUMBER 281-470-5073 Siemens XLS-500 CONTACT PHONE NUMBER PANEL TYPES We Are Sending You _ATTACHED —DOCUMENTS —RECORD DRAWINGS -_SAMPLES X PRINTS _PLANS _SPEcinCATIONS _CHANGE ORDER _OWNER'S MANUALS X SUBMITTAL BROCHURE Item Oty. Description A 2 Submittal Brochure for the Fire Alarm System Renovation. These Items Are For X APPROVAL _ FOR YOUR USE — FILE —FOR REVIEW AND COMMENTS _ DELIVERY AS REOUESTED —FOR BID USE —OTHER REMARKS: Please sign and return a transmittal letter for our records. RECEIVED BY: SIGNED B )Jik ✓/. PRINT NAME: is PRINT.NAME: /"' DATE: DATE: LA PORTE i FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE "PLAN REVIEW" Date 04/20/2010 T CD ! Business Name Jennie Reid Elementary Address 10001 W. Fairmont Type of Review Fire Alarm Contractor Fire Safe Protection "'R Reviewed by Clif Meekins Fire Marshal Approval YES The Applicant shall be responsible to ensure the design specifications and plans are complete and In compliance with the requirements set forth in the 2003International Fire Code (rFQ a well as the applicable referenced Standards listed in Chapter 45 of the 2003 n+C. This plan review is not intended to be fully Inclusive as other requirements may be Imposed as warranted by the Fire Marshal or as deemed necessary during on -site inspections by the Fire Marshal's Once. The following items are identified by the Fire Marshal's Office during the plan review: 1) Ensure the system is designed and installed so silencing the Audible devices WILL NOT cancel the Visuals devices through -out the facility. The strobes shall remain active when the system has been silenced and will remain active until the system has been reset. 2) Install a Strobe device outside of all Emergency Egress doors. 3) All Smoke Detectors shall be of a tamper resistant type and shall sound a notification at the FACP if tampered with. 4) A person licensed through the Texas State Fire Marshal's Office to install Fire Alarm systems shall be onsite during all phases of installation and during the Fire Marshal's inspection. 5) The Fire Marshal's Office must witness a function test of the Fire Alarm system. Contact the Fire Marshal's Office 24hrs in advance to schedule a Fire Alarm system test. 6) Approved (Stamped) copy of the Fire Alarm plans shall be on the job site and available to the Fire Marshal Inspector at any time during installation. 120 South 2" Street, La Porte, TX 77571 Office: 281-867-4603 Fax: 281-8674629 CITY COPY f_ City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****ELECTRICAL PERMIT**** -------=------------------------------------------------------------------ Application Number . . . . . 10-00000312 Date 4/13/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: 043-148-000-0256 Alternate Search Method: Application type description REMODEL, SCHOOLS/OTHER EDUCATIONAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Owner Contractor ------------------------ ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST TELLEPSEN BUILDERS LP PO BOX 716 777 BENMAR, SUITE 400 LA PORTE TX 775720716 HOUSTON TX 77060 (281) 447-8100 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . ELECTRICAL PERMIT Additional desc ELEC FOR REMODEL Sub Contractor PIEPER HOUSTON INC Permit Fee . . . . 728.90 Issue Date . . . . 4/13/10 Valuation . . . . 0 Expiration Date . . 10/10/10 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 7.50 1.00 3.0000 EA EL - OUTLETS,SWITCHES (1ST 5) 3.00 974.00 .6000 EA EL - OUTLETS, SWITCHES (OTHER) 584.40 16.00 3.7500 EA EL - WATER HEATER 60.00 1.00 15.0000 EA EL - METER LOOP & SERVICE/TCI 15.00 10.00 1.5000 EA EL -MOTORS UP TO NOT INC. 1/2H 15.00 12.00 2.5000 EA EL - 1/2 HP AND UP TO 10 HP 30.00 4.00 3.5000 EA EL - 10 HP AND UP TO 50 HP 14.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 24, 2010 4:55:33 PM laporxy. (1) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (3) COMPLY WITH COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (4) CONSTRUCT AS PER APPROVED RED LINED DRAWINGS (5) SEPARATE FIRE SPRINKLER & FIRE ALARM PERMITS/INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited -------------------- Due ------------------------------------- Permit Fee Total 728.90 728.90 .00 .00 Grand Total 728.90 728.90 .00 .00 ------- ------ ---- --------------------------------------------- Signature of Contractor or Authori;eq Agent bate Approved by Building Official or Authorized Agent Date PERNIIT APPLICATION City of La Porte Established 1892 281-470-5073 Building Mechanical *Electrical �x� *Plumbing '(See back of form) Project Address: /O 0 6 1 Fe..t., at on'y PL-)y _Lot: Subdivision: ".57f 40T7 /V Teas Block: Owner's Name: Lc� R.0 1ti Z'- 5 , Phone: Address: f°,0196, 7 / (e L a Par t'e— Tx 77 Sr 7A - 0 >1 L Street City Zip Contractor. /e 44-C e Phone: n?F/- IYf I' k160 Address: 7 7 7 llz ^ m . P r S,g if- 41O4, /700f S f0 A TX 7 7,P & P Street City Zip Contractor Email address: alfallr sggj Fax: ZArt-el,17-0111 Contact Person: &10 Engineer: 1'01 PC 0ipo ,cf s . Building Use: Sq. Footage: # Stories_L Valuation: Describe Work: Occupancy Type Construction Type Flood Zone Class Work Sq. Ft. Use Zone # Stories Parking Reg Last use of Building Date use ceased: Commercial Buildings Plans nl-FireMarshal Approval Date Checked/Approved for Issuance By: Date_ CE: Special Conditions: Residential driveway tie-in fee: t, Parkland(New Res.�nly): Zone # Fee: Permit No. 1() - 3 ('— Permit Fee '� 8 . �O Plan Check Fee: COMPLETE THIS SECTION FOR ELECTRICAL PERMITS:: NOTE: MINIMUM CHARGE ON PERMIT(S) IS $20.00 Description Charges Quantity Fees PERMIT ISSUE FEE $7.50 _j— $7.50 Outlets, Fixtures, Lights & ° p o �s Switches (1 5 — Flat fee) $ 3.00 Above Items.(All Oth'ers)' $ 0.60 each' 17.`/ �8y•% Clothes Washer/ Dryer $ 2.00 each Range Receptacle $ 3.00 each Cook Top or Oven $ 1.50 each A/C, Window Unit Receptacle $ 3.00 each Water Heater $ 3.75 each Dishwasher/Garbage Disposal $ 1.50 each Meter Loop & Service j (includes Temporary cut -in) $15.00 each l� Temporary Saw Pole (T Pole) $15.00 each Reconnection of Service $15.00 each Reinspection Fee $35.00 each MOTORS: Up to but not including 'f, hp $ 1.50 each h hp and less than 10 hp $ 2.50 each /L 30'= 10 hp & up to 50 hp $ 3.50 each Z�y 50 hp and up $ 4.50 each Total Fee COMPLETE THIS SECTION FOR PLUMBING PERMITS NOTE: MINIMUM CHARGE ON PERMIT(S) IS $20.00 Description Charges Quantity Fees PERMIT ISSUE FEE t $15.00 $15.00 Fixtures/Drains/Traps $ 3.75 each Sewer (Nen!, Repair, or Replacement), ;$ 7.50 each Septic Tank/Scepage'Pit/Drain Field S15.00 each Water Heater $ 3.75; each " ` Gas Piping System (1-4 outlets?J ai jee)' c$ 7:50 Gas Piping System (over 4 outlets -each) $ 1.50 each Installation, Alteration or Repair of Water Piping and/or Water Treating Equipment N_ , $, 7;50 each Repair/Alteration`—.Draut of Vent $ T'50'each Each Vacuum BreakerBackflow Protection Each One - , $ 3.75 each ,(1-5) Each Ofle, (Over'5) ' ' T_ $ 2.25 each Reinspection Fee - �$35:00 each _ Total S.'Cily ftniung Shctc'04-INSPECTIONS DIVISIOMIn4poctinuNBklg Pmnil Appl.doc • %,icy ui i,a rvtuc 604 W Fairmont Pkwy La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECT*ON*LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT ------------------------------------------------- Application Number - . . . . 10-00000312 Date 3/24/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: 043-148-000-0256 Application type description REMODEL, SCHOOLS/OTHER EDUCATIONAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Application valuation . . . . 1400000 Owner Contractor ------------------------ LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST TELLEPSEN BUILDERS LP PO BOX 716 777 BENMAR, SUITE 400 LA PORTE TX 775720716 HOUSTON TX 77060 (281) 447-8100 Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- -----------==----- Construction Type . . . . . NON COMBUSTIBLE (TY.I,II) Occupancy Type . . . . . . EDUCATIONAL X Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE ---------------- ------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . BLDG PERMIT -COMMERCIAL REMODEL Additional desc . . INTERIOR & EXTERIOR RENOVATION Permit Fee . . . 5637.50 Plan Check Fee 2818.75 Issue Date . . . 3/24/10 Valuation . . . . 1400000 Expiration Date . . 9/20/10 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 2487.50 900.00 3.5000 THOU BLDG - 500,001 - UP 3150.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 24, 2010 4:55:33 PM laporxy. (1) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (3) COMPLY WITH COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (4) CONSTRUCT AS PER APPROVED RED LINED DRAWINGS (5) SEPARATE FIRE SPRINKLER & FIRE ALARM PERMITS/INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. --------------------------------- ----------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited ----Due--- ---------- ------------------------- Permit Fee Total 5637.50 5637.50 .00 .00 Plan Check Total 2818.75 2818.75 .00 .00 Grand Total 8456.25 8456.25 .00 .00 CONTRACTOR OR AGENT) BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) City of La Porte 604 W Fairmont Pkwy _ La Porte, Tx 77571 (281)470-5073 INSPECTION LINE:(281) 470-5130 ****BUILDING PERMIT**** ------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------- Application Number . . . . . 10-00000312 Date 3/24/10 Property Address . . . . . . 10001 W FAIRMONT PKWY HCAD Number: 043-148-000-0256 Application type description REMODEL, SCHOOLS/OTHER EDUCATIONAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . ABST 482 W JONES Property Use . . . . . . . . REAL ACREAGE UNDEVELOPED Property Zoning . . . . . . . RES - MID DENSITY Application valuation . . . . 1400000 Owner -'---------------------- LA PORTE IND SCHOOL DIST PO BOX 716 LA PORTE TX Contractor TELLEPSEN BUILDERS 777 BENMAR, SUITE 775720716 HOUSTON (281) 447-8100 --------------------- Structure Information 000 000 ----- Construction Type . . . . . NON COMBUSTIBLE (TY.I,ZI) Occupancy Type . . . . . . EDUCATIONAL Other struct info . . . . . FLOOD ZONE ----------------------------------------------------------- Permit . . . . . . BLDG PERMIT -COMMERCIAL REMODEL Additional desc . . INTERIOR & EXTERIOR RENOVATION Permit Fee . . . . 5637.50 Plan Check Fee Issue Date . . . . 3/24/10 Valuation Expiration Date . . 9/20/10 Qty Unit Charge Per BASE FEE 900.00 3.5000 THOU BLDG - 500,001 - UP --------------------------------------------------------- Special Notes and Comments February 24, 2010 4:55:33 PM laporxy. (1) CALL FOR INSPECTIONS (2) COMPLY WITH FIRE MARSHAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (3) COMPLY WITH COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES ATTACHED (4) CONSTRUCT AS PER APPROVED RED LINED DRAWINGS (5) SEPARATE FIRE SPRINKLER & FIRE ALARM PERMITS/INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. --------------------------------------------------------- Fee summary Charged Paid Credited LP 400 TX 77060 X ----------------- 2818.75 1400000 Extension 2487.50 3150.00 Due --------------------------------------------------------- Permit Fee Total 5637.50 5637.50 .00 .00 Plan Check Total 2818.75 2818.75 .00 .00 Grand Total 8456.25 8456.25 .00 .00 --------------------------------------------------- ---------- v NWURFCONTRACTOR OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) �(�(APPUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORIZED AGENT) DA `` 1 0 CITY OF LA PORTE, TX *** CUSTOMER RECEIPT *** Batch ID: LAPOBFF 3/24/10 75 Receipt no: 76223 Type SvcCd Description Amount 2010 313 BP PERMITS Qty 1.00 $50.00 10001 W FAIRMONT Trans number: 2050753 2010 312 BP PERMITS Qty 1.00 $8456.25 10001 W FAIRMONT Trans number: 2050754 T'ELLEPSEN BUILDERS 777 BENMAR SUITE 400 HOUSTON TX 77060 Tender detail CK Ref#: 162839 $8506.25 LA Total tendered: $8506.25 Total payment: $8506.25 MAID 24 iD! 7-01,0 j Trans date: 3/29/10 Time: 15:29:96 THANK YOU FOR YOUR PROMPT PAYMENT , c 2 J PERMIT APPLICATION • 0OF. , City of La Porte tablished1892 °* FEB 0 5 2010 281-470-5073 L Building l Y'— Mechanical *Electrical *Plurabine �-_ _ _ G - . — G i � � _ _.L: ,... *(See back of farm) ML�fT.�i'/1� n. AadreFs: 6J;V2 -�n L4.47� i �' 7757/ Street City zip Coatrdctor. / �'+ s Phone: 7i �`" J I F1'� Street i J Building Use:, ddSGs�a�/[cl�t.� Valuation: 9/ / ,�l,lAppl City For City Use i Occupancy Type Flood Zone X Zip Sq. Footage: G 6) mo # Stories Descnb!b!5!+rk�r o� Ex�tr�o� ReNoNa�wd Class Work E&MAct- Sq. R114600 Constriction Type_ Use Zone R _ oC # Stories I Parking Req Last use of Building o t.� Date use ceased: O -kS-to Checke&A.pproved for Issuance By//.7-�It "r^Da>E oZ 'a� �/ b r I�IIA��r�ZI' •. i_ CO] ME THIS SECTION FOR ELECTRII�" -,RAUrS:: . 1'�iTwM][N]MM CHARGE ONPERMI-,--i . S2 0:00 I Description Charges Quantity Fees PERMIT ISSUE FEE . Outlets, Fiidines, Lights & Switches (1 " 5 —Flat fee) Above Items (All Others) Clothes Washer/ Dryer Range Receptacle Cook Top or Oven AK, Window Unit R000ptadp, Water Heater Dishwasher/G-arbage Disposal Meter Loop & Service ' ' (includes Tempprwy cw-m) Temporary Saw Pole (I Pole) Reconnection of Ser-vice Reirispection Fee ,",.,MOTORS: Up to but not including '/�'hp 1/2hp and less thanlPhp 10 hp & up to 50 hp 50 hp and up $7.50 $3.00 $ 0.60 each $ 2.00 each $ 3.00 each $ 1.50 each $ 3.00 each 7 1.50 each $15.00 each $15.00 each $15.00 each $35.00 each 1.50 each 2.50 each $ 3.56 each- $ 4.50 each S7.50 ,7, Total Fee COMPLETE THIS SECTION FOR PLUMBING PER= NOTE: NE[NINfUM CHARGE ON PERMITS) IS $20.00 Description Charges Quantity Fees Pi559v ti, FEE $15.00 $15.00 $ 3.15 each. Sewer (New, Reps, or Repkrement) $ 7.50 each Septic Tank/Seepage Pit/Drain Field $15.00 each Water Heater $ 3.75 each Gas Piping System (1-4 outlets, ficafee) $ 7.50 Gas Piping System (over 4 owlets -each) $ 1.50 each Installation, Alteration or Repair of Water Piping and/or Water Treating Equipment $ 7.50 each Repair/Alteration — Drain or Vent $ 7.50 each Each Vacuum BrtakmSackflow Protection Each One (]-S) I $ 3.75 each Each One -(O er-5) Reirispoction Fee, $35.00 each . Total SACq Pkw4 Mzm\04-NsFwnoNS DAM0NftpCMMSSW9 Pe=A A*ADC i - 0•a Good Morning Good Afternoon Good Meeting -r637.50+ 2, 18.75+ 500 . a o O �` a. q. U I S C) 7oa - 100%Post Consumer Fiber �� 5 • .0+ 8r-�06.25* ! COMMERCIAL EIewrr�r v, PL REVIEW COVER SHE fIISTERNAL USE) ADDRESS: /O oo/ W FAr��oN}- ParkWa:u OWNER'S NAME: L , P. = 5 , D PROJECT TYPE: ramodet- NEW: ADDN: HCAD#: O Y 3 — LYR — o00 — G � S(v HTE LOU: FLOOD ZONE: Y/N SUB /DATE RETURNED —U on Demo, Addn, or Remodel) to Comm. Or Ind.) ut cannot be issued.) (if yes, permit cannot be issued.) (If yes, figure fees. If no, use w/s form to explain why they are not.) TAXES UP TO DATE?: '61 DATE OF REVIEW: oZ /n INSPECTOR: In ITEMS NEEDED FOR ISSUANCE OF PERMIT: 1 � sra7 �{70 ,bG ISS�� r,+I L3.Q• "/�0 ChaN�� -LO b��9 • �a�Qc,a}- Pe�'— av% 334 - 4'7 S7 S:`CPSh=\NSPECnON DIVIS10NU,,pea60M CONE PLAN REVIEW COVER SHEE AM Rm MAR08 Inspections Division Building Pemtit Checklist Page 2 Yes or No 0_� �,,;, a vP:L __—_ __ (City Ord 106-142) Yes or No -� c Pv f;f annliT cablel 1/I 1� `, (State Law) Yes or No It go (State Law) Yes or No / (State Law) Yes or No (CLP Resolution) Yes or No F216 99 99 Reselutlet3 BPpt•GAWA (CLP Resolution) Yes or No (City Ord 106-141) Yes or No (City Ord 106-141) Yes or No (City Ord 106-141) Yes or No rivewayCITIVerc •9 Yes or No TI E9r38'Ej'-��Pelt1> �E'pt—F�cFl5YZLY3Ri� evle Yes or No (City Ord 1444-A) Yes or No (City Ord 1501-R5) Yes or No (City Ord 194-63) Yes or No (Ord 759-F) Yes or No le on (Ord 759-F) Yes or No �, n n. -e�� • (City Ord 74-121(c) Yes or No Y (City Ord 82-35) Yes or No e—arTif app ica e ' (State Law) Yes or No • (State Law) Yes or No —'r rauung an. (State Law) Yes or No (State Law) Yes or No :• c rawln s (State Law) Yes or No • " um (State Law) Yes or No ., (State Law) Yes or No .;. (State Law) Yes or No Slah F .t , (State Law) Yes or No SACPSh=UNSPECTION DIVISIONUnspectionsUdg P Checklist ComlMar08doc r Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation r Architectural Barriers Project Registration Confirmation Page Thursday , January 21, 2010 EABPRJB0805907 PERSON FILING FORM Name: Laura Fulkerson Phone: 713-961-4441 Peron Address: 22 Waugh Drive, Suite 350, Houston, TX 77007 Ras Number. 00000096 Project Name: Renovation of Reid Elementary Project Address: Reid Elementary School 10001 W. Fairmont Pkwy. La Porte, TX 77571 County: Harris TENANT Contact Name: Phone: Contact Address: BUILDINGIFACILITY Name: Reid Elementary School FACILITY Owner. La Porte Independent School District Phone: 281-604-7010 Owner Address: 1002 San Jacinto, La Porte, TX 77571 Contact Name: Mike Clausen Phone: Contact Address: DESIGN FIRM Name: PBK Architects Phone: 281-534-4757 Firm Address: 3027 Marina Drive, Suite 210, Houston, TX 77573 Designer Name: Phil Rutter Type of License: Architect License Number. 6664 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Start Data: 03/2010 Completion date: 10/2010 Estimated Cost: $4,800,000.00 Type of Work: Renovation/Alteration Type of Funds: This project involves public funds, public land, or is a state lease. State Lease No.: Scope of Work: Renovation to existing elementary school. Does this bullding(s) have more than one level? No Are there any elevator, escalator, or platform Ift In this building? No Are there any boiler In this building? Yes This AB Project registration Confirmation Page, construction documents, and applicable fees must be submitted in accordance with the Texas Administrative Code Chapter 68, Rule 68.51. If TDLR will be performing the review or inspection services, see Rule 68.80. If a RAS will be performing the review or inspection services, please contact the RAS as they set and collect their own fees, see Rule 68.75. In accordance with Rule 68.52, the owner of a building or facility must also obtain an inspection from the department or a registered accessibility specialist not later than the first anniversary of the completion of construction. Request for inspection shall be made by completing the Request for Inspection form and submitting it no later than 30 calendar days after the completion of construction. Register Another Project ; Print This Page„ Too of Pagel TDLR Home PageJAB Home Pace JAB Proiect Registration Pagel Feedback Click BACK to go to Previous Page ECEUVE FEB 2 3 2010 BY: ---- i 11 Greenway Plaza, 9 , - 2210 Houston, Texas 7704ti-1104 Phone: 713.965.0608 Fax: 713.961.4571 • www.PBK.cc G Architecture Engineering Planning Technology Facility Consulting February 19, 2010 Mr. Mark Huber City of LaPorte Planning Dept. 3519 Liberty Dr Pearland, TX 77581 Dear Mr. Huber: The poles for the LaPorte 2010 projects will be rated to 120 mph with 3 second gust. We will confirm that when the contractor submits their shop drawings on the light poles and also send a copy of the cut sheet from the submittal to the city. Sincerely, PBK Engineering Division rz�wliahl Mark Madorsky, P.E. President, MEP Group Houston Dallas I Fort Worth ECfEVVES RFEB 2 3 2010 1 t � 1 San Antonio League City--T is\\f.:\Ik¢unanlz uN Stninp\gecn\lomlSvnn®\'1'empn, 1.1cmmer I-Je\OLKHNI 219I(fity of Pm d-\1h IIvIw LPISD NIO pngocft w I 1 Greenway Plaza, _-.:'_ Floor Houston, Texas 77046 Phone 713.965.0608 Fax 713.961.4571 www PBK.com February 19, 2010 POMCity of La Porte Texas Architecture City Hall Engineering Planning 604 W. Fairmont Parkway Technology La Porte, Texas 77571 Facility Consulting (281)471_5020 RE: Jennie Reid Elementary School 10001 West Fairmont Parkway LaPorte, Texas 77571 Planning Department (Mr. Mark Huber): This letter is to provide verification that the light pole foundations have indeed been designed for the 120 mph wind speeds per the structural drawings. If I can be of any further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact me. Sincer ^` E 7 Kev' a ues, P.E.* " Structural Project Manager KEVIN PEG PBK — Structural Division""` """"""""' l,_•o_k 100066 r CEIVE. , FEB 2 3 2010 IJ BY: ._ Austin • Dallas • Fort Worth • Houston • League City • McAllen • San Antonio COMcheck Software Version 3.7.0 Interior Lighting Compliance Certificate 2003 IECC Section 1: Project Information Project Type: Addition Project Title : Renovation to Reid Elementary School Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 10001 W. Fairmont Pky. La Porte Independent School District PBK La Porte, TX 77571 1002 San Jacinto St. 3027 Marina Bay Dr. La Porte, TX 77571 League City, TX 77573 281-604-7000 281-334-4757 Section 2: General Information Building Use Description by: Building Tvce for Area SchooWnlversity 99000 Section 3: Requirements Checklist Interior Lighting: ❑ 1. Total proposed watts must be less than or equal to total allowed watts. Allowed Watts Proposed Watts Complies 118800 66816 YES Lj 2. Exit signs 5 Watts or less per sign. Exterior Lighting: 3. Efficacy greater than 45 lumens/W. Exceptions: Specialized ligheng highlighting features of historic buildings; signage; safety or security lighting; low -voltage landscape lighting. Controls, Switching, and wring: Cj 4. Independent controls for each space (switch/occupancy sensor). Exceptions: Areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously illuminated. Lighting in stairways or corridors that are elements of the means of egress. Li 5. Master switch at entry to hotel/motel guest room. Li 6. Individual dwelling units separately metered. Lj 7. Each space provided with a manual control to provide uniform light reduction by at least 50%. Exceptions: Only one luminaire in space; An occupant -sensing device controls the area; The area is a corridor, storeroom, restroom, public lobby or guest room; Areas that use less than 0.6 Watts/sq.ft. 8. Automatic lighting shutoff control in buildings larger than 5,000 sq.ft. E V E I V L Exceptions: Areas with only one luminaire, corridors, storerooms, restrooms, or public lobbies. FEB 2 3 2010 Project Title: Renovation to Reid Elementary School BY: Report date:. =22/10 Data filename: F:\09\09120\Drawings\cnsl\MEP\021710_c01 P1_RD.cck Page 1 of 7 O 9. Photocell/astronomical time sv n exterior lights. Exceptions: Lighting Intended for 24 hour use. O 10.Tandem wired one -lamp wxt three -lamp ballasted luminaires (No sirgle4amp ballasts). Exceptions: Electronic high -frequency ballasts; Luminaires on emergency circuits or with no available pair. Section 4: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed lighting design represented in this document Is consistent with the building plans, specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed lighting system has been designed to meet Oro 2003 IECC, Chapter 8, requirements in COMchedr Version 3.7.0 and to comply with dre mandatory IremerLt�i Re imments CheWst s A 20/0 Name - Title _„may Signatu�y •:�. . Date' *MAaKH M�n9 SKLYOF EGEtV E FEB 2 3 2010 .. Project Title: Renovation to Reid Elementary Scholl Report date: 02f22i10 Data filename: F:t091091201Drawtngs%cnsMlEPt021710 C01P1_RD.cck Page 2 of 7 COMcheck Software Version 3.7.0 Interior Lighting Application Worksheet 2003 IECC Section 1: Allowed Lighting Power Calculation A B C D Floor Area Allowed Allowed Watts Watts / ft2 Schoo[tUniversity, 99000 1.2 118800 Total Allowed Watts = 118800 Section 2: Proposed Lighting Power Calculation A B C D E Fixture ID: Description / Lamp I Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast Lamps/ # of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixtures Wait.— School/University (99000 sgSL): Linear Fluorescent 1: A,AW: 2X4/48" T8 32W / Electronic 3 680 96 65280 Linear Fluorescent 2: C: STRIP / 48" T8 32W / Electronic 2 22 64 1408 Linear Fluorescent 3: R: DOWNLIGHT / Other / Electronic 1 4 32 128 Total Proposed Watts = 66816 Section 3: Compliance Calculation If the Total Allowed Watts minus the Total Proposed Watts is greater than or equal to zero, the building complies. Total Allowed Watts = 118800 Total Proposed Watts = 66816 Project Compliance = 51984 Interior Lighting PASSES; t: I FEB 2 3 2010 Project Me: Renovation to Reid Elementary Scholl B . a e: 02/2 Data filename: F:t091091201Drawingslcns[\MEPt021710_C01 P7_RD.cck Page 3 of 7 COMcheck Software Version 3.7.0 Mechanical Compliance Certificate 2003 IECC Section 1: Project Information Project Type: Addition Project Tide: Renovation to Reid Elementary School Construction Site: Owner/Agent Designer/Contractor: 10001 W. Fairmont Pky. La Porte Independent School District PBK La Porte, TX 77571 1002 San Jacinto St. 3027 Marina Bay Dr. La Porte, TX 77571 League City, TX 77573 281-604-7000 281-3344757 Section 2: General Information Building Location (for weather data): La Porte, Texas Climate Zone: 4b Heating Degree Days (base 65 degrees F): 1550 Cooling Degree Days (base 65 degrees F): 2809 Section 3: Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Tyre 8 Description 1 AHU-A-01: Heating: Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity 130 kBtu/h / Cooling: Hydronic Cal, Capacity 588 kBtu/h / Multiple -Zone 1 AHU-A-02: Heating: Hydronic or Steam Col, Hot Water, Capacity 122 kBtu/h / Cooling: Hydronic Coil, Capacity 568 kBtu/h / Multiple -Zone 1 AHU-B-W: Heating: Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity 18 kBtu/h / Cooling: Hydronic Coil, Capacity 191 kBtu/h / Multiple -Zone 1 AHU-8-02: Heating: Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity 37 kBtu/h / Cooling: Hydronic Cal, Capacity 373 kBtu/h / Mukiple-Zone 1 AHU-C-01: Heating: Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity 145 kBtu/h / Cooling: Hydronic Coil, Capacity 686 kBtulh / Mul iple-Zone 1 AHU-C-02: Heating: Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity 359 kBtu/h / Cooling: Hydronic Coil, Capacity 452 kBtu/h / Single Zone 1 MUA-01: Heating: Central Furnace, Gas, Capacity 540 kBtu/h / Cooling: Rooftop Package Unit, Capacity 576 kBtu/h, Efficiency 9.90 EER, Air -Cooled Condenser / Single Zone 1 RTU-D-01: Heating: Central Furnace, Gas, Capacity 250 kStu/h / Coding: Rooftop Package Unit, Capacity 262 kBtulh, Efficiency. 11.00 EER, Air -Cooled Condenser / Single Zone 1 MDF-C-01: Cooling: Field -Assembled DX System, Capacity 31 kBtulh, Air -Coded Condenser / Single Zone 1 IDF-D-01: Cooling: Field -Assembled DX System, Capacity 18 kBtu/h, Air -Coded Condenser / Single Zone 1 FCU-D-01: Cooling: Hydronic Coil, Capacity 17 kBlu/h / Single Zone 1 UH-01: Heating: Unit Heater, Hot Water, Capacity 45 kBtu/h 1 ACCH-02: Coding: Water Chiller, Capacity 80 tons, Condenser Air -Cooled, Rotary Screw or Scroll Chiller 1 ACCH-03: Cooling: Water Chiller, Capacity 80 tons, Condenser Air -Cooled, Rotary Screw or Scroll Chiller 1 ACCU-01: Cooling: Condensing Unit, Capacity 180 kBtu(h, Condenser Air -coded, Efficiency: 11.00 EER 1 B-01: Heating: Hot Water Boiler, Capacity 2000 kBtu/h, Gas, Efficiency: 85.00 % Et 16 Water Heater 1: Service Water Heater Section 4: Requirements Checklist Requirements Specific To: AHU-A-01 : G `tv t:.a1 ❑ 1. Minimum one temperature control device per zone 201� ❑ 2. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices FES 13 L ProjectTite: Renovation to Reid Elementary Scholl B� GVV 2/22110 Data filename: F:109t0912Wrawings1c ns0MEP1021710_C01P1_RD.cck page 4 017 ❑ 3. Integrated air economizer req • O 4. Systems serving more than Dote. must be VAV systems (] 5. Single -dud VAV terminals reduce primary air before reheating (3 6. Controls capable of resetting supply air temp (SAT) by 25% of SAT -room temp difference 7. Separate hot and cold water supply and returns 6. Multiple boilers must have automatic controls that sequence operation with bad 9. Single boiler>500 kBtut h input capacity must have a multistaged or modulating burner 0 10.Two-pipe changeover heatinglcooling controls must have: a) 15 degrees F deadband where boiler and chiller cannot operate, b) allow operation in either healing or coding for at least 4 hm. and c) prevent difference between heating and coding set points greater than 30 degrees F Requirements Specific To: AHU-A-02 : !] 1. Minimum one temperature control device per zone 2. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices 3. Integrated air economizer required 4. Systems serving more than one zone must be VAV systems 5. Single -duct VAV terminals reduce primary air before reheating 6. Controls capable of resetting supply air temp (SAT) by 25% of SAT -mom temp difference Lj 7. Separate hot and cold water supply and returns (3 B. Multiple boilers must have automatic controls that sequence operation with load L) 9. Single boiler>500 kBtut h input capacity must have a multistaged or modulating bumer 10.Two-pipe changeover heating/000ling controls must have: a) 15 degrees F deadband where boiler and chiller can not operate, b) allow operation in either heating or coding for at least 4 hrs. and c) prevent difference between heating and coding set points greater than 30 degrees F Requirements Specific To: AHU-B-01 : O 1. Minimum one temperature control device per zone 2. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices 0 3. Integrated air economizer required 4. Systems serving more than one zone must be VAV systems ❑ 5. Sirgie-dud VAV terminals reduce primary air before reheating ❑ 6. Controls capable of resetting supply air temp (SAT) by 25% of SAT -room temp difference L] 7. Separate tot and cold water supply and returns ❑ 8. Multiple boilers must have automatic controls that sequence operation with load 9. Single boiler >500 kBtulh input capacity must have a murdstaged or modulating burner 10.Two-pipe changeover heating/cooling controls must have: a) 15 degrees F deadband where biller and chiller can not operate, b) allow operation in either heating or coding for at least 4 hrs. and c) prevent difference between heating and coding set points greater than 30 degrees F Requirements Specific To: AHU-B-02 : ❑ 1. Minimum one temperature control device per zone 2. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices Lj 3. Integrated air economizer required L3 4. Systems serving more than one zone must be VAV systems U S. Single -duct VAV terminals reduce primary air before reheating 6. Controls capable of resetting supply air temp (SAT) by 25% of SAT -room temp difference Ll 7. Separate hot and cold water supply and returns ❑ S. Multiple boilers must have automatic controls that sequence operatlon with bad ❑ 9. Single boiler>500 kBlu(h input capacity must have a multistaged or modulating burner 10.Two-pipe changeover heating/cooling controls must have: a) 15 degrees F deadband where boiler and chiller can not operate, b) allow operation in either heating or cooling for at least 4 hrs. and c) prevent difference between heating and coding set points greater than 30 degrees F Requirements Specific To: AHU-C-01 1. Minimum one temperature control device per zone y� d. 2. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices q V 3. Integrated air economizer requiredi Ij 4. Systems serving more than one zone must be VAV systems FEB 2 3 2010 Project Title: Renovation to Reid Elementary School Data filename: F:1091091201Dmv ingslcnskNEP1021710_CAiPt_RD.cck t date: 02=10 Page 5 of 7 5. Single -duct VAV terminals red mary air before reheating 6. Controls capable of resetting BMy'air temp (SAT) by 25% of SAT -room temp difference 0 7. Separate hot and cold water supply and returns 8. Multiple boilers must have automatic controls that sequence operation with bad Ll 9. Single boiler>500 kStu/h input capacity must have a multistaged or modulating burner 0 10.Two-pipe changeover heating/cooling controls must have: a) 15 degrees F deadband where boiler and chiller can not operate, b) allow operation in either heating or coding for at least 4 hrs. and c) prevent difference between heating and coding set points greater than 30 degrees F Requirements Specific To: AHU-C-02 : 1. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices 2. Integrated air economizer required Fl 3. Separate hot and cold water supply and returns Cj 4. Multiple boilers must have automatic controls that sequence operation with load ❑ 5. Single boiler>500 kBtu/h input capacity must have a multistaged or modulating bumer O 6. Two -pipe changeover heating/cooling controls must have: a) 15 degrees F deadband where boiler and chiller can not operate, b) allow operation in either heating or cooling for at least 4 hrs. and c) prevent difference between heating and coding set points greater than 30 degrees F Requirements Specific To: MUA-01 : 1. Newly purchased heating equipment meets the heating efficiency requirements ❑ 2. Equipment minimum efficiency: Rooftop Package Unit: 9.3 EER (9.5 IPLV) ❑ 3. Integrated air economizer required Requirements Specific To: RTU•D-01 : 0 1. Newry purchased heating equipment meets the heating efficiency requirements ❑ 2. Equipment minimum efficiency Rooftop Package Unit: 9.3 EER (9.51PLV) ❑ 3. Integrated air economizer required Requirements Specific To: MDF-C-01 : Lj 1. Specified equipment consists of field -assembled components -efficiency documentation provided Requirements Specific To: IDF-D-01 : i l 1. Specified equipment consists of field -assembled components - efficiency documentation provided Requirements Specific To: FCU-D-01 : El 1. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices Requirements Specific To: UH-01 : O 1. Balancing and pressure test connections on all hydronic terminal devices Requirements Specific To: ACCH-02 : 1. Equipment minimum efficiency: Chiller. 2.8 COP (2-8, IPLV) Requirements Specific To: ACCH-03 : ❑ 1. Equipment minimum efficiency: Chiller. 2.8 COP (2.8, IPLV) Requirements Specific To: ACCU-01 : ❑ 1. Equipment minimum efficiency: Condensing Unit: 10.100 EER (11.201PLV) Requirements Specific To: B-01 : ❑ 1. Equipment minimum efficiency: Boiler Thermal Efficiency 75% Et ❑ 2. Newly purchased heating equipment meets the efficiency requirements -used equipment must meet 80% El Q maximum capacity 3. Systems with multiple boilers have automatic controls capable of sequencing boiler operation Lj 4. Hydronic heating systems comprised of a single boiler and >500 kBtu/h Input design capacity include either a multistaged or modulating burner Requirements Specific To: Water Heater 1 1. Heat traps in inlettoutlet fittings rh- 2. 1/24n. insulation on 8 ft of inlelloutlet piping if no integral heat traps ('s 'till Project Titie: Renovation to Reid Elementary School sport date: 0 Data filename: F:\09\09120hDrawingslcnsllMEP\021710_C01P1 RD.cck y i Page 6 of 7 By:� 3. Electric Water Heater efficlenco EF (20 SL, Btuth (if> 12 kW)) 0 Generic Requirements: Must be met by all systems to which the requirement is applicable: ❑ 1. Load calculations per ASHRAE Fundamentals iJ 2. Plant equipment and system capacity no greater than needed to meet loads - Exception: Standby equipment automatically off when primary system is operating - Exception: Multiple units controlled to sequence operation as a function of load O 3. Minimum one temperature control device per system ❑ 4. Minimum one humidity control device per Installed humidi8catlorddehumldification system ❑ 5. Automatic Controls: Setback to 55 degrees F (heat) and 85 degrees F (cool); 7-day dock, 2-hour occupant override, 10-hour backup - Exception: Continuously operating zones - Exception: 2 kW demand or less, submit calculations O 6. Automatic shut-off dampers on exhaust systems and supply systems with airflow >3,000 cf n 71 7. Outside -air source for ventilation; system capable of reducing OSA to required minimum Lj 8. R-5 supply and return air duct insulation in unconditioned spaces R-8 supply and return air duct insulation outside the building R-8 insulation between ducts and the building exterior when ducts are part of a building assembly Exception: Ducts located within equipment - Exception: Duds with interim and exterior temperature difference not exceeding 15 degrees F. ❑ 9. Ducts sealed -longitudinal seams on rigid ducts; transverse seams on all ducts; UL 181 A or 181 B tapes and mastics - Exception: Continuously welded and locking -type longitudinal joints and seams on ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches w.g. pressure classification 10.Mechanical fasteners and sealants used to connect ducts and air distribution equipment 11.Hot water pipe insulation: 1 in, for pipes <=1.5 in. and 2 in. for pipes >1.5 in. Chilled water/refrigerant/brine pipe insulation: 1 In. for pipes <=1.5 in. and 1.5 In. for pipes >1.5 In. Steam pipe insulation: 1.5 in. for pipes <=1.5 in. and 3 in. for pipes >1.5 in. Exception: Piping within HVAC equipment. Exception: Fluid temperatures between 55 and 105 degrees F. Exception: Fluid not heated or cooled with renewable energy. Exception: Runouts <4 ft in length. ❑ 12.0peration and maintenance manual provided to building owner 13. Balancing devices provided in accordance with IMC 603.15 0 14.Newly purchased service water heating equipment meets the efficiency requirements 15.Water heater temperature controls: 110 degrees F for dwelling units or 90 degrees F for other occupancies 16.Themwstatic controls have 5 degrees F deadband Exception: Thermostats requiring manual changeover between heating and cooling - Exception: Special occupancy or special applications where wide temperature ranges are not acceptable and are approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 17. Hot water distribution systems >=300 kBtu/h must have one of the following: a) controls that reset supply water temperature by 25% of supply/retum delta T b) mechanical or electrical adjustable -speed pump drive(s) c) two-way valves at all heating coils d) multiple -stage pumps e) other system controls that reduce pump flow by at least 50% based on load - calculations required 18. Chilled water distribution systems >=300 kBtu/h must have one of the following: a) controls that reset supply water temperature by 25% of supply/retum delta T b) mechanical or electrical adjustable -speed pump drive(s) c) two-way valves at all heating coils d) multiple -stage pumps s) other system controls that reduce pump flow by at least 50% based on load - calculations required ❑ 19.Stair and elevator shaft vents are equipped with motorized dampers ❑ 20.Threepipe systems not used Section 5: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this donn�er't�pgnsnnI.laC[with the bulling plans, specifications and other calculations submitted with this penult application. The proposed qpqrllirlpaI Mera3lSh��tieen designed to meet the 2003 IECC requirements in COMcheck Verson 3.7.0 and to comply with th2y/ r �l toorredrAfem in e s Checklist. ^1 Name - Title r ��b��.,p /' g �t - O ' + / ate It �`q\ fNGINE�—r 2 3 20� •,..�- FEB Project Title: Renovation to Reid Elementary School it Re 10 Data filename: F:1091091201DrawingslcnaWER021710_C01 P1_RD.cck B�f— February 2, 2007 Project No. 07-01-N3744 La Porte Independent School District 301 East Fairmont Parkway La Porte, Texas 77571 Attn.: Mr. Edward Samford RE: AHERA Three -Year Reinspection Report Reid Elementary School 10001 West Fairmont Parkway La Porte, Texas P_Ql� bQAA ICU Environmental, Health & Safety (ICU) recently completed an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) three-year reinspection of the asbestos -containing materials at Reid Elementary School located at 10001 West Fairmont Parkway in La Porte, Texas. AHERA states that every three years after implementation of a management plan, an accredited inspector must conduct a reinspection of all friable and non -friable known or assumed Asbestos -Containing Building Material (ACBM) in every school building in order to determine if there has been any change in the condition of the ACBM. An accredited management planner must then review the reinspection report to identify any new hazard potential and revise the management plan to address newly identified hazards. Based on the updated data, new response actions to address these hazards must be selected, and these actions must be carried out in a timely manner. Should you have any questions, or require additional information, please call us at (409) 727-8227. Sincerely, ICU Environmental, Health & Safety Daniel R. Ward Vice President TDH Consultant License No. 10-5479 EC;FIV FEB 2 3 2010 BV:�� La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspection Report TABLE OF CONTENTS Reid Elementary School February 2007 INTRODUCTION...........................................................................................................................2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION...............................................................................................2 REPORT ORGANIZATION.........................................................................................................3 INSPECTOR'S FINDINGS AND COMMENTS........................................................................3 VISUAL INSPECTION..............................................................................................................3 SAMPLING..................................................................................................................................3 PHYSICALASSESSMENT......................................................................................................4 REMAINING ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS........................................................4 MANAGEMENT PLANNER'S REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...............................5 O&M PROGRAM.......................................................................................................................5 PREVIOUS RESPONSE ACTIONS.......................................................................................5 RECOMMENDED RESPONSE ACTIONS............................................................................5 LABELING...................................................................................................................................6 NOTIFICATION..........................................................................................................................6 TRAINING...................................................................................................................................6 PERIODICAL SURVEILANCE.................................................................................................7 CONCLUSIONS............................................................................................................................7 APPENDICES APPENDIX A ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS TABLE APPENDIX B SUMMARY OF ASBESTOS SAMPLES AND RESULTS APPENDIX C LABORATORY RESULTS APPENDIX D TEXAS DSHS LICENSES iECEIVE FEB 2 3 2010 BY La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspectioii nnport Reid Elementary School February 2007 I INTRODUCTION ICU was retained by the La Porte Independent School District (LPISD) to perform an AHERA three-year reinspection of the school. This report documents the reinspection performed at Reid Elementary School located at 10001 West Fairmont Parkway in La Porte, Texas. This report meets all of the requirements of the three-year reinspection section of the AHERA Rule, Title 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E. In this section, AHERA requires that at least every three years, all known or assumed friable and non -friable ACBM be visually re -inspected and re -assessed for any changes in the condition of each material and that the inspection be performed by an accredited inspector. The management plan must be updated to keep it current with ongoing operations and maintenance, 'periodic surveillance, inspection, re -inspections and response action activities. Information from the original investigation report and subsequent re -inspections were used as the basis of this inspection. ICU is not responsible for any inaccuracies of the original report or subsequent findings based on the original investigation information. Every effort has been made to define and evaluate ACM areas which were identified in the previous reports. The client is reminded that this re -inspection is to be conducted every three years with periodic surveillance inspections to be performed every six months by the district's "designated person." BACKGROUND INFORMATION The re -inspection of Reid Elementary School was completed on January 31, 2007. Mr. Nathan Stephenson performed the on -site inspection procedures and is a licensed asbestos inspector in the state of Texas. Mr. Dan Ward served as the management planner and is licensed as an individual asbestos consultant in the state of Texas. Copies of state licenses are included in this report. FEB 2 3 2010f 2 Bv:f La Porte I.S.D. • Reid Elementary School AHERA Three -Year Reinspectio0leport February 2007 REPORT ORGANIZATION This report is divided into sections which include 1) the inspector's findings and comments; 2) asbestos -containing materials; 3) the management planner's review and recommendations; and 4) conclusions. A listing of the ACM located at the facility can be found in Appendix A, Asbestos - Containing Materials Table. Any response actions that have taken place since the last reinspection will be listed in this table. Any additional samples collected during this reinspection are located in Appendix B, Summary of Asbestos Samples and Results. The laboratory results can be found in Appendix C. Appendix D contains ICU's Texas Department of State Health Services licenses. INSPECTOR'S FINDINGS AND COMMENTS The school district conducted the original Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) asbestos survey and submitted the management plan in 1988. This inspection is included as an amendment to the management plan as required by AHERA. VISUAL INSPECTION The accredited inspector visually re -inspected and re -assessed the condition of all friable known and assumed ACBM during the on -site visit to the school. In addition, he visually inspected material previously considered non -friable and touched the material to determine whether it has become friable since the last re - inspection. No homogeneous areas were found in which non -friable material had become friable since the last reinspection. SAMPLING Additional bulk samples are sometimes collected due to an oversight during the original inspection or for any homogeneous area of suspect material that is already assumed to be ACBM. The AHERA random sampling protocols are employed during the collection of any additional samples. The materials, locations, and laboratory results are indicated in Appendix B, Summary of Asbestos Samples and Results. Destructive sampling was not performed, thus, inaccessible areas, such as in wall cavities, under carpeted areas, behind brick veneer, etc. were not available for inspection. These areas should be investigated and sampled before renovation/demolition activities FEB 3 BY:� La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspectioii Report Reid Elementary School February 2007 Additional samples were collected from the school. A total of three samples were collected from one material suspected of containing asbestos. Sample descriptions, material locations, and analytical results are presented in Appendix B. All samples collected were submitted to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) for laboratory analysis. The bulk samples were analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) according to the U.S. EPA Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos (40 CFR Part 763.115). EMSL is a successful participant in the National Institute of Standards and Technology's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). EMSL's quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program includes the re -analysis of at least 10% of all bulk samples analyzed. EMSL's NVLAP License No. is 1021-06. EMSL's Texas Department of State Health Services License No. is 30-0159. The Texas Department of State Health Services defines an asbestos containing material as a material which contains greater than 1% asbestos. PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT The inspector also performs a physical assessment, in accordance with 40 CFR 763.88 of the AHERA Rule, of the condition of any newly friable material in areas where samples are collected and of newly friable materials in areas assumed to be ACBM. The accredited inspector reassessed the condition of friable known or assumed ACBM previously identified. In addition, the inspector performed a physical assessment on all material found to contain asbestos. These findings can be found in the table located in Appendix A labeled "Asbestos -Containing Materials Table." REMAINING ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS The following lists materials that contain asbestos and their location. • 12"x12" Motley Gray Floor Tile/Mastic in the server book room, library office, room common with library office, faculty mens restroom and faculty womens restroom. ° FEB 2 3 2010 BY• La Porte I.S.D. Reid Elementary School AHERA Three -Year Reinspection report February 2007 I MANAGEMENT PLANNER'S REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATIONS The management planner's review of the reinspection included an examination of the original inspection report, periodic surveillance records, and the completed reinspection forms and report. In addition, the management planner gathered information to make effective response action and physical assessment recommendations. Response actions and preventive measure recommendations for each area of friable surfacing and miscellaneous ACBM and each area of thermal system insulation (TSI) can be found in the table located in Appendix A labeled "Asbestos -Containing Materials Table." O&M PROGRAM c In the management plan, the accredited management planner must recommend an appropriate response action (operations and maintenance, repair, encapsulation, enclosure, or removal) for all areas of thermal system insulation (TSI) and friable ACBM. The final decision on which action should be taken, however, rests with the Local Education Agency (LEA). Under AHERA, the response action to be taken must be "sufficient to protect human health and the environment." A written Operations & Maintenance Program was found in the original management plan. Any time an asbestos issue arises, the school district contacts a licensed asbestos consulting agency to handle the situation. If a response action is necessary, the consultant contacts a licensed abatement contractor to handle the asbestos hazard. Response actions are recorded in written reports documenting the asbestos -related activities. PREVIOUS RESPONSE ACTIONS The Management Plan should include documentation of all previous response actions. No response actions have been conducted since the last 3-year re - inspection. RECOMMENDED RESPONSE ACTIONS The updated 3-year reinspection should list recommended response actions. The following asbestos containing materials should be placed on an O&M program: rFEB CEIVE s 2 3 2010 La Porte I.S.D. • Reid Elementary School AHERA Three -Year Reinspection eport February 2007 • 12'z12" Motley Gray Floor Tile/Mastic in the server book room, library office, room common with library office, faculty mens restroom and faculty womens restroom. LABELING Under Title 40 CFR 763.95 of the AHERA Rule, the Local Education Agency (LEA) must attach a warning label immediately adjacent to any friable and non - friable ACBM and suspected ACBM that is located in routine maintenance areas (such as boiler rooms) at each school building. The labels must be prominently displayed in readily visible locations, must be in print that is readily visible due to its large size or bright color, and must remain posted until the ACBM that is labeled is removed. The warning label must read: CAUTION: ASBESTOS. HAZARDOUS. DO NOT DISTURB WITHOUT PROPER TRAINING AND EQUIPMENT. Routine maintenance areas with asbestos -containing material should be labeled as stated above. NOTIFICATION Notification is best accomplished through the school district's newsletter. The designated person must document the notification process and maintain records of all notifications made. Such notification alerts affected parties to a potential hazard in the building. ICU recommends the school district provides an annual written notification to building occupants, employees, and parents on the presence of ACBM in the school building, the availability of the asbestos management plan, and recent and upcoming asbestos activities such as abatement projects, re -inspections, etc. TRAINING The LEA must ensure that all maintenance and custodial staff who work in a building that contains ACBM receive a minimum of two hours asbestos awareness training, whether or not they are required to work with ACBM. New custodial and maintenance employees must be trained within 60 days after the commencement of employment. ICU recommends a refresher course be given to all maintenance and custodial staff who work in the building. ICU also recommeaa§. ig4 6 K FEB 2 3 20 La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspectioit ncport Reid Elementary School February 2007 A district maintain documentation of all asbestos awareness training activities conducted within the school district. PERIODICAL SURVEILANCE At least once every six months, the school district must conduct a periodic surveillance in each building that contains asbestos. The date of the surveillance, the name , of the person conducting the surveillance, and any change in condition of the asbestos -containing material must be documented. The school district should continue the periodic surveillance of all ACBM known to exist in the school. In addition, the district should continue to maintain all records of asbestos -related activities including any response actions conducted. All records should be included in the Asbestos rile located at the school and at the district's Maintenance Office. CONCLUSIONS ICU sent accredited inspectors to Reid Elementary School to conduct a re -inspection of all friable and non -friable known or assumed ACBM. An accredited management planner then reviewed the re -inspection reports to identify any new hazard potential and, with this report, revised the management plan accordingly. Based on this updated data, new response actions and physical assessments were selected, and, if applicable, these actions must be carried out in a timely manner. The ACBM discovered during the original 1988 Inspection and additional ACBM identified in the subsequent surveys can be found in Appendix A, Asbestos -Containing Materials Table. Additional sampling information during this re -inspection period can be found in Appendix B. The laboratory results can be found in Appendix C. Copies of all Texas Department of State Health Services licenses are located in Appendix D. ECEIVE FEB 2 3 2010 7 La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspectio,, noport Reid Elementary School February 2007 APPENDIX A ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS TABLE FEjv� c FEB 2 3 2010 La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspectiuii Report Reid Elementary School February 2007 APPENDIX B SUMMARY OF ASBESTOS SAMPLES and RESULTS FGFI E FES 2 3 2010 BY:�� La Porte I.S.D. i AHERA Three -Year Reinspectio?-nnport Reid Elementary School February 2007 APPENDIX C LABORATORY RESULTS m ECEBVE FEB 2 3 2010 BY:------- � La Porte I.S.D. AHERA Three -Year Reinspectio...port i Reid Elementary School February 2007 APPENDIX D TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF STATE HEALTH SERVICES LICENSES ECEBV E FEB 2 3 Is BV;�- One Harbour Square 3027 Marina Bay Drive, Suite 210 League City, Texas 77573 Phone: 281.334.4757 Fax: 381,334.5022 v .PBK.cc JENIVIE REID ES LPISD Construction 2010 Package 1 Scope of Work Summary Io, CK) �. r�IIMON - - i_C� =R FEB 0 5 2010 Architecture Item No. 1 Re -grade, fill sink holes and re -sod several areas on campus to provide Engineering positive drainage; install underground drainage system. Planning • PBp K civil department to visit site to assess issues. p� N ti Facility Consulting � ✓ Item No. 2 Provide HC ramp to Stage. • PBK will attempt to address HC access to the stage with a ramp. If this can not be completed then a lift will installed. ✓ Item No. 3 Replace steel lintels at library and cafeteria windows. • PBK to further assess issues with the building envelope. • It is a distinct possibility that this issue is a symptom of a larger issue with the building envelope. (Pessib/s. Erie jy Col a ? Item No. 4 Replace ceiling tile, grid and lighting throughout entire school. `Erin y 00 C �w"y • This work will be performed throughout the building and is associated w1li COa � � p Mechanical upgrades that will be included as part of this project. • New 2' x 2' ceiling tiles and new steel ceiling grids will be installed at all areas with existing suspended ceilings (typically classrooms and administration areas). • New gypsum board ceilings will be installed at all areas with existing gypsum board ceilings (typically this is in the restrooms). y ELight fixtures that comply with the current version of the IECC will be •installed throughout. • Dual switching for light fixtures will be installed in all classrooms. • Occupancy sensors for light fixtures will be installed in the restrooms, offices and storage. Item No. 5 General painting throughout. • Miscellaneous painting will be performed throughout the building as required. Item No. 7 Replace millwork at all Classrooms. • PBK will visit site with LPISD to assess the full scope of work for this item. • The millwork in each classroom that contains the hand sinks will need to be replaced so that it complies with TAS requirements. Item No. 8 Renovate (3) Sets of Student Restrooms complete. Provide (2) single restrooms at Classroom 9. Provide (1) single restroom and HC shower at Life Skills Classroom. • All plumbing fixtures to be replaced throughout the building. LPISD 2010 Packagf ;ope of Work February 5, 2010 Page 2 of 5 • Toilet partitions and toilet accessories will be replaced as required throughout the building. • All restrooms will be upgraded to comply with TAS requirements. Item No. 9 Add dedicated HVAC system for Admin. e N ") y Cod e_ —mech • A new spilt DX system will be added to the building for the Administration area. Item No. 10 DDC upgrade. - - : -- • Existing pneumatic controls will be replaced. FEB O 5 2010 • A new DDC system will be installed in the building. L Item No. 11 AHU replacement. 6Y. • All AHUs are the original installed in the building in the early 1980's. • All AHUs will be replaced throughout the building. Item No. 12 Constant volume box replacement. • All CV boxes will be replaced throughout the building. Item No. 13 Replace lined duct work. • All ductwork will be replaced throughout the building. Item No. 14 Add variable speed drives. • Variable speed drives will be added as part of the building's MEP upgrades. Item No. 15 Add VAV boxes for labs. • New VAV boxes will be added in the existing labs. Item No. 16 Outside air upgrade. • Currently outside for the building is not pre-treated. • Outside air treatment units will be added to the building. Item No. 17 Makeup air for hoods for kitchen. • PBK to investigate this issue further to define scope of work. Item No. 18 Replace kitchen walk-ins. • Cooler mechanical equipment has been recently replaced by the district. • Walk-in wall, floor and ceiling panels will be replaced as required. Item No. 21 HVAC insulation replacement. • All HVAC piping will be reinsulated throughout the building. • Any issues with the HVAC piping (leaking, rusting, etc.) will also be addressed. Q.W 12MDivPDDMating Mims== 9120 RcWScop of Wuck.d ` LPISD 2010 Package?. -.,tope of Work r'— Febmary 5, 2010 Page 3 of FEB 0 5 2010 Item No. 22 Spare circuits to library. �gy. l • Existing wall receptacles will be re -circuited to address power issues. Item No. 23 Selected electrical panel replacement. • Many of the buildings electrical panels have been replaced recently. • Panels will be replaced at the kitchen and Computer Lab 2. • Additional existing electrical panels will be replaced as required. Item No. 24 Add electrical circuits to classroom, typical. • Existing wall receptacles will be re -circuited to address power issues. • This task will also be performed at the Admin area. Item No. 25 New ADA accessible drinking fountains. • All drinking fountains in the building will be replaced with new EDFs that comply with TAS requirements. Item No. 26 Add storage cabinets in each classroom. • PBK will visit site with LPISD to assess the full scope of work for this item. • The millwork in each classroom that contains the hand sinks will need to be replaced so that it complies with TAS requirements. Item No. 27 Domestic water heater replacement. • Domestic water heaters throughout the building will be replaced as required. Typically they are located in the Custodial Closets. • Tankless water heaters will be provided if possible. Item No. 28 Install new MDF/IDF Air Conditioning Units. • A suspended unitary A/C unit will be added above the ceiling for the MDF. Item No. 29 Need dedicated MDF/IDF rooms. • The building's existing MDF is also a storage room. PBK will to attempt to separate into (2) rooms if possible. Currently there is no IDF in this building. Item No. 30 New Fire Sprinklers at hallways, cafeteria, library, office and restrooms. • Currently, the building is only partially sprinklered. The sprinkler system will be upgraded to meet current building regulations and codes. Item No. 31 Remove existing chalkboards and install new marker boards in each classroom. • All classroom chalkboards will be replaced with new markerboards. Item No. 32 New Fire Alarm system. • The fire alarm will be upgraded throughout the building. Additional Scooe: Item No. 33 Data cabling replacement throughout. • PBK to complete further assessment to ascertain if data cable replacement is required. Item No. 34 Add security cameras to the building. 0'.waa 12MNvMO Mming Minwme 120Reid$copsofWmk.doc LPISD 2010 Packagf -, :ope of Work February 5, 2010 FEB 0 5 2010 Page 4 of 5 • LPISD has requested a new IP cameras system for the building._ • The minimum amount of cameras to monitor select areas of the building will be installed. Item No. 35 Upgrade the building intrusion detection system. • Building intrusion detection will be upgraded to current district standard. Item No. 36 Upgrade the building access control system. • Building access control will be upgraded to current district standard. Item No. 37 Existing natural gas piping on roof. • Natural gas piping on roof is galvanized but rusted and needs to be re -painted. Item No. 38 PVC plumbing vent piping. • Existing plumbing vent piping in mechanical rooms is PVC and violates code, replace with cast iron. Item No. 39 Replace exiting boiler. • Existing boiler to be replaced with new energy efficient model. Item No. 40 Ceiling -mounted projectors in classrooms. • New ceiling -mounted projectors to be provided in classrooms. Item No. 41 Replace exiting gym lighting. • New gym lighting to be T8 Fluorescent. Item No. 42 Exhaust fan replacement. • Replace existing exhaust fans. Many of the existing fans are old and need to be replaced. One new fan and new VFD was added recently in mechanical room A200. Item No. 43 Chiller replacement • Replace (2) existing Carrier chillers with new. New chillers to be provided with 5 year warranty on compressors. Item No. 44 Chemical Feeders for Chillers. • New chemical feeder for chillers to be provided. Item No. 45 HVAC pump replacement. • HVAC pumps will be brought up to new energy efficient system with primary and secondary pumping. Item No. 46 PA system replacement. • Existing PA system to be replaced with new system. Item No. 47 Electrical switchgear and MCC replacement. • Existing electrical switchgear and MCC to be replaced with new. Item No. 48 Main entry canopy addition • New main entry canopy similar in size and scope to the entry canopy at Bayshore Elem. Q:W 91201NQ%DD Mining MimmwW9120Rcid Scope of woh.dm LPISD 2010 Package. _ _- ;ope of Work February 5, 2010 Page 5 of 5 Item No. 49 Add hand dryers in rest rooms Item No. 50 Add wall -pack lights to exterior perimeter End of Scope of Work Summary F. FEB 0 5 2010 lJY: Q�12MDiv2%DDMwinBMinutaWI20 Rcid Sw of Work. o y LA PORTE FIRE MARSHAL'S. OFFICE "PLAN REVIEW" Date 02/15/2010 Business Name Jennie Reid Elementary School Address 10001 West Fairmont Type of Review Remodel Contractor Telle sen Reviewed by Clif Meekins Fire Marshal Approval YES The Applicant Is responsible for ensuring the design specifications and plans are complete and In compliance with the requirements set forth In the 2000 International Fire Code (IFC) as wall as the applicable referenced Standards listed In Chapter 45 of the 2003 IFC. This plan review is not Intended to be fully inclusive as other requirements may be Imposed as warranted by the Fire Marshal or as deemed necessary during onefte Inspections by the Fire Marshal's Office. The following items are identified by the Fire Marshal's Office during the plan review: 1) Changes to the Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Hood and/or duct system will require a separate plan review. Separate plans shall be submitted and approved as reauired prior to any installation or chanties to existing systems. 2) Fire Sprinkler shall be installed in accordance to 2003 International Fire Code; NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2000 Ed; and NFPA 13, 1999 Ed. Separate plans shall be submitted from a Fire Sprinkler company with an RME seal. 3) Building shall be protected by a Fire Alarm in accordance to 2003 International Fire Code; NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2000 Ed; and NFPA 72, 1999 Ed. Separate plans shall be submitted for Fire Alarm. "THE APPROVED PLANS ARE MODIFIECITYD, A NEW SUBMITTAL TO REQUIRED 0 THE CHANGE OCCURRINGR 120 South 2"d Street, La Porte, TX 77571 Office: 281-8674603 Fax: 281-8674629 COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW NOTES 1. Minimum six-inch (6") stud walls shall be required where drain, waste, & vent (DWV- horizontal and/or vertical) plumbing is installed. The use of 2 x 6 studs (wood or metal) shall be required for new construction and additions (additions of square footage) for both residential and non-residential construction where DWV plumbing is installed. 2. CalFfor City inspections - 281-470-5130: 3. Unload and keep materials on private property, not City right of way. 4. If a fence is proposed, verify with City regarding maximum height limitations. 5. Call for utility line locates at 1-800-669-8344 and also City of La Porte at 281-471-9650 6 Fire Marshal will need to review/ inspect prior to opening business. 7. Must obtain zoning permit prior to occupancy of lease space/building. 8. Separate permit required for all signage. 9. Sanitation facilities required on -site prior to first inspection and must remain available until completion of sanitation facilities within the lease space and/or building. 10. Silt fencing required for duration of project. 11. See notes (red lined) on contractor copy of construction drawings. 12. Fill dirt permits are required prior to placement of fill dirt. 13. Grading/drainage must be maintained throughout entire project to ensure eligibility for inspections and utility release. 14. Provide energy code compliance certification from "certified" energy code provider, prior to issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. 15. Any changes to the project after building permit is issued, must be submitted in writing and approved by the City prior to changes being made 16. Provide Sample Well in accordance with "Sample Well Detail" handout. (Available upon request) 17. Effective March 10, 2007, all electrical devices (including but not limited to outlets and switches) shall be installed with the screw -wrap or approved screw clamp installation. Back or quick stab installation is prohibited. 18. Building operations shall be limited to 7:00am-10:00pm and shall not exceed maximum, permitted sound levels as described in Chapter 34 of the Code of Ordinances. 19. Commercial projects with detention pond requirements must be inspected and approved by city Engineer and Inspection personnel prior to final inspection request. Contact City Engineer at 281-470-5060. 20. Contractor/owner shall be responsible for ensuring all construction materials/debris remains on the construction site. Failure to do so shall result in stoppage of inspections and/or code enforcement action. 21. Owner/developer of commercial driveways in concrete shall be constructed 12" from the adjacent asphalt street. The contractor shall clean the area between the driveway and the street to a depth of at least 6". It is the responsibility of the owner/developer/contractor to install the asphalt transition. CITY IF THE APPROVED PLANS ARE MODIFIED, A NEW p �SU,BMITTAL COPY SACPShmUNSPECTION DIMS10Mwpcetiom\COb1�t7�.0 `�'A{U'RC MMUR TO THE CHANGE OCCURRING Iv. APPLICABLE CODES Adopted November 17 2007• Effective January 01, 200" 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) 2006 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE (IPC) 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) 2006 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (IFGC) 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE (IRC) 2006 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC) Adopted March 24 2008• Effective April 8, 2008_ 2008 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS (COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL) 2003 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) WITH ADOPTED AMENDMENTS TO FIRE CODE SACPShuc\INSPECTION DMSIONUnspectiOm\Reudentinl Conshnction PacketkAPPLICABLE CODES.doc Rev. 3-08 One Harbour Square 3027 Marina Bay Drive, Suite 210 League City, Texas 77573 Phone: 281.334.4757 Fax: 281.334.5022 vivnv.PBK.com June 17, 2010 Mr. Duane Menager City of La Porte Planning Dept. Chief Inspector Architecture Re: Existing MEP Systems at Reid Elementary and Rizzuto Elementary Engineering Planning Dear Duane, Facility Consulting During a requested site inspection at one of our renovation projects, a City of La Porte Planning Dept. Inspector requested a letter that states the project team's intent regarding the existing, remaining, unaltered MEP systems. It is our intent at Reid Elementary and Rizzuto Elementary to leave any untouched, existing mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems in their original condition without modifications. If you should have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Best regards, Christopher E. Green, RA Project Executive, PBK Cc: John Hackstedt Jeff Symank Danny Moms ECEO Q6 lC JUN 17 2010 --- R One Harbour Square 3027 Marina Bay Drive, Suite 210 League City, Texas 77573 Phone: 281.334.4757 Fax: 281.334.5022 v wi.PBK.com June 17, 20 10 Mr. Mark Huber City of La Porte Building Official Re: Reid Elementary Ceilings Architecture Dear Mark, Engineering Planning 1 would like to thank you again for taking the time to meet with Tellepsen and myself on Wednesday June 9'". The Facility Consulting information gained at that meeting has been extremely helpful in leading us to a proposed solution to the ceiling issue at Reid Elementary. As you know, what we found at Reid during the demolition of the existing ceiling was that the existing fire resistance rating was well below what was expected. Below is a quick summary of what we found: • The facility is non -compartmentalized. • The ceiling was not rated. • Fire suppression system served only part of the school. • The structural columns have a coat of spray -applied fire proofing, but there is non at the roof structure. In our meeting you suggested researching the IBC section titled "Existing Structures". My research into this section of the IBC led me to Paragraph 3410.2.4, which states the following; "An existing building or portion thereof, which does not comply with the requirements ofthis code for new construction shall not be altered or repaired in such a manor that results in the building being made less safe or sanitary than such building is currently. If, in the alteration or repair, the current level ofsafery or sanitation is to be reduced, the portion altered or repaired shall conform to the requirements of Chapters 2 though 11 and Chapters 14 though 33. " To be clear, during this renovation project, we will not be reducing the level of safety or sanitation in this facility. On the contrary, we will be adding to the fire safety level. Our client, LPISD and our design team feel strongly that at project completion, this facility will be safer for students than when we began. Steps we are committed to taking to ensure this level of safety are as follows: • 1 hr. rated ceiling grid and tiles to be installed thought the facility. • All light fixtures to be boxed. • Sprinkler system to be expanded to cover the entire facility. • Fire walls and dampers (with fusible links) being installed at mechanical room. With these new components in place, our team feels confident that when this project is complete, Reid Elementary will be safer than when we began, thus satisfying BC Section 3410.2.4. Thank you for all of your assistance in the resolution of this matter. You and the entire City of La Porte Building Dept. are a pleasure to work with. As always, if you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Best regards, Christopher E. Green, RA Project Executive, PBK Cc: Mike Clausen E w Duane Menager ([� q f Sylvia Pena Jay Hamel 111►1 .. Danny Morris JUN 1 /2019 Huber, Mark From: Green, Chris [Chris.Green@PBK.com) Sent: Tuesday, February 16, 2010 3:58 PM To: Slaton, Rodney Cc: Huber, Mark; Hull, Jason Subject: LPISD Summer 2010 Renovation - Reid Elementary 'Good afternoon Rodney, I spoke with Mark Huber this afternoon and he asked that I contact you to let you know that there is a sheet that needs your review that is part of a renovation project currently being reviewed by Mark and his staff. At Jennie Reid Elementary, we are going to install a small number of drainage pipes to aid in storm water drainage. The sheet that needs your review is RD C1.1 (composite civil site plan). If you have any questions whatsoever, please do not hesitate to contact either myself or our Civil Engineer, Jason Hull. I can be reached at my office (281-334-4757) or on my cell (713-907-7137) and Jason can be reached at 713-965-0608. Best regards, Christopher E. Green, RA Project Executive PBK I P 281.334.4757 1 F 281.334.5022 www.PBK.com This e-mail, including attachments, may include confidential andtor proprietary information, and maybe used only by the person or entity to which it is addressed. It the reader of this e-mail is not the intended recipient or his or her authorized person, the reader is hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution or copying of this o-mail Is prohibited. If you have received this o-mail in error, please notify the sender by replying to this message and delete this e-mail immediately. Huber, Mark From: Sent: To: Subject: Attachments: Mark Correction has been made. Rodney Slaton, P.E., CFM City Engineer Slaton, Rodney Wednesday, February 24, 2010 2:34 PM Huber, Mark FW: Jennie Reid E Inlet.pdf From: Hull, Jason [mailto:lason.Hull@PBK.com] Sent: Wednesday, February 24, 2010 2:37 PM To: Slaton, Rodney Subject: Jennie Reid Rodney, On our drawings, the draftsman labeled the easement wrong. The 36" storm sewer is inside a 10' UE not SSE. (see attached). I apologize for the error. Jason J. Hull, P.E. Vice President, Civil Group PBK I P 713.965.0608 1 F 713.961.4571 www.PBK.com This a -mail, including attachments, may Include confidentiol and/or proprietary information, and maybe used only by the person or entity to which If is addressed. If the reader of this email is not the intended recipient or his or her authorized person, the reader is hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution or copying of this email is prohibited. If you have received this o-mail in error, please notify the sender by replying to this message and delete this e-mail immediately. 0:74 1.ae I CITY OF LA PORTS J y -" 10' UTIL. ESMT. 1j. M3 _"'- _ MT. SOL _ H.C.C.F. NO. J71 1 250 W LM I I I es o. i o 7._15 )146 II II 14 I I IF D.A. MC PEARBON. ET AL I I 'MTV 1. 1743 AC. B1 S - M.C.C.f. NO. R1s0915 v� Mz I I EXIST. 38' STM. $MR. 81a 1� B16 I II _ r x$ST. INLET all 10 1 1 ' LA POR.TE FIRE MARSHAV S OFFICE "PLAN REVIEW" WIN Date 05/17/2010 Business Name Jennie Reid Elemen Address 10001 W. Fairmont Type of Review Above -Ground Fire Protection Contractor Allied Fire Reviewed b Clif Meekins, Fire Marshal A royal YES The Applicant shall be responsible to ensure the design specifications and plans are complete nod in compliance with the requirements set forth in the 2003 International Fire Code (IFC) as well as the applicable referenced Standards listed in Chapter 45 of the 2003 EFC. This plan review is not intended to be fully inclusive as other requirements may be imposed as warranted by the Fire Marshal or as deemed necessary during on -site Inspections by the Fire Marshal's Office. The following items are identified by the Fire Marshal's Office during the plan review: 1) The Fire Marshal's Office approved set of Fire Sprinkler Plans, manufacture's product data sheets on all equipment being installed, and the installation permit are to be on site for all Fire Marshal's Office inspections. The On -Site Installer shall have a current State license, on his person, while on the job site. 2) The fire sprinkler piping shall not be covered up prior to the Fire Marshal's Office visual inspections of the piping. If the piping is covered, and the inspectors cannot inspect as is required by Fire Code, all of the obstructions will be required to be removed. NO EXCEPTION!!!!!! 3) HYDROSTATIC TEST - Hydrostatic test shall be preformed, and passed by your company, prior to contacting the Fire Marshal's Office for inspection. 4) Contact the Fire Marshal's Office 24hrs in advance (prior to cover-up) to schedule a Fire system inspection. The system shall be pressured and holding 200# for two hours prior to the Fire Inspectors arrival. Failure to have the system ready for inspection will result in a "failed" inspection. 5) AAperson licensed through the Texas State Fire Marshal's Office (RME) to install Fire Sprinkler systems shall be onsite durine all phases of installation and during the Fire Marshal's inspection. IF THE APPROVED PLANS U 120 South 2od Street, La Porte, TX 77571 ARE MODIFIED, A NEW SUBMITTAL ®� Office: 281-867-4603 TO THE CITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR Fax: 28 ! -867-4629 TO THE CHANGE IS OCCURRING ADDRESS: _ OWNER'S NAME: ',PROJECT TYPE:, HCAD#: ,s] FLOOD ZONE: YY • Y -•• • yes, permit 11• be -• permit .11• be issued-) !Y• T., ��, •• • ..IY V • • _ .... _ figure fees. If no, use W/s form to explain 1they areI TAXES • / I X. DATE OF REVIEW: INSPECTOR: / ITENIS NEEDED • ISSUANCE OF • ' 1. CURRENT INSURANCE CERT. (if applicable) OK W % �j/ COMMERCIAL PLAN REVIEW COVER SHEET ALUSE In NEW: ADDN: HTE LOC##:_ SUB MATE RETURNED OWNER OR CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION DATE TEYIE NAME OF PERSON CONTACTED S:\CPSh=\➢4SPECI7ON DIVISIOMnsP=6M'S COME PLAN REVIEW COVER SHEEI'.dm Rw. MAROS A, PROTE 1 N LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL E(CEOVEP MAY 12 2010 BY: TEXAS - SCR-0519, ACR-3429, ECR-2021 1, ATTN Clif Meekins DATE 5/11/2010 City of La Porte JOB ID PC10-1189 604 West Fairmont Pkwy NAME REID ELEMENTARY La Porte, TX 77571 GCP # PHONE 281471-5020 FAX 281-471-7168 COPIES DATED NO. DESCRIPTION 2 Aboveground Fire Sprinkler Drawings 2 Hydraulic Calculations 1 Cut Sheet ARTICLES IN TRANSIT FAXED ORIGINAL TO FOLLOW VIA: MAIL FEDEX UPS TRANSMITTED AS INDICATED BELOW FOR APPROVAL AS REQUESTED FOR REVIEW & COMMENT FOR YOUR USE FOR SIGNATURE OTHER REMARKS FROM John Blackmon SIGNED W W W. A L L I E D FIR E PROT E CT ION. O M 1-800-604-2600 P.O. Box 2842 — Pearland, TX 77588 — Phone 281-485-6803 — Fax 281-412-9668 — Corporate P.O. Box 47864 — San Antonio, TX 78265 — Phone 210-M-6716 — Fax 210-646-6734 2363 Merritt Drive #300 — Garland, Texas 75041 — Phone 972-840-1700 — Fax 972-840-1750 P.O. Box 4875 — McAllen, Texas 78502 — Phone956-631-4208 — Fax 956-631-9680 I e I TILE ''I A A 7 ADS RELLACE XIjTIN"15 �j=s HEAi� To OF! CEILING TJLE� -71 51 4--- _j I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- ---- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ---- -_-ACE� EXISTMG �HEADSi-___ 4 _Pi EXISTING Ki REPIi EXISTING 'HEA ;T1 Hi �REPLACE INi HEADS MLILACE EXIST] )3 1 f REHLAUE :X1 i IREPLACE �XISTING HEADS HEADS TO CEN E DS RELOCATE: HEADS TO CENTIER i --QCA T EADIS -;Td -__R PZLt�C -HE S TO 4�1ENTE"_.-f-_ LICATE !.HE TO CENTl . ....... I _A3 -CENTE7R- RE OCATE H RELOCATE , i I I I 4n� fREL-DC HE DS,T5 TER i --- OF (i TILE TF-C NG- t"If . - I I -- 7 - I , TIL 't2l I LfIG nE 09 , FLE ITIIN r rill n M F1 INN I Trk±:A 1�11N� T i I i-, -- i I I,_) i i !CEI n,nA T1 F_ F EL IT if E ELLICA OF CE CEILING T LE CF1_ IL '-r2 2 71 '_'f22Efi -T - 4 Li i� L !L 14 -Q, 14-0" i R_ I OCK -T -- ---- T ------ -:2 . .... .. 4 I IDU 7-- LL1 4-3J I ACTIVITY AREA i I ROOM 90 1 -4- -- ------------ - 7`1 .7 T- _J_ Oil T . ........ Cli All 3 SSROOM 0 -71 1 'CLA CO I D�06 22�7 0 MPLIJER. LAB__ ROO om 26, 1 1 ROOM 22, _4 t 0:1 4- 4- J., 77= REPLACE EXISTING HEADS ....... ... T -- ---- ---- T__ 3D`7 _4 ----- -------- t 01 D�bi D �5 RELOCATE _HIE IDS. - DID ....... ... LL] --- --- -- --- ------ t I - - 4- 'Z, 19 2- t;Zj /"J, 2 4 L 4--4- t--4L-- (220 �L I!L 21 J _41. U I-ol lid, MO;TE #31 PO _jj, _41 'j ...... ......... 1ya 16-4 IbOR_ J` __T + Fn 4- 4- 1 f-"T, Z" 7_41 1z 7 qSRb 0 A,- lA - `T L �,,C-, 410 5 ti "-7 5-0 4 1]7 _7 5l �50 UU ----- - ---- Q�9 0-6� it 11 /-Uk I i 9 f-- (41JI ------ L I - __ - I- --t-17- - --t- __ _T - - - 11 - I', -; - I T, __Tj 7 -A -4- 1- U r _4 t f-z --,I r OYS, -1-4 TRi Z 4 _C T 770 REPIL CEI F I i i 0PLACE11EXtSTING HEADS L T-1 -I,T E t RELO. HE A OC�ATi HE S T OF (jLIl OF CEILINU I L G FILE REILO�AT iDS i C N 7-1 0 1-- - - --- L _-, ! __ �__ � k __ --T -41, RrLOCAT TQ C_NT ! 1 1! 1 i __ 0 j � l� I Ilir � � �V __ ---4- 1 1 - P__,A1CF__ X STI Ja,-in DS_ 7R L11j iL �, r _ , I '� 'N e r 5 ! "' I i I 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 t ----------- S �E -HEA Z_ OF CEILIINGI TILE + 1 — - - - - - - - - - - - - iii-4, --L� it _71 I_ tj REPLACE E�JS'fiNq, . HE 4 - D�_- rQT CF A RTE INql E 'Il" .1 F- ------ - ___Ri C j, <IS, IN _4 i Li CV RELEI 1EADS DIF C N, T.ji T -------- I T M 4 '80 -4 - __T____ __4 2 _j + �,U F7 I I 3A 7 ---- ------- F -7, A111 L 3X1 MECH --J QrT�6 j7 _7 _7 F L_ �Xl I _4 f T _4 0-5 015 ---------- -J -4 -A-4 0 5 I - , . , I "i it. 1 'C' I J I I � I 2V f# -4 Cl 2 _j I-0c 2 '4 f LJ W [0 I il". 71 C10i 777 -n�--- 0 2 1 14-§ 1, Li_ J_ 1-5 V011 4-, lt _; -4 i�_ ... I i I -i TEE I �12 14 0 1 .............. 61 47U �17-17 `E T IN I C-i 146 -HEABS7 ';'REPLACE EXISTIN �HZAD E RELO AT ' ki NT 'REPLACIF XIStING HEAD!� 4- I It ATE__H7AD �j ---R CATi _4 y T4ENus is AID -4;a I _41'_ C -IL Nq I . . . . . . . T, 111 T, - IF T, MIN ILINLT YL 1`4 __7 OF,- _4 t 7 _4 'SSkOOM L_dACF--_E 1-TINdi LASSROOM ; I i : C LI Q. 11.�i ull, f-P C IT7_ CLASS I T 7' ROOI 841, L 0 3=5 7 of 717 .001 R =A 4 -.7 _4 T', 77,7_ 4 - 4�1 4 _T IF S N HE -4 1 it T l 4 I OF-- �f, I 12',b E�11_;- -4 IL A= TO ER I —4 — L 4 -9 4;_ 01 F,% IF T -7 q�XDV` AT TJ A I1T11TM I- All TId Rod I I -Il I I - Top B— Cl..p 2 3 SUPPORT IF NEEDED HANGER SUPPORT FROM 401ST OR DECK IPPLE ABOVE Up '10, ELL BRANCH OR MAIN 1. X 1/2 REDUCER SUSPENDED CEILING %.w/jL_j_L 14 JL JL_JJLX� Inspectors Test 7- t 0� 8-0 A v 11 1 ROOM! I ROOM 119: 4 -IRE H 1 i LA§SROO y C155 ICA . ...... N jIll �,'�Al 15 120' i 21 L -6 4 t4, J, 4- T 1 4L Ll ------------- - I L ',;1 4 1 1 y 4 i K 4 EPLIACE EXISTIMICTME-11 X1 --T-I -0, ji, HE OF., CEILING � To CELT _IL I A I Rj I ------ --- - --------- - T_ ----- --- __Lb k ......... .. -4- .............. - - --------- i I + L lj�� �8_ 4 ------- -- ---- _�'ELO'CATit HEADS TO! CENTER ADS EPL 4-- OIRLS REPLA E EXItTING Hi IT 1 111 -6, Xl� MECH TEE F _4 -0 _6H 'T, TA [A1121 , I t L IN EIL ItflE --j E __T!LE F ---- - -- ... ----- -- ------ .... .. _4 ---- ------ ------- Adill UPRIGHT S.I.-ER DEFL 77i 4-- COUNISELOR C SSROOM CLASSROOM 3E A 14AXIMl BF -I& 1DEi_,EIW ssk 7 B 3XI MECH TIE 00 1 7 4 - - ----- _4 J +4- 7- ------ ---- ---- _1Y T L I T L I FAdUi , " I'l 1� i I 3-TRIM 174 IV (SLOP �S OM 14' OR TO TOP OF CLERESTOI 1 eS506 I - Fic.. 4:9701 126 T. r - t__ - --it- D I --- f-4 4 + A 4-1, T 7,1." I f I i , 4 !i AN. �ST(Cil _J] It, -4- 1 CONIFERE �'E !OOM -9 1 lb I VKAk.;L L, I - ----- L 2�9 12 7. 2' E-jALL OPRIGHt., INKLER DEFLIEC . .... . .... + __! -,-M- Ii Ei i A (I _Il T u - ----- T - - 4--t- <Ii 01 121 Bi B( --j- pox + X_ I�S507� (S5 0 �9 5) 4 LOBBY 1415-1 11 ! 1 1 1 i� 1 t if -lj I - 0 , , i 6 -0! 17 7;i I _ , 1� I � 4 4- _R T K�) :L t__ LI -Illir I --- . - 870 -6__- -7-0 51 4-1 ;4 U 4 T � L Lnn r DI 170 �79 E 6 _V) I I 1 11 __4____ 4- 4 1'. i 4' I� 1 11 1 1, i 4 1 T 0 01 X 4- _J_ T- 4 - -4- T L-44� `Dj 91 -7- + VIP T --I, $TAGE 1 7- W Clol _7� X j; 1]11�3 [4-9 12-'a 9_6 J T4'- tie 7 71- __.L IF A L 14 .4 j- 4; ------ L__4 1 1 1 1 '1 1 1 1 1 � ASH 7,1111111 "Al.-J" 3=6 ;I _L_4 1---i ------ LiBi - - ----- I IINTENIA 9'L- 7� A.] F. T-- T 4 AX.F.i_ A 1 J 77 11-7 -T Go F13- nil L I F�i t _4 13 0 EREIN E ------ . .. .... _�q + 7 ---- ------ T_ - 7 L <! 'v I— I I i .! 11 [ - � I I t, 4 _17— F:-F 'WI ------------ W!" �_4V! N 4 'l SP.F—ER IIEILECTIII� a'! '3' EIEIII� UK-43F la-BE1 6 if A SHI T-4 E i i 0W BoliTaK as --- 9 _J ECHANICAL -7- _4-4-7- i-4--�--- 1 '124 11 '0 1 � 1 �'� �d 11 1 �� 1 '14-1 1 0 S_ I 11H I f;_ 7:T, T Ij 1434, T___ L Li 14-0 14 0"! 1 T_ t Al -29 ----------- 'Bl EXP _j Ili ALL Ii "I I , 1 , I I - _j __ " I 1TV" 3 :x"M I i 1 Tt S -j- L M IN - ------ I OME t L [ I ) 1[ 1 7 [18:1 -4 4-- -ilk di di 4-0- J--4- '3 (Tt -10 if IV - lit __7 - - - - - - S -1. (BQR2) I!, T TOS 13'-5' _C "!l4f2)i - — — — — — — -4 J'-Ld" AFl. . — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Inspectors Test 9'-q" A.F,l LT11 i - - -------- ------- - - ----- ------ ----- ----------- - ----- UGil 200'-0 NOT TO SCALL EXISTING 8- WL FOR CALCULATION PURPOSE ONLY T 0 U ,N D NUTE: ALL CEILING HEIGHTS 11 BE 9/ L F FROM END OF BRANCBLINE SMOOTHBORE TEST VALVE IN READILY ACCESSIBLE OUT TG G LOCATION EQUIVALENT TO ONE NOTE: Um Hiliollia SPIUNICLER 45'GALV. _-ELBOW ICAL HANGER Now not I- th. 4ft. (1.2.) fq...d Wd pq. . — — 01 — S4---AJ-.F- byd i,.d" �h. pip. dd- ftogh 11 to otiolad. - Pip. (L-I - A + 61) WITT TEST CONNIRC]ION OCR NFPA 13) - 3/9' Top B.- Cl-p WET INSPECTil TEST - 3/9' . 4' AR n.-d Rod - Il I�IC3 SC��_l UNDERSIDE OFIRICH SPRINKLER SPRIG JIL BRA CH LINE 'ICAL UPRIGHT SPRINKLER �D DETAIL ��^Ll NOT TO SCALE J FIRE PRETECTHIN PLAN S C A L E: 3 / 3 2 1 Hydraulically Calculated System This system as shown on I ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION company print no dated for I JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY at I REMOTE 11 LIBRAR�Y� oont. no T�- 11 8�9 is designed to discharge at a rate of gpm (Umin per sq ft (i of floor area over a maximum area of F 1-5 0 _0 I sq It (ml when supplied with water at the rate of 1 266.70 _� gpm (Umin) at 1 40.76 -] psi (bars) at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of gpm (Uri is included in the above. Occupancy classification I SCHOOL Commodity classification I N/A Maximum storage hei Installed by: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION LP 24 HOUR SERVICE 281-485-6803 Hydraulically Calculated System This system as shown on I ALLIED FIRE PR�OTECTIO�N company print no dated for FJ—ENNIE REID ELEMENTARY at I REMOTE #2 CLASSROOM cont. no is designed to discharge at a rate of gpm (Umin per sq ft (i of floor area over a maximum area of I ENTIRE I sq ft (I when supplied with water at the rate ofl 166.74 1 gpm (Umin) at 1 38.56 psi (bars) at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of gpm (Urrill is included in the above. Occupancy classification I SCHOOL Commodity classification I N/A _77� aximum orage eig Installed by: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION LP 24 HOUR SERVICE 291-485-6803 Hydraulically Calculated System This system as shown on I ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION 71 company print no dated 14 27-10 1 for FJ—ENNIE REID ELEMENTARY I at I REMOTE #3 CLASSR70770�M� cont. no is designed to discharge at a rate of gpm (Umin per sq ft (I of floor area over a maximum area of 1 1500 sq ft (i when supplied with water at the rate Ill 194.30 ] gpm (Umil at 1 36.69 psi (bars) at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of gpm (Umin) is included in the above. Occupancy classification I SCHOOL Commodity classification I N/A aximum orage el Installed by: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION LP 24 HOUR SERVICE 281-485-6803 Hydraulically Calculated System This system as shown on I ALLIED FIRE P company print no dated for I JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY at I REMOTE #4 CORRI ount. no is designed to discharge at a rate of gpm (Umin per sq ft (I of floor area over a maximum area of 17 HEAD CALC sq ft (I when supplied with water at the rate of 1 128.92 j gpm (Umin) at[ 38.81 ] psi (bars) at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of gprn (Umin) is included in the above. Occupancy classification I SCHOOL Commodity classification I N/A ax mum storage e g It N A Installed by: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION LP 4!ls 24 HOUR SERVICE 281-485-6803 Hydraulically Calculated System This system as shown on I ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION for I JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY at I REMOTE #5 MECHANICAL Icont. no is designed to discharge at a rate of pm (Umin per sq III (I of floor area over a maximum area of 1 1500 �� sq ft (I when supplied with water at the rate 011 320.84 gpm (Unill at 132.84 psi (bars) at the base of the riser. Hose stream allowance of gpm (Umin) is included in the above. Occupancy classification I SCHOOL Commodity classification I N/A I Maximum storage height I N/A Installed by: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION LP 24 HOUR SERVICE & 281-485-6803 WMA RISER LEGEND (D EXISTING TYCO- 4' ALARM VA, MOD. AV-1 W/RETARD CHAMBER @ EXISTING POTTER ELECTRIC - 4' MOD, VSR-F VANE TYPE FLOW SWITCH @ EXISTING TYCO- WATER MOTOR ALARM CENTER OF TILE D2 0 NEW 4- RISER n4 EXISTING TYCO- 4' NRS GATE VA. W/WALL POST INDICATOR & TAMPER SWITCH A� EXISTING TYCO-SPARE HEAD BOX NEW SPRINKLER PIPE NEW TYCO- 4' NRS GATE VA. W/WALL POST INDICATOR & TAMPER SWITCH - - - - - - - EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPE NEW TYCO- 4' ALARM VA. MOD. AV-1 W/RETARD CHAMBER (D NEW POTTER ELECTRIC 4' MOD. VSR-F VANE TYPE FLOW SWITCH GENERAL NOTES (D 1. ALL MATERIAL TO BE U.L. AND/OR F.M. APPROVED. 2. METHOD OF HANGING PIPE AND PIPE HANGERS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N_l #13 LATEST EDITION 4' 3. FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.F.P.A. # 13 AND CITY OF LA PORTE ALLIED TO START OIl 0-10 CUT IN NEW 4- TEE TO FDC 4. PIPE AND FITTING MATERIAL FOR WET SYSTEM TO BE AS FOLLOWS: ALL GROOVED PIPE TO 2 1/2 --i TO BE BLACK SCHED.10 FLOOR ALL THREADED PIPE ]i TO BE BLACK SCHED.40 5. FMINGS: THREAEDED - 125 1b. CAST IRON BLACK GROOVED - VICTAULIC FIRELOCK COUPLINGS FLANGES - BLK, C.I. 1251b. THREADED. CLASS 50 CLDI TO T-0' FROM BUILDING 6. ALL WELDS SHALL BE SHOP WELDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH C-900 PVC FROM. T-0' FROM BUILDING 16 PVC I F_ P. A. # 13. SEE SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION C9 7. SYSTEMS SHALL BE FLUSHED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH (l NFPA 24) N.F.P . k 111 13 AND GOVERNING AGENCY. 8. ADEQUATE HEAT TO BE PROVIDED (BY OTHERS) TO PREVENT FXISTING RTSFR T)FTATI FREEZING. Q, T", 0 ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,, LP 2003 MYKAWA P.O. BOX 2842 PEARLAND,I TEXAS 77581 PH 281-485-6803 FAX 281-412-9668 FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SCR 0519 HANGER LOCATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS TO MEET NFPA-13. SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE IN ALIGNMENT ONLY, NO CENTER OF TILE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SPRINKLER HEADS MAY BE DRAWN TO APPEAR TO BE THIS DRAWING, DESIGN, AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN AND IS LOANED UPON THE' EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE SA , BE RETURNED TO ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION, LP. UPON REQUEST. NO REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING, INFORMATION OR ANY PART THEREOF SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION, LP. THIS CONTRACT DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY MATERIAL OR DEVICE' TO IMPROVE THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF THE BUILDING TO ENABLE IT TO CARRY THE LOAD OF THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DYNA—THREAD BLACK GALVANIZED CPVC FITTINGS CAST IRON MALLEABLE IRON WELDED GROOVED they comply with the adopted NFPA Standards. IM ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION, LP. 2003 MYKAWA W EE PEARLAND, TEXAS 77581 281-485-6803 2 668 RME-1 011 -G IN SIC El AS -BUILT BMITTA OTHER 3/329 BUILDING & SYSTEM LEGEND E8-6 Elev. Above Finished Floor e ing el FLOW TEST INFORMATION STATIC PRESSURE PITOT READING RESIDUAL PRESSURE 46 G.P.M. DATE 4-7-10 TIME 10:30AM LOCATION OF HYDRANT SITE TEST TAKEN BY AFP RIGHT ON SPRIG 'RIB �YCO CONCEAL PENDENT M0D.RFII TY3531 304 1/2" 5.6 155 WHITE TYCO HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL MOD. TYFRB TY3331 8 1/2" 5.6 155 BRASS TYCO DRY PENDENT MOD. DS-1 TY3255 2 1/2- 5.6 155 Bi <1 i DRY SIDEWALL MOD. TYFR9 TY3355 1 1/2" 5.6 155 BRASS COUP GENERAL CONTRACTORS NAME AND ADDRESS -r r-= L_ L_ F= P'�S 1= N a U I L_ ED FEE F,",S. 777 E3F_=r-4MAll �S-FF_=. 400 HC)U�S-FC:)N, _rEH>C^S 77060 REVISION DATES !1. APPR(_)Vjj) PLANS Al�E' ; 1 11&&" i 2 2010 MAT CITY IS Rll�(Mwl" f JE' Cl IANGI-1 (�_)CCURRING. ENNIE REID ELEMENT IL,A.- I? i!_—r1F_ S 7 7:5 7 1 DRAWN BY: CONTRACT NO: PC10-1 189 SPRINKLERS ON JOB: 339 --------- THIS SHEET: SPRINKLERS ON 339 4-27-10 -Sl —NO: FP1 APPROVAL BY: CIT"Y OF ILA POaTE IIF MODI FAPPROIiEDPLAN ED, A �,Pw S ARE_ OTHECITyISRE SURA11"ITAL TO7."IECHAN QUIRL-DPRIO GE OCCURRING, R , ... Fire Protection by Computer Design . C/N ropy ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP 2003 MYKAWA PEARLAND, TEXAS 77581 281-485-6803 Job Name REID.ELEMENTARY_NIMECHANICAL Building ` REMOTE#5 MECHAC�9L.RM= Location 10001-W7,FAIRMONT PARKWAY System 2 Contract PC10-1189 Data File 01189CAL.wx6 rCELVEA12 2010 'Computer Priiiams'by HydratesInc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 gy; ALLIED FIRE PROTECTIORLP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Page 1 Date 050710 Hydraulic Design Information Sheet Name - JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY Date - 4-27-10 �Locat}on - 10001 W. FAIRMONT PARKWAY .Building - REMOTE #5 MECHANICAL RM System No. - 2 N3ntractor - ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Contract No. - PC10-1189 Calculated By - JESUS MUNO Drawing No. - FP1 Construction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non -Combustible Ceiling Height - 9' Occupancy - SCHOOL S (X) NFPA 13 ( ) Lt. Haz. Y ( ) NFPA 231 ( ) NFPA 231C S Other T Specific Ruling E Ord.Haz.Gp. (X) 1 ( ) 2 ( ( ) Figure Made By ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. Curve Date M Area. of Sprinkler Operation - 1500 System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - .15 (X) Wet, Make TYCO D Area Per Sprinkler - VARIES ( ) Dry Model TYFRB E Elevation at Highest Outlet - 12'-5" ( ) Deluge Size'1/2" S Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 I Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.155 G Hose Allowance - Outside - 250 N Note Calculation Flow Required - 570.83 Press Required - 33.09 Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground W A T E R S U P P L Y Water Flow Test: Date of Test - 4-07-10 Time of Test - 10:30AM Static Press - 50 Residual Press - 46 Flow - 1110 Elevation - 3.5 Pump Data: Rated Cap.- @ Press - Elev. - Source of Information- CITY WATER SUPPLY Tank or Reservoir: Cap. - Elev.- Well Proof Flow C Commodity Class Location 0 Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled % Palletized $ Rack M ( ) Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet ( ) Auto. Storage ( ) Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet ( ) Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row ( ) Open Shelf 0 C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 ECEO 9/ E MAY 12 2010 BY:�_ Water Supply Curve (C) i ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL ._ Page,' 2 Date, 050710 City Water Supply: Demand: C1 - Static Pressure 50 D1 - Elevation 3.862 C2 - Residual Pressure: 46 D2 - System Flow 320.838 C2 - Residual Flow 1110 D2 - System Pressure 33.091 Hose ( Adj City ) Hose ( Demand ) 250 D3 - System Demand 570.838 Safety Margin 15.740 150 140 130 P 120 R 110 E 100 S 90 S 80 U 70 R 60 C1 E 50 40 D2 30 D3 20 -110 �) 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 <<� FLOW (NA 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 1111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Used Summary ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP �; Page 3 REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Date b50710 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 'h % 1 1'% 1'h 2 2% 3 3'h 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 A Alarm Re[ E1 d E3 7.7 21.5 17 27 29 E NFPA 13 W Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Vetere 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 T NFPA 13 90' Flow thru Tee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 5o 60 71 61 91 101 121 V 90' Ell Firelock 8001 0 0 0 0 0 3.5 4.3 5 0 6.8 8.5 10 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 4 REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Date 050710 Node, No Elevation K-Fact Pt Actual Pn Flow Actual Density Area Press Reg. D501 = 9.0 5.6 19.24 no 24.57 0.15 120 7.0 D502 9.0 5.6 19.67 no 24.84 0.15 59 7.0 SSQ 12.416 5.6 14.01 no 20.96 0.15 91 7.0 D504 9.0 5.6 15.99 no 22.39 0.15 90 7.0 S505; 12.416 5.6 12.42 no 19.74 0.15 90 7.0 S506 12.416 5.6 12.34 no 19.67 0.15 90 7.0 S507 12.416 5.6 12.8 no 20.03 0.15 104 7.0 D508 9.0 5.6 14.68 no 21.46 0.15 90 7.0 S509 12.416 5.6 11.16 no 18.71 0.15 117 7.0 S510 12.416 5.6 10.87 no 18.46 0.15 115 7.0 S511 12.416 5.6 10.32 no 17.99 0.15 115 7.0 S512 12.416 5.6 10.05 no 17.75 0.15 115 7.0 S513 12.416 5.6 12.52 no 19.81 0.15 89 7.0 S514 12.416 5.6 9.74 no 17.48 0.15 115 7.0 S515 12.416 5.6 9.49 no 17.25 0.15 115 7.0 S516 12.416 5.6 12.41 no 19.73 0.15 89 7.0 627 12.416 13.65 no 626 12.416 14.99 no 625 12.416 12.8 no 624 12.416 12.72 no 622 9.83 19.89 no 623 9.83 21.39 no 620 9.83 19.46 no 621 9.83 21.07 no 615 12.416 10.05 no 616 12.416 10.96 no 617 12.416 11.85 no 618 12.416 13.58 no 619 12.416 14.86 no 610 12.416 12.79 no 611 12.416 13.06 no 612 12.416 13.28 no 613 12.416 14.56 - no 614 12.416 15.98 no 600 12.416 9.79 no 601 12.416 10.68 no 602 12.416 11.54 no 603 12.416 13.94 no 604 12.416 14.06 no 605 9.83 21.39 no 606 9.83 21.44 no 607 9.83 21.62 no 608 9.83 22.12 no 609 9.83 28.29 no TOR2 9.83 28.67 no BOR2 2.0 32.84 no BOR 1.0 33.95 no UG1 -2.5 35.48 no TEST 3.5 33.09 no 250.0 The maximum velocity is 15 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 619 and 607 EOEGVE MAY 12 2010 'I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 030873Y: Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Page 5 Date 050710 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. ..C., or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Pyint Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn D501 24.57 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 19.244 K Factor = 5.60 to ' 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.359 620 24.57 0.1900 0.0 3.000 0.570 Val = 9.12 0.0 24.57 19.455 K Factor = 5.57 D502 24.84 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 19.670 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.359 622 24.84 0.1940 0.0 3.000 0.582 Val = 9.22 0.0 24.84 19.893 K Factor = 5.57 S503 20.96 1.049 1T 5.0 1.000 14.008 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 619 20.96 0.1418 0.0 6.000 0.851 Val = 7.78 0.0 20.96 14.859 K Factor = 5.44 D504 22.39 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 15.992 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -1.479 626 22.39 0.1600 0.0 3.000 0.480 ' Val = 8.31 0.0 22.39 14.993 K Factor = 5.78 S505 19.74 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 12.420 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 0.0 625 19.74 0.1270 0.0 3.000 0.381 Val = 7.33 0.0 12.801 K Factor = 5.52 S506 19.67 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 12.337 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 0.0 624 19.67 0.1263 0.0 3.000 0.379 Val = 7.30 0.0 12.716 K Factor = 5.52 S507 20.03 1.049 1T 5.0 1.000 12.797 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 618 20.03 0.1305 0.0 6.000 0.783 Val = 7.44 0.0 13.580 K Factor = 5.44 D508 21.46 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 14.684 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -1.479 627 21.46 0.1480 0.0 3.000 0.444 Val = 7.97 0.0 21.46 13.649 K Factor = 5.81 S509 18.71 1.049 1T 5.0 1.000 11.160 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 617 18.71 0.1150 0.0 6.000 0.690 Val = 6.95 0.0 18.71 11.850 K Factor = 5.44 S510 18.46 1.049 1 T 5.0 1.000 10.870 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 602 18.46 0.1123 0.0 6.000 0.674 Vel,_ 6:85--fi " lifjl MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03086 a BY: Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Page 6 Date 050710 Hyd. Ca Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. ..C., or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Point- Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 18.46 11.544 K Factor = 5.43 S511 17.99 1.049 IT 5.0 1.000 10.319 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 616 17.99 0.1070 0.0 6.000 0.642 Val = 6.68 0.0 17.99 10.961 K Factor = 5.43 S512 17.75 1.049 1T 5.0 1.000 10.050 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 601 17.75 0.1043 0.0 6.000 0.626 Vel = 6.59 0.0 17.75 10.676 K Factor = 5.43 S513 19.81 1.049 1T 5.0 1.000 12.516 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 612 19.81 0.1278 0.0 6.000 0.767 Vel = 7.35 0.0 19.81 13.283 K Factor = 5.44 S514 17.48 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 9.744 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 0.0 615 17.48 0.1013 0.0 3.000 0.304 Vel = 6.49 0.0 17.48 10.048 K Factor = 5.51 S515 17.25 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 9.489 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 0.0 600 17.25 0.0990 0.0 3.000 0.297 Vel = 6.40 0.0 17.25 9.786 K Factor = 5.51 S516 19.73 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 12.413 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 0.0 610 19.73 0.1267 0.0 3.000 0.380 Vel = 7.32 0.0 19.73 ' 12.793 K Factor = 5.52 'P$ 627 21.46 1.049 1 T 5.0 1.120 13.649 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 613 21.46 0.1482 0.0 6.120 0.907 Val = 7.97 0.0 21.46 14.556 K Factor = 5.62 626 22.39 1.049 1T 5.0 1.120 14.993 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 614 22.39 0.1605 0.0 6.120 0.982 Val = 8.31 0.0 K Factor = 5.60 625 19.74 1.049 1T 5.0 4.000 12.801 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 603 19.74 0.1270 0.0 9.000 1.143 Vel = 7.33 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087b MAY 12 2010 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Page 7 Date 050710 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. _ V or Ftng's Pe Pv "« Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 19.74 13.944 K Factor = 5.29 624 19.67 1.049 1 E 2.0 3.660 12.716 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 604 19.67 0.1262 0.0 10.660 1.345 Vel = 7.30 0.0 19.67 14.061 K Factor = 5.25 'P-18 622 24.84 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.700 19.893 to 120.0 1 T 5.0 7.000 0.0 623 24.84 0.1943 0.0 7.700 1.496 Vel= 9.22 623 0.0 3.26 0.0 4.620 21.389 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 605 24.84 0.0009 0.0 4.620 0.004 Vel = 0.95 0.0 24.84 21.393 K Factor = 5.37 'P-21 620 24.57 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.500 19.455 to 120.0 IT 5.0 7.000 0.0 621 24.57 0.1905 0.0 8.500 1.619 Vel = 9.12 621 0.0 1.38 1T 6.0 1.330 21.074 to 120.0 0.0 6.000 0.0 606 24.57 0,0499 0.0 7.330 0.366 Vel = 5.27 0.0 24.57 21.440 K Factor = 5.31 'P-24 615 17.48 1.049 0.0 9.000 10.048 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 616 17.48 0.1014 0.0 9.000 0.913 Vel = 6.49 616 17.99 1.38 0.0 9.000 10.961 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 617 35.47 0.0988 0.0 9.000 0.889 Vel = 7.61 617 18.71 1.38 0.0 8.000 11.850 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 618 54.18 0.2162 0.0 8.000 1.730 Vel = 11.62 618 20.03 1.61 0.0 7.000 13.580 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 619 74.21 0.1827 0.0 7.000 1.279 Vel = 11.70 619 20.96 1.61 1 E 4.0 7.500 14.859 to 120.0 1T 8.0 12.000 1.120 607 95.17 0.2895 0.0 19.500 5.645 Vel = 15.00 0.0 95.17 21.624 K Factor = 20.47 `P-27 610 19.73 1.049 0.0 2.120 12.793 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 611 19.73 0.1269 0.0 2.120 0.269 Vel = 7.32 _ NiAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 t� Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Page 8 Date 050710 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. ..C.. or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 611; 0.0 1.38 0.0 6.620 13.062 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 612 19.73 0.0334 0.0 6.620 0.221 Vel = 4.23 612 19.81 1.38 0.0 10.540 13.283 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 613 39.54 0.1208 0.0 10.540 1.273 Vel = 8.48 613 21.46 1.61 0.0 11.160 14.556 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 614 61.0 0.1272 0.0 11.160 1.419 Vel = 9.61 614 22.39 1.61 1 E 4.0 10.160 15.975 to 120.0 IT 8.0 12.000 1.120 608 83.39 0.2268 0.0 22.160 5.025 Vel = 13.14 0.0 83.39 22.120 K Factor = 17.73 600 17.25 1.049 0.0 9.000 9.786 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 601 17.25 0.0989 0.0 9.000 0.890 Vel = 6.40 601 17.75 1.38 0.0 9.000 10.676 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 602 35.0 0.0964 0.0 9.000 0.868 Val = 7.51 602 18.47 1.38 0.0 11.370 11.544 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 603 53.47 0.2111 0.0 11.370 2.400 Vel = 11.47 603 19.73 1.61 0.0 0.660 13.944 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 604 73.2 0.1773 0.0 0.660 0.117 Vel = 11.54 604 19.67 1.61 1 E 4.0 10.450 14.061 to 120.0 IT 8.0 12.000 1.120 605 92.87 0.2767 0.0 22.450 6.212 Vel = 14.64 605 24.84 3.26 0.0 3.450 21.393 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 606 117.71 0.0136 0.0 3.450 0.047 Vel = 4.52 606 24.56 3.26 0.0 9.370 21.440 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 607 142.27 0.0196 0.0 9.370 0.184 Vel = 5.47 607 95.17 3.26 0.0 9.790 21.624 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 608 237.44 0.0507 0.0 9.790 0.496 Vel = 9.13 608 83.40 3.26 IV 6.72 43.040 22.120 to 120.0 1 T 20.159 26.879 0.0 609 320.84 0.0883 0.0 69.919 6.173 Vel = 12.33 609 0.0 4.26 IV 8.954 6.580 28.293 to 120.0 0.0 8.954 0.0 TOR2 320.84 0.0239 0.0 15.534 0.372 Vel = 7.22 TOR2 0.0 4.26 1A 22.384 7.830 28.665 to 120.0 1 G 2.633 25.017 3.391 BOR2 320.84 0.0240 0.0 32.847 0.789 Vel = 7.22 MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY MECHANICAL Page 9 Date 050710 HyO. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv """• Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn BOEZ2 0.0 4.26 1T 26.334 1.500 32.845 to 120.0 0.0 26.334 0.433 BOR 320.84 0.0240 0.0 27.834 0.668 Val = 7.22 BOR 0.0 8.27 1 L 20.56 7.500 33.946 to 140.0 0.0 20.560 1.516 UG1 320.84 0.0007 0.0 28.060 0.019 Val = 1.92 UG1 0.0 7.98 1L 19.632 200.000 35.481 to 150.0 113 6.041 78.527 -2.599 TEST 320.84 0.0008 1T 52.855 278.527 0.209 Vel = 2.06 250.00 Qa = 250.00 570.84 33.091 K Factor = 99.23 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 r1 ... Fire Protection by Computer Design ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION P.O. BOX 2842 PEARLAND, TEXAS 77588 281 485-6803 Job Name : REID ELEMENjt4@aLCORLtID0R Building �REMOTE #4 CORRIDO,R. Location - 1000�V�`FAIRMDNT PARKWAY System. 2 Contract PC10-1189 Data File 01189-7hds.wx5 r(CE0 t1Y E MAY 12 2010 BY: Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION REID ELEMENTARY CORRIDOR Page 1 Date 050510 Hvdraulic Desiqn Information Sheet Nam6 - JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY Date - 4-27-10 Location - 10001 W. FAIRMONT PARKWAY Building - REMOTE #4 CORRIDOR System No. - 2 Coptractor - ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Contract No. - PC10-1189 Calculated By - JESUS MUNOZ Drawing No. - FP1 Construction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non -Combustible Ceiling Height - 9' Occupancy - SCHOOL S Y S T E M D E S I G N (X) NFPA 13 (X) ( ) NFPA 231 ( ) Other Specific Ruling Lt. Haz. Ord.Haz.Gp. ( ) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. NFPA 231C ( ) Figure Curve Made By Date Area of Sprinkler Operation - 7 HDS System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - .10 (X) Wet Make TYCO Area Per Sprinkler - VARIES ( ) Dry - Model RFII'CONCEAL Elevation at Highest Outlet - 9' ( ) Deluge Size 1/2" Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.155 Hose Allowance - Outside - 100 Note 7 HEAD CALC Calculation Flow Required - 228.92 Press Required - 37.77 Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground W Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: A Date of Test - 4-07-10 Cap. - T Time of Test - 10:30AM Rated Cap.- Elev.- E Static Press - 50 @ Press - R Residual Press - 46 Elev. - Well Flow - 1110 Proof Flow S Elevation - 3.5 U P Location - SITE P L Source of Information - CITY WATER SUPPLY .. Y C Commodity Class Location . 0 Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled 8 Palletized % Rack M ( ) Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet ( ) Auto. Storage ( ) Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet ( ) Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row ( ) Open Shelf 0 C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: Computer Programs by Hydratec'Inc. Route 111 p^p MAY 12 2010 Windham N.H. USA 030871 Water Supply Curve (C) ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Page '2 REID ELEMENTARY CORRIDOR Date 0.50510 City Water Supply: Demand: C1 - Static Pressure 50 D1 - Elevation 2.382 C2 - Residual Pressure: 46 D2 - System Flow 128.921 C2 - Residual Flow 1110 D2 - System Pressure 37.778 Hose (Adj City ) Hose ( Demand) 100 D3 - System Demand 228.921 Safety Margin 12.007 150 140 130 p 120 R 110 E 100 S 90 S 80 U 70 R 60 C1 E 50 40 30 20 110, �I 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 ' 1800 FLOW INA1.85) ill Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Used Summary ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Page 3 REID ELEMENTARY CORRIDOR gate - 050510 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 'A % 1 1% 11% 2 2% 3 3% 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 A Generic Alarm Valve 0 0 0 .0 0 0 7.7 21.5 0 17 17 27 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E 90' Standard Elbow 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G Generic Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L Long Turn Elbow 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 T 90' Flow thru Tee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Page 4 Date 050510 Node No. -Elevation K-Fad Pt Actual Pn Flow Actual Density Area Press Reg. D400, 9.0 5.6 7.0 na 14.82 0.1 120 7.0 D401 9.0 5.6 8.38 na 16.21 0.1 96 7.0 D402 ' 9.0 5.6 9.5 na 17.26 0.1 120 7.0 D403 - 9.0 5.6 12.19 na 19.55 0.1 144 7.0 D404 - 9.0 5.6 14.7 na 21.47 0.1 168 7.0 D405 9.0 5.6 19.19 na 24.53 0.1 168 7.0 450 9.5 7.29 na 500 9.5 5.6 7.25 na 15:08 0.1 5o 7.0 501 9.5 8.39 na 502 9.5 8.58 na 503 9.5 10.05 na 504 9.5 12.94 na 505 9.5 15.63 na 506 9.5 20.44 na 207 9.5 28.1 na 208 9.5 29.46 na 209 9.5 32.2 na TOR 9.5 34.98 na BOR 1.0 38.82 na UG1 -2.5 40.34 na TEST 3.5 37.78 na 100.0 The maximum velocity is 20.32 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 506 and 207 MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 0308 BY:_�_ Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Page 5 REID ELEMENTARY CORRIDOR Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. - "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Poiht Qt PI/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn D400 14.82 1.049 2E 4.0 2.750 7.000 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 4.000 -0.217 450 ' 14.82 0.0748 0.0 6.750 0.505 Val = 5.50 0.0 14.82 7.288 K Factor = 5.49 D401 16.21 1.049 1 E 2.0 2.750 8.379 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 502 16.21 0.0882 0.0 4.750 0.419 Val = 6.02 0.0 16.21 8.581 K Factor = 5.53 D402 17.26 1.049 1 T 5.0 2.750 9.501 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 503 17.26 0.0991 0.0 7.750 0.768 Val = 6.41 0.0 17.26 10.052 K Factor = 5.44 D403 19.55 1.049 IT 5.0 2.750 12.191 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 504 19.55 0.1249 0.0 7.750 0.968 Val = 7.26 0.0 12.942 K Factor = D404 21.47 1.049 IT 5.0 2.750 14.700 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 505 21.47 0.1485 0.0 7.750 1.151 Val = 7.97 0.0 21.47 15.634 K Factor = 5.43 D405 24.53 1.049 IT 5.0 2.750 19.188 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 506 24.53 0.1899 0.0 7.750 1.472 Val = 9.11 0.0 24.53 20.443 K Factor = 5.43 'P-6 450 14.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 7.750 7.288 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 501 14.82 0.0747 0.0 14.750 1.102 Val = 5.50 0.0 14.82 8.390 K Factor = 5.12 •P-7 500 15.08 1.049 2E 4.0 5.750 7.251 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 1T 5.0 9.000 0.0 501 15.08 0.0772 0.0 14.750 1.139 Val = 5.60 0.0 15.08 8.390 K Factor = 5.21 'P 9 501 to 502 29.90 29.9 1.38 120.0 0.0718 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.660 0.0 2.660 8.390 0.0 0.191 Vel = 6.41 502 16.21 1.38 0.0 9.166 8.581 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 503 46.11 0.1605 0.0 9.166 1.471 Vel = 9.89 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 2 2�10 �� MAY 1 j Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION REID ELEMENTARY CORRIDOR Page 6 Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. - "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 503.7 17.26 1.38 0.0 10.000 10.052 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 504 63.37 0.2890 0.0 10.000 2.890 Vet = 13.59 504 19.55 1.61 0.0 12.000 12.942 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 505 82.92 0.2243 0.0 12.000 2.692 Vel = 13.07 505 21.47 1.61 0.0 14.000 15.634 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 506 104.39 0.3435 0.0 14.000 4.809 Val = 16.45 506 24.53 1.61 1T 8.0 7.060 20.443 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 207 128.92 0.5076 0.0 15.080 7.654 Val = 20.32 0.0 128.92 28.097 K Factor = 24.32 207 128.92 3.068 0.0 62.250 28.097 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 208 128.92 0.0220 0.0 62.250 1.368 Val = 5.59 208 0.0 3.068 1 E 7.0 117.500 29.465 to 120.0 0.0 7.000 0.0 209 128.92 . 0.0220 0.0 124.500 2.735 Vel = 5.59 209 0.0 3.548 4E 32.0 224.790 32.200 to 120.0 0.0 32.000 0.0 TOR 128.92 0.0108 0.0 256.790 2.779 Val = 4.18 TOR 0.0 4.026 1A 17.0 8.000 34.979 to 120.0 1 G 2.0 19.000 3.681 BOR 128.92 0.0059 0.0 27.000 0.158 Vet = 3.25 BOR 0.0 8.27 1 L 20.56 7.500 38.818 to 140.0 0.0 20.560 1.516 UG1 128.92 0.0001 0.0 28.060 0.004 Vel = 0.77 UG1 0.0 7.98 1L 19.632 200.000 40.338 to 150.0 1 G 6.041 78.527 -2.599 TEST 128.92 0.0001 1T 52.855 278.527 0.039 Vel = 0.83 100.00 Qa = 100.00 226.92 37.778 K Factor = 37.24 c tZ ILI V �l MAY I 2010 BY:. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 ... Fire Protection by Computer Design ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP 2003 MYKAWA PEARLAND, TEXAS 77581 281-485-6803 Job Name : REID ELEMENTAR.YEXIS.T,ING CLASSROOM Buildinj':REMOTE-#3-EXI9TING,CLASSRO.5M, Location 10001-W—FAIRMONT PARKWAY System 2 Contract PC10-1189 Data File 01189CAL.wx4 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 11;1"L u u I /�S MAY 12 2010 (I 0308 .1r: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM Page 1 Date 050510 Hydraulic Design Information Sheet Name•- JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY Date - 4-27-10 Location - 10001 W. FAIRMONT PARKWAY BuilcLing - REMOTE #3 EXISTING CLASSROOM System No. - 2 Contactor - ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Contract No. - PC10-1159 Calculated By - JESUS MUNOZ Drawing No. - FP1 Con.truction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non -Combustible Ceiling Height - 9' Occupancy - SCHOOL S Y S T E M D E S I G N (X) NFPA 13 (X) ( ) NFPA 231 ( ) Other Specific Ruling Lt. Haz. Ord.Haz.Gp. ( ) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. NFPA 231C ( ) Figure Curve Made By Date Area of Sprinkler Operation - 1500 System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - .10 (X) Wet Make TYCO Area Per Sprinkler - 210 ( ) Dry Model RFII CONCEAL Elevation at Highest Outlet - 9' ( ) Deluge Size 1/2" Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.155 Hose Allowance - Outside - 100 Note Calculation Flow Required - 294.29 Press Required - 35.70 Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground W Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: A Date of Test - 4-07-10 Cap. - T Time of Test - 10:30AM Rated Cap.- Elev.- E Static Press - 50 @ Press - R Residual Press - 46 Elev. - Well Flow - 1110 Proof Flow S Elevation - 3.5 U P Location - SITE P L Source of Information - CITY WATER SUPPLY Y C Commodity Class Location 0 Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled % Palletized 8 Rack M ( ) Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet ( ) Auto. Storage ( ) Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet ( ) Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row ( ) Open Shelf 0 C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: I� MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 0300y water Supply Curve (C) ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page• • 2 , REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM •Dito, , 050510 City Water Supply: Demand: C1 - Static Pressure : 50 D1 - Elevation 2.382 C2 - Residual Pressure: 46 D2 - System Flow 194.296 C2 - Residual Flow 1110 D2 - System Pressure 35.705 Hose (Adj City ) Hose (Demand) 100 D3 - System Demand 294.296 Safety Margin 13.952 150 140 130 120 p 110 R 100 E 90 S 80 S 70 U 60 R C1 50 E 40 30 3 20 10 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 f FLOW (N^1.85) F I r . Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 0$087 Fittings Used Summary ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM - Page_ 3 „ -Date.. 050510 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name M '/. 1 1% 1'A 2 2% 3 3'h 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 A Alann Rol Et 8 E3 7.7 21.5 17 27 29 E NFPA 13 90' Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 T NFPA 13 90' Flow thru Tee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 UnRs Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Computer Programs by Hydretec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM Page 4 Date 050510 Node No. Elevation K-Fact Pt Actual Pn Flaw Actual Density Area Press Reg. D301, �- 9.0 5.6 14.26 no 21.15 0.1 210 7.0 DW2 9.0 5.6 14.06 no 21.0 0.1 210 7.0 D303 ' 9.0 5.6 14.35 no 21.22 0.1 210 7.0 D304 9.0 5.6 14.15 no 21.07 0.1 210 7.0 D305" 9.0 5.6 15.02 no 21.71 0.1 210 7.0 D306 , 9.0 5.6 14.82 no 21.56 0.1 P 210 7.0 D307 9.0 5.6 15.57 no 22.1 0A 210 7.0 D308 9.0 5.6 15.36 no 21.95 0.1 210 7.0 D309 9.0 5.6 16.22 no 22.56 0.1 210 7.0 232 9.5 16.91 no 225 9.5 14.42 no 226 9.5 14.95 no 229 9.5 15.65 no 230 9.5 16.23 no 224 9.5 14.21 no 227 9.5 14.74 no 228 9.5 15.44 no 231 9.5 16.01 no 300 9.5 17.03 no 301 9.5 17.26 no 207 9.5 17.98 no 208 9.5 20.9 no 209 9.5 26.74 no TOR 9.5 32.68 no BOR 1.0 36.7 no UG1 -2.5 38.22 no TEST 3.5 35.71 no 100.0 The maximum velocity is 8.43 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 301 and 207 Computer Programs by Hydrates Inc. Route 111 MAY 12 2010 Windham N.H. USA 11087 WI.- Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 5 REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref.' "C., or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes •""` Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn D3Q_ 1 21.15 •1.049 1 E 2.0 0.580 14.259 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 225• 21.15 0.1446 0.0 2.580 0.373 Val = 7.85 0.0 21.15 14.415 K Factor = 5.57 D302 21.00 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.580 14.062 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 224 21.0 0.1426 0.0 2.580 0.368 Val = 7.80 0.0 21.00 14.213 K Factor = 5.57 D303 21.22 1.049 1T 5.0 0.580 14.353 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 226 21.22 0.1452 0.0 5.580 0.810 Val = 7.88 0.0 14.946 K D304 21.07 1.049 1T 5.0 0.580 14.155 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 227 21.07 0.1434 0.0 5.580 0.800 Val = 7.82 0.0 14.738 K Factor = 5.49 D305 21.71 1.049 1 T 5.0 0.580 15.024 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 229 21.71 0.1516 0.0 5.580 0.846 Val = 8.06 0.0 21.71 15.653 K Factor = 5.49 D306 21.56 1.049 1T 5.0 0.580 14.818 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 228 21.56 0.1495 0.0 5.580 0.834 Val = 8.00 0.0 21.56 15.435 K Fador = 5.49 D307 22.10 1.049 1T 5.0 0.580 15.573 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 230 22.1 0.1566 0.0 5.580 0.874 Val = 8.20 0.0 22.10 16.230 K Fador = 5.49 D308 21.95 1.049 1T 5.0 0.580 15.360 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5,000 -0.217 231 21.95 0.1545 0.0 5.580 0.862 Val = 8.15 0.0 K Fador = 5.49 D309 22.56 1.049 1 T 5.0 0.580 16.224 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.217 232 22.56 0.1625 0.0 5.580 0.907 Val = 8.37 0.0 22.56 16.914 K Factor = 5.49 232 22.56 2.067 1T 10.0 8.750 16.914 to 120.0 0.0 10.000 0.0 (�I11 u_:URv -� ^1� 300 22.56 0.0060 0.0 18.750 0.112 Vell= 2.16 2 2010 I� '.� MAY 1 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 t� Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM Page 6 Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt .Ref. ..C., or Ftng's Pe Pv """` Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 22.56 17.026 K Factor = 5.47 225 21.15 1.38 0.0 14.000 14.415 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 226 21.15 0.0379 0.0 14.000 0.531 Vel = 4.54 226 21.21 1.61 0.0 10.910 14.946 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 229 42.36 0.0648 0.0 10.910 0.707 Val = 6.68 229 21.71 2.067 0.0 14.000 15.653 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 230 64.07 0.0412 0.0 14.000 0.577 Val = 6.13 230 22.10 2.067 1T 10.0 4.500 16.230 to 120.0 0.0 10.000 0.0 301 86.17 0.0713 0.0 14.500 1.034 Val = 8.24 0.0 86.17 17.264 K Factor = 20.74 `P-15 224 21.00 1.38 0.0 14.000 14.213 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 227 21.0 0.0375 0.0 14.000 0.525 Val = 4.50 227 21.07 1.61 0.0 10.910 14.738 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 228 42.07 0.0639 0.0 10.910 0.697 Vel = 6.63 228 21.56 2.067 0.0 14.000 15.435 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 231 63.63 0.0407 0.0 14.000 0.570 Vel = 6.08 231 21.94 2.067 1 T 10.0 4.500 16.005 to 120.0 0.0 10.000 0.0 300 85.57 0.0704 0.0 14.500 1.021 Val = 8.18 300 22.56 3.068 0.0 15.000 17.026 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 301 108.13 0.0159 0.0 15.000 0.238 Val = 4.69 301 86.17 3.068 0.0 15.290 17.264 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 207 194.3 0.0470 0.0 15.290 0.718 Val = 8.43 207 0.0 3.068 0.0 62.250 17.982 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 208 194.3 0.0469 0.0 62.250 2.920 Vel = 8.43 208 0.0 3.068 1 E 7.0 117.500 20.902 to 120.0 0.0 7.000 0.0 209 194.3 0.0469 0.0 124.500 5.842 Val = 8.43 209 0.0 3.548 4E 32.0 224.790 26.744 to 120.0 0.0 32.000 0.0 TOR 194.3 0.0231 0.0 256.790 5.935 Val = 6.31 TOR 0.0 4.026 1A 17.0 8.000 32.679 to 120.0 1 G 2.0 19.000 3.681 BOR 194.3 0.0125 0.0 27.000 0.338 Val = 4.90 MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY EXISTING CLASSROOM. Page 7 Date 050510 Hyd. Ca Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C', or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn BOR 0.0 8.27 1 L 20.56 7.500 36.698 to 140.0 0.0 20.560 1.516 UGt 194.3 0.0003 0.0 28.060 0.008 Val = 1.16 UG1 0.0 7.98 1 L 19.632 200.000 38.222 to 150.0 1 G 6.041 78.527 -2.599 TEST 194.3 0.0003 1T 52.855 278.527 0.082 Vel = 1.25 100.00 Ca = 100.00 294.30 35.705 K Factor = 49.25 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 MAY 12 2010 Windham N.H. USA 03091 �1 ... Fire Protection by Computer Design ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP 2003 MYKAWA PEARLAND, TEXAS 77581 281.485-6803 Job Name REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Building REMOTE #2 CLASSROOM Location 10001 W. FAIRMONT PARKWAY System 2 Contrail PC10-1189 Data File 01189CAL.wx3 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA MAY 12 2010 ' BY: 03087 ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 1 REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Date 050510 Hydraulic Design Information Sheet Name - JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY Date - 4-27-10 Location - 10001 W. FAIRMONT PARKWAY Bublding - REMOTE 02 CLASSROOM System No. - 2 Contractor - ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Contract No. - PC10-1189 Calculated By - JESUS MUNOZ Drawing No. - FP1 Construction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non -Combustible Ceiling Height - 9' Occupancy - SCHOOL S Y S T E M D E S I G N (X) NFPA 13 (X) ( ) NFPA 231 ( ) Other Specific Ruling Lt. Haz. Ord.Haz.Gp. ( ) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. NFPA 231C ( ) Figure Curve Made By Date Area of Sprinkler Operation - ENTIRE System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - .10 (X) Wet Make TYCO Area Per Sprinkler. -VARIES ( ) Dry Model RFII CONCEAL Elevation at Highest Outlet•- 9' ( ) Deluge Size 1/2" Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.155 Hose Allowance - Outside - 100 Note Calculation Flow Required - 266.73 Press Required - 37.54 Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground W Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: A Date of Test - 4-07-10 Cap. - T Time of Test - 10:30AM Rated Cap.- Elev.- E Static Press - 50 @ Press - R Residual Press - 46 Elev. - Well Flow - 1110 Proof Flow S Elevation - 3.5 U P Location - SITE P L Source of Information - CITY WATER SUPPLY Y C Commodity Class Location 0 Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled 8 Palletized 8 Rack M ( ) Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet ( ) Auto. Storage ( ) Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet ( ) Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row ( ) Open Shelf 0 C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: l Lr MAY 11 2010' BY.• - Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 water bupp y (;urve ((;) oo, ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Pace I . REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Date -1 050510 City Water Supply: Demand: C1 - Static Pressure 50 D1 - Elevation 2.382 C2 - Residual Pressure: 46 D2 - System Flow 166.739 C2 - Residual Flow 1110 D2 - System Pressure 37.546 Hose (Adj City) Hose ( Demand) 100 D3 - System Demand 266.739 Safety Margin 12.168 150 140 130 120 p 110 R 100 E 90 S 80 S 70 U 60 R C1 50 E 40 30 20 3A}t200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 -nc A FLOW N^1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Used Summary ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Pbge _•3 REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM 'Data •,05G510 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 'h '/. 1 1% VA 2 2% 3 3% 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 18 18 20 24 A Alarm Re] E1 8 E3 7.7 21.5 17 27 29 E NFPA 13 90' Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 T NFPA 13 90• Flow thru Tee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 4 REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Date 050510 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. ' Actual Actual Rea. i 15201 9.0 5.6 8.91 na 16.72 0.1 96 7.0 D202 9.0 5.6 8.83 na 16.64 0.1 96 7.0 D203• 9.0 5.6 7.38 na 15.22 0.1 90 7.0 D2D4 9.0 5.6 7.0 na 14.82 0.1 90 7.0 D205• 9.0 5.6 8.01 na 15.85 0.1 144 7.0 D2D6 9.0 5.6 9.33 na 17.11 0.1 144 7.0 D207- 9.0 5.6 9.25 na 17.03 0.1 144 7.0 D208 9.0 5.6 9.73 na 17.47 0.1 144 7.0 D209 9.0 5.6 10.31 na 17.98 0.1 144 7.0 D210 9.0 5.6 10.22 na 17.9 0.1 144 7.0 223 9.5 9.39 na 222 9.5 10.4 na 221 9.5 6.99 na 220 9.5 8.03 na 219 9.5 9.8 na 218 9.5 9.31 na 217 9.5 10.3 na 214 9.5 8.96 na 215 9.5 10.23 na 216 9.5 11.32 na 210 9.5 7.39 na 211 9.5 8.2 na 212 9.5 8.71 na 213 9.5 10.62 na 206 9.5 16.63 na 200 9.5 8.88 na 201 9.5 10.14 na 202 9.5 11.21 na 203 9.5 13.43 na 204 9.5 13.56 na 205 9.5 13.87 na 208 9.5 25.89 na 209 9.5 30.29 na TOR 9.5 34.63 na BOR 1.0 38.56 na UG1 -2.5 40.D8 na TEST 3.5 37.55 na 100.0 The maximum velocity is 13.59 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 213 and 205 MAY 12 2010 BY: Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTIORLP REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Page 5 Date 050510 Hyd, Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt -Ref. ..C., or Ftng's Pe Pv ""`•` Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn D201 16.72 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 8.914 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 214 16.72 0.0936 0.0 2.830 0.265 Val = 6.21 0.0 8.962 K Factor = 5.59 D202 16.64 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 8.832 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 200 16.64 0.0929 0.0 2.830 0.263 Val = 6.18 0.0 8.878 K Factor = 5.58 D203 15.22 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 7.383 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 210 15.22 0.0784 0.0 2.830 0.222 Val = 5.65 0.0 15.22 7.388 K Factor = 5.60 D204 14.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 7.000 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 221 14.82 0.0749 0.0 2.830 0.212 Vel = 5.50 0.0 14.82 6.995 K Factor = 5.60 D205 15.85 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 8.008 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 220 15.85 0.0848 0.0 2.830 0.240 Vel = 5.88 0.0 15.85 8.031 K Factor = 5.59 D206 17.11 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 9.334 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 223 17.11 0.0979 0.0 2.830 0.277 Val = 6.35 0.0 17.11 9.394 K Factor = 5.58 D207 17.03 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 9.249 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 218 17.03 0.0968 0.0 2.830 0.274 Val = 6.32 0.0 K Factor = 5.58 D208 17.47 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 9.734 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 219 17.47 0.1018 0.0 2.830 0.288 Val = 6.49 0.0 17.47 9.805 K Factor = 5.58 D209 17.98 1.049 1E 2.0 0.830 10.313 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 222 17.98 0.1071 0.0 2.830 0.303 Val = 6.67 0.0 17.98 10.399 K Factor = 5.58 D210 17.90 1.049 1 E 2.0 0.830 10.219 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.217 217 17.9 0.1064 0.0 2.830 0.301 Val = 6.64 MAY 12 2010 Ly Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Page 6 Date 050510 Hyd, Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt -Ref. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 17.90 10.303 K Factor = 5.58 •P-6 - 223 17.11 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 9.394 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 215 17.11 0.0974 0.0 8.580 0.836 Vel = 6.35 0.0 17.11 10.230 K Factor = 5.35 222 17.98 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 10.399 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 216 17.98 0.1069 0.0 8.580 0.917 Val = 6.67 0.0 11.316 K Factor = 221 14.82 1.049 2E 4.0 7.120 6.995 to 120.0 1T 5.0 9.000 0.0 211 14.82 0.0747 0.0 16.120 1.204 Vel = 5.50 0.0 8.199 K Factor = 220 15.85 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 8.031 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 212 15.85 0.0845 0.0 8.000 0.676 Val = 5.88 0.0 8.707 K Factor = 5.37 219 17.47 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.000 9.805 to 120.0 1 T 5.0 7.000 0.0 213 17.47 0.1014 0.0 8.000 0.811 Val = 6.49 0.0 10.616 K Factor = 218 17.03 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 9.306 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 201 17.03 0.0967 0.0 8.580 0.830 Val = 6.32 0.0 17.03 10.136 K Factor = 5.35 `P-24 217 17.90 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 10.303 to 120.0 1 T 5.0 7.000 0.0 202 17.9 0.1059 0.0 8.580 0.909 Val = 6.64 0.0 17.90 11.212 K Factor = 5.35 •P-27 214 16.72 1.049 2E 4.0 9.580 8.962 to 120.0 0.0 4.000 0.0 215 16.72 0.0934 0.0 13.580 1.268 Vel = MA6,21 y 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 ' ;ir - Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Page 7 Date 050510 Hyd, Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt -Ref. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv "*" Notes Paint Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 210 17.11 1.38 0.0 12.000 10.230 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 216 33.83 0.0905 0.0 12.000 1.086 Vel = 7.26 216 17.98 1.38 1T 6.0 5.250 11.316 to 120.0 0.0 6.000 0.0 204 51.81 0.1991 0.0 11.250 2.240 Vel = 11.11 0.0 51.81 13.556 K Factor = 14.07 'P-30 210 15.22 1.049 2E 4.0 1.330 7.388 to 120.0 1T 5.0 9.000 0.0 211 15.22 0.0785 0.0 10.330 0.811 Vel = 5.65 211 14.81 1.38 0.0 7.000 8.199 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 212 30.03 0.0726 0.0 7.000 0.508 Vel = 6.44 212 15.85 1.38 0.0 12.000 8.707 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 213 45.88 0.1591 0.0 12.000 1.909 Vel= 9.84 213 17.47 1.38 1T 6.0 5.250 10.616 to 120.0 0.0 6.000 0.0 205 63.35 0.2888 0.0 11.250 3.249 Vel = 13.59 0.0 63.35 13.865 K Factor = 17.01 206 166.74 2.635 1 E 8.237 100,200 16.626 to 120.0 1T 16.474 24.711 0.0 208 166.74 0.0742 0.0 124.911 9.264 Vel = 9.81 0.0 166.74 25.890 K Factor = 32.77 200 16.64 1.049 2E 4.0 9.580 8.878 to 120.0 0.0 4.000 0.0 201 16.64 0.0926 0.0 13.580 1.258 Vel = 6.18 201 17.03 1.38 0.0 12.000 10.136 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 202 33.67 0.0897 0.0 12.000 1.076 Vel = 7.22 202 17.91 1.38 IT 6.0 5.250 11.212 to 120.0 0.0 6.000 0.0 203 51.58 0.1975 0.0 11.250 2.222 Vel = 11.06 203 0.0 2.635 0.0 14.500 13.434 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 204 51.58 0.0084 0.0 14.500 0.122 Vel = 3.03 204 51.81 2.635 0.0 10.080 13.556 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 205 103.39 0.0307 0.0 10.080 0.309 Val = 6.08 205 63.35 2.635 2E 16.474 20.750 13.865 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 206 166.74 0.0742 0.0 37.224 2.761 Vel = 9.81 MAY 11 1010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 8 REID ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM Date 050510 Hyd, Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C', or Ftng's Pe Pv ""'•• Notes ""'• Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 166.74 16.626 K Factor = 40.89 208 166.74 3.068 1 E 7.0 117.500 25.890 to 120.0 0.0 7.000 0.0 209 166.74 0.0354 0.0 124.500 4.402 Val = 7.24 209 0.0 3.548 3E 24.0 224.790 30.292 to 120.0 0.0 24.000 0.0 TOR 166.74 0.0174 0.0 248.790 4.333 Val = 5.41 TOR 0.0 4.026 1A 17.0 8.000 34.625 to 120.0 1 G 2.0 19.000 3.681 BOR 166.74 0.0094 0.0 27.000 0.255 Vel = 4.20 BOR 0.0 8.27 1L 20.56 7.500 38.561 to 140.0 0.0 20.560 1.516 UG1 166.74 0.0002 0.0 28.060 0.006 Vel = 1.00 UG1 0.0 7.98 1L 19.632 200.000 40.083 to 150.0 1G 6.041 78.527 -2.599 TEST 166.74 0.0002 1T 52.855 278.527 0.062 Val = 1.07 100.00 Qa = 100.00 266.74 37.546 K Factor = 43.53 2:C1PE if MAY 12 2010 BY: Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 FT�AIL09 ...Fire Protection by Computer Design ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP 2003 MYKAWA PEARLAND, TEXAS 77581 281-485-6803 Job Name : REID ELEMENTARY_ LIBRARY Building �REMOTE #1 LIBRARY ' Location —1'0001"W-FAIRWO PARKWAY System 2 Contract PC10-1189 Data File 01189CAL.wx2 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 1 MAY 12 2010 BY: ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Page 1 Date 050510 Hydraulic Desian Information Sheet Name - JENNIE REID ELEMENTARY Date - 4-27-10 Location - 10001 W. FAIRMONT PARKWAY Building - REMOTE #1 LIBRARY System No. - 2 Contractor - ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION Contract No. - PC10-1189 Calculated By - JESUS MUNOZ Drawing No. - FP1 Con4truction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non -Combustible Ceiling Height - 9' Occupancy - SCHOOL S (X) NFPA 13 (X) Lt. Haz. Y ( ) NFPA 231 ( ) NFPA 231C S Other T Specific Ruling E Ord.Haz.Gp. ( ) 1 ( ) 2 ( ( ) Figure Made By ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. Curve Date M Area of Sprinkler Operation.- 1500 System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - .10 (X) Wet Make TYCO D Area Per Sprinkler - VARIES ( ) Dry Model RFII CONCEAL E Elevation at Highest Outlet - 9' ( ) Deluge Size 1/2" S Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 I Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.155 G Hose Allowance - Outside - 100 N Note Calculation Flow Required - 366.70 Press Required - 40.75 Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: Date of Test - 4-07-10 Cap. - Time of Test - 10:30AM Rated Cap.- Elev.- Static Press - 50 @ Press - Residual Press - 46 Elev. - Well Flow - 1110 Proof Flow Elevation - 3.5 Location - SITE Source of Information - CITY WATER SUPPLY C Commodity Class Location 0 Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled % Palletized % Rack M ( ) Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet ( ) Auto. Storage ( ) Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet ( ) Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row ( )'Open Shelf 0 C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 I ' �j MAY 12 2010 1 BY:—.---- Water Supply Curve (C) ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Page 2 , Date. 050&10 City Water SuppN: Demand: C1 -Static I ressure 50 D1 - Elevation 2.382 C2 - Residual Pressure: 46 D2 - System Flow 266.704 C2 - Residual Flow 1110 D2 - System Pressure 40.750 Hose ( Adj City) Hose ( Demand) 100 D3 - System Demand 366.704 Safety Margin 8.734 150 140 130 120 p 110 R 100 E 90 S 80 S 70 U 60 R C1 50 E 2 40 30 _20l a � r j 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 ^' FLOW (N^1.85) ,:f Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc., Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Used Summary ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION•LP Page 3 REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY • Date. 050510 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 'h '% 1 1Y. 1X 2 2'h 3 31A 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 to 1e 70 24 A Alarm Re] Et 8 E3 7.7 21.5 17 27 29 E NFPA 13 90' Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 9 13 16 16 24 27 30 34 40 T NFPA 13 90' Flow thru Tee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 V 90' Ell Firelock #001 0 0 0 0 0 3.5 4.3 5 0 6.6 8.5 10 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 4 REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Date 050510 Node ' Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press D101` 9.0 5.6 7.07 no 14.89 0.1 144 7.0 D102 9.0 5.6 7.0 no 14.82 0.1 144 7.0 D103. 9.0 5.6 7.68 no 15.52 0.1 144 7.0 D104 9.0 5.6 7.6 no 15.44 0.1 144 7.0 D105 - 9.0 5.6 7.98 no 15.82 0.1 144 7.0 D1D6 9.0 5.6 7.9 no 15.74 0.1 144 7.0 D107 ' 9.0 5.6 12.28 no 19.62 0.1 168 7.0 D108 9.0 5.6 9.71 no 17.45 0.1 144 7.0 D109 9.D 5.6 9.61 no 17.36 0.1 144 7.0 D110 9.0 5.6 12.63 no 19.9 0.1 196 7.0 D111 9.0 5.6 11.29 no 18.82 0.1 168 7.0 D112 9.0 5.6 11.18 no 18.72 0.1 168 7.0 D113 9.0 5.6 13.99 no 20.95 0.1 196 7.0 D114 9.0 5.6 13.9 no 20.88 0.1 168 7.D D115 9.0 5.6 13.76 no 20.77 0.1 168 7.0 128 10.0 7.52 no 132 10.0 7.82 no 131 10.0 9.62 no 134 10.0 11.25 no 138 10.0 12.63 no 126 10.0 7.44 no 130 10.0 7.74 no 129 10.0 9.51 no 133 10.0 11.13 no 135 10.0 13.79 no 187 10.0 14.99 no 127 10.0 6.89 no 183 10.0 8.22 no 184 10.0 8.55 no 185 10.0 10.48 no . 186 10.0 12.24 no 136 10.0 13.94 no 182 10.0 15.15 no 137 10.0 12.26 no 180 10.0 13.34 no 181 10.0 13.74 no 139 10.0 14.03 no 179 10.0 15.25 no 125 10.0 6.82 no 170 10.0 8.13 no 171 10.0 8.46 no 172 10.0 10.37 no 173 10.0 12.12 no 174 10.0 15.26 no 175 10.0 15.42 no 176 10.0 15.63 no 177 10.0 16.15 no 178 15.0 33.37 no TOR2 9.83 36.81 no BOR2 2.0 40.76 no BOR 1.0 41.67 no UG1 -2.5 43.2 no TEST 3.5 40.75 no 100.0 The maximum velocity is 13.66 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 185 and 186 MAY 12 2010 !! Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 BY: Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 5 REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Date 050510 .Hyd Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref, "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv ... Notes ;Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn D101 14.89 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 7.073 K Factor = 5.60 to , 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 127• 14.89 0.0754 0.0 3.330 0.251 Vel = 5.53 0.0 _ 14.89 6.891 K Factor = 5.67 D102 14.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 7.000 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 125 14.82 0.0748 0.0 3.330 0.249 Val = 5.50 0.0 14.82 6.816 K Factor = 5.68 D103 15.52 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 7.681 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 128 15.52 0.0811 0.0 3.330 0.270 Val = 5.76 0.0 15.52 7.518 K Factor = 5.66 D104 15.44 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 7.602 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 126 15.44 0.0805 0.0 3.330 0.268 Val = 5.73 0.0 15.44 7.437 K Factor = 5.66 D105 15.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 7.977 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 132 15.82 0.0841 0.0 3.330 0.280 Vel = 5.87 0.0 15.82 7.824 K Factor = 5.66 D106 15.74 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 7.895 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 130 15.74 0.0835 0.0 3.330 0.278 Vel = 5.84 0.0 15.74 7.740 K Factor = 5.66 D107 19.62 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 12.277 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 137 19.62 0.1255 0.0 3.330 0.418 Vel = 7.28 0.0 19.62 12.262 K Factor = 5.60 D108 17.45 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 9.711 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 131 17.45 0.1012 0.0 3.330 0.337 Val = 6.48 0.0 17.45 9.615 K Factor = 5.63 D 109 17.36 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 9.613 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 129 17.36 0.1003 0.0 3.330 0.334 Val = 6.44 0.0 17.36 9.514 K Factor= 5.63 D110 19.90 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 12.633 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 138 19.9 0.1291 0.0 3.330 0.430 Vel = 7.39 MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - HazenMilliams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 6 REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref.. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv """• Notes tPolnt Qt Pt/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 19.90 12.630 K Factor = 5.60 D111 18.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 11.293 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 134 18.82 0.1162 0.0 3.330 0.387 Val = 6.99 0.0 18.82 11.247 K Factor = 5.61 D112 18.72 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 11.179 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 133 18.72 0.1153 0.0 3.330 0.384 Val = 6.95 0.0 18.72 11.130 K Factor = 5.61 D113 20.95 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 13.992 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 139 20.95 0.1417 0.0 3.330 0.472 Val = 7.78 0.0 20.95 14.031 K Factor = 5.59 D114 20.88 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 13.900 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 136 20.88 0.1411 0.0 3.330 0.470 Val = 7.75 0.0 20.88 13.937 K Factor = 5.59 D115 20.77 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.330 13.762 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.433 135 20.77 0.1396 0.0 3.330 0.465 Val = 7.71 0.0 20.77 13.794 K Factor = 5.59 128 15.52 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 7.518 to 120.0 IT 5.0 7.000 0.0 183 15.52 0.0815 0.0 8.580 0.699 Val = 5.76 0.0 15.52 8.217 K Factor = 5.41 'P-9 132 15.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 7.824 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 184 15.82 0.0844 0.0 8.580 0.724 Val = 5.87 0.0 15.82 8.548 K Factor = 5.41 131 17.45 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 9.615 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 185 17.45 0.1012 0.0 8.580 0.868 Val = 6.48 0.0 17.45 10.483 K Factor = 5.39 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087� MAY 122010 ;! 1 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Page 7 Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref, "C" or Ftng's Pe PV """' Notes ,Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv, Ln. Total Pf Pn 134 18.82 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 11.247 to 120.0 1 T 5.0 7.000 0.0 186- 18.82 0.1162 0.0 8.580 0.997 0.0 18.82 12.244 K Factor = 5.38 •P-18 138 19.90 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 12.630 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 181 19.9 0.1289 0.0 8.580 1.106 Val = 7.39 0.0 19.90 13.736 K Factor = 5.37 'P-21 126 15.44 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 7.437 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 170 15.44 0.0807 0.0 8.580 0.692 Vel = 5.73 0.0 8.129 K Factor = 5.42 130 15.74 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 7.740 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 171 15.74 0.0836 0.0 8.580 0.717 Val = 5.84 0.0 8.457 K 129 17.36 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 9.514 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 172 17.36 0.1001 0.0 8.580 0.859 Vel = 6.44 0.0 17.36 10.373 K Factor = 5.39 `P-30 133 18.72 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 11.130 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 173 18.72 0.1152 0.0 8.580 0.988 Val = 6.95 0.0 12.118 K Factor = 135 20.77 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 13.794 to 120.0 1T 5.0 7.000 0.0 187 20.77 0.1396 0.0 8.580 1.198 Val = 7.71 187 0.0 1.61 1 T 8.0 7.700 14.992 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 174 20.77 0.0173 0.0 15.700 0.272 Val = 3.27 0.0 20.77 15.264 K Factor = 5.32 •P-36 127 14.89 1.049 2E 4.0 13.580 6.891 to 120.0 0.0 4.000 0.0 183 14.89 0.0754 0.0 17.580 1.326 Vel = 5.53 MAY 12 2010 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Page 8 Date 050510 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt 13a@ ..C.. or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes 6t at Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn • 183. 15.52 1.38 0.0 4.450 8.217 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 184' 30.41 0.0744 0.0 4.450 0.331 Val = 6.52 184 15.82 1.38 0.0 12.000 8.548 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 185 46.23 0.1612 0.0 12.000 1.935 Val = 9.92 185 17.45 1.38 0.0 6.040 10.483 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 186 63.68 0.2916 0.0 6.040 1.761 Vel = 13.66 186 18.82 1.61 IT 8.0 6.290 12.244 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 175 82.5 0.2223 0.0 14.290 3.176 Val = 13.00 0.0 82.50 15.420 K Factor = 21.01 'P-39 136 20.88 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 13.937 to 120.0 IT 5.0 7.000 0.0 182 20.88 0.1409 0.0 8.580 1.209 Vel = 7.75 182 0.0 1.61 IT 8.0 7.700 15.146 to 120.0 0.0 8.000. 0.0 175 20.88 0.0175 0.0 15.700 0.274 Vel = 3.29 0.0 20.88 15.420 K Factor = 5.32 'P-42 137 19.62 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 12.262 to 120.0 IT 5.0 7.000 0.0 180 19.62 0.1256 0.0 8.580 1.078 Vel = 7.28 180 0.0 1.38 0.0 12.000 13.340 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 181 19.62 0.0330 0.0 12.000 0.396 Val = 4.21 181 19.91 1.38 1T 6.0 9.700 13.736 to 120.0 0.0 6.000 0.0 176 39.53 0.1207 0.0 15.700 1.895 Val = 8.48 0.0 39.53 15.631 K Factor = 10.00 'P-45 139 20.95 1.049 1 E 2.0 1.580 14.031 to 120.0 IT 5.0 7.000 0.0 179 20.95 0.1418 0.0 8.580 1.217 Val = 7.78 179 0.0 1.38 IT 6.0 4.290 15.248 to 120.0 0.0 6.000 0.0 176 20.95 0.0372 0.0 10.290 0.383 Val = 4.49 0.0 20.95 15.631 K Factor = 5.30 'P-48 125 14.82 1.049 2E 4.0 13.580 6.816 to 120.0 0.0 4.000 0.0 170 14.82 0.0747 0.0 17.580 1.313 Vel.;-:. 5.50-- ••- -.- 4J• l� L Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Routeill Windham N.H. U USA 030817 MAY 12 201 Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams ALLIED FIRE PROTECTION,LP Page 9 REID ELEMENTARY LIBRARY Date 050510 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt "C', or Ftng's Pe Pv """' Notes Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 17Q 15.44 1.38 0.0 4.450 8.129 `120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 71'' 30.26 0.0737 0.0 4.450 0.328 Vel = 6.49 171 15.73 1.38 0.0 12.000 8.457 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 172 45.99 0.1597 0.0 12.000 1.916 Vel = 9.86 172 17.36 1.38 0.0 6.040 10.373 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 173 63.35 0.2889 0.0 6.040 1.745 Vel = 13.59 173 18.73 1.61 1T 8.0 6.290 . 12.118 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 174 82.08 0.2202 0.0 14.290 3.146 Vel = 12.94 174 20.77 3.26 0.0 14.500 15.264 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 175 102.85 0.0108 0.0 14.500 0.156 Vel = 3.95 175 103.38 3.26 0.0 5.410 15.420 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 176 206.23 0.0390 0.0 5.410 0.211 Val = 7.93 176 60.47. 3.26 1T 20.159 20.040 15.631 to 120.0 0.0 20.159 0.0 177 266.7 0.0627 0.0 40.199 2.522 Vel = 10.25 177 0.0 3.26 7V 47.038 230.160 18.153 to 120.0 0.0 47.038 -2.166 178 266.7 0.0627 0.0 277.198 17.387 Vel = 10.25 178 0.0 4.26 1T 26.334 35.080 33.374 to 120.0 1 V 8.954 35.288 2.239 TOR2 266.7 0.0171 0.0 70.368 1.200 Vel = 6.00 TOR2 0.0 4.26 1A 22.384 7.830 36.813 to 120.0 1 G 2.633 25.017 3.391 BOR2 266.7 0.0170 0.0 32.847 0.560 Vel = 6.00 BOR2 0.0 4.26 1T 26.334 1.500 40.764 to 120.0 0.0 26.334 0.433 BOR 266.7 0.0170 0.0 27.834 0.474 Vel = 6.00 BOR 0.0 8.27 1L 20.56 7.500 41.671 to 140.0 0.0 20.560 1.516 UG1 266.7 0.0005 0.0 28.060 0.014 Vel = 1.59 UG1 0.0 7.98 1L 19.632 200.000 43.201 to 150.0 1G 6.041 78.527 -2.599 TEST 266.7 0.0005 1T 52.855 278.527 0.148 Vel = 1.71 100.00 Qa = 100.00 366.70 40.750 K Factor = 57.44 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 MAY 11 20M A j � �- �,Nf E � ppR `a o�o gV•./ a22 PROTECTION SERVICES, LP 1815 Sherwood Forest, Houston, TX 77043 April 7, 2010 SUBMITTAL BROCHURE For the Fire Alarm System Renovation At La Porte I.S.D. — Reid Elementary School 10001 Fairmont Parkway — La Porte, TX 77571 ARCHITECT PBK Architecture/Engineering 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 2210 Houston, TX 77046 (281) 3344757 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR Peiper Houston Electric 1708 Oak Tree Houston, TX 77080 (713)984-9342 INSTALLING CONTRACTOR Fire Safe Protection Services, LP 1815 Sherwood Forest Houston, Texas 77043 713-722-7800 JOB # 10-0165 ENGINEER PBK Architecture/Engineering 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 2210 Houston, TX 77046 (713)965-0608 GENERAL CONTRACTOR Tellepsen Builders 777 Benmar Drive, Suite 400 Houston, TX 77060 (281)447-8100 CM IF THE APPROVED PLANS ARE (� ®ay MODIFIED, A NEW SUBMITTAL �9 TO THE CITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE CHANGE OCCURRING. APPROVAL STAMPS ARCHITECT 0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR ENGINEER COMMENTS Issued To: FIRE SAFE PROTECTION 1815 SHERWOOD FORES HOUSTON. TX 770-13 • r� u FIRE Doing Business As: FIRE SAFE PROTECTION 1815 SHERWOOD FORE; HOUSTON, TX 77043 ISSUED TO: MCKINNEY, R 406 LEISURE DR STAFFORD. TX 77477 FIRE Al d.b.a. FIRE SAFE ISSUED TO: SAMMONS,PH 12103 CANYON GLEN HOUSTON. TX 77095 FIRE Al d.b.a. FIRE SAFE "gislr;.�ion No A% K-83231'-81 :piration Date 09 19/2010 PAUL MALDONADO, STATE FIRE MARSHAL SF082 Rev.0703 "-ense Number: A.PS-0610 piration Date: 08/14/2011 �gistration No: ACR-83231-581 NT LICENSE 141 !N'-A'e(aU�r 1L MALDONADO, STATE FIRE MARSHAL 5FOR1 Rer.0703 icense Number: APS-0612 xpiration Date: 09/03/2011 registration No: ACR-83231-581 ENT LICENSE 4UL MALDONADO. STATE FIRE MARSHAL 3Fr]S.... p7:ir SECTION 17100 FIRE ALARM / LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as applicable, apply to this Section - PART I - GENERAL 1.1 WORK SCOPE A. This specification provides the functional requirements for the installation, programming, configuration, warranty and maintenance of a complete Aualog/Addressable Intelligent Fire Alarm / Life Safety System. B.. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, services and materials necessary to provide and install a complete, functional life safety fire system. The System shall comply in respects with all pertinent codes, rules, regulations and laws of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. The system shall comply in all respects with the requirements of these specifications, manufacturer's recommendations and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) listings. C. This Fire Alarm / Life Safety System Specification must be conformed to in its entirety to ensure that the installed and programmed Life Safety System will function as designed, and will accommodate the future requirements and operations required by the building owner. All specified operational features must be met without exception. D. It is further intended that upon completion of this work, the Owner be provided with: Complete information and drawings describing and depicting the entire system(s) as installed, including all information necessary for maintaining,. troubleshooting, and/or expanding the system at a future date. E. The system shall include, but not be limited to: I . Fire alarm control panel/remote annunciator(s). 2. Automatic and manually activated alarm initiating and monitoring devices 3. Notification appliances and peripherals 4. Standby power supplies 5. System programming and commissioning. 6. Training of operators 7. Conduit, wire, and accessories required to provide a complete and operational life safety system Compliance 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16000 — Electrical It will be the responsibility of the Division 16000 contractor to install all conduit and back boxes needed for the installation of the fire alarm system. All connectivity between buildings or sections of the buildings will have a conduit raceway installed by Division 16000 designated for fire alarm wiring. See electrical drawings for designated Conduit routing reserved for fire alarm work. B. Section 17000 — Basic Materials and Methods It is the responsibility of the contractor to adhere to all parts of section 17000. Compliance 09120-17100-1. 1.3 REFERENCES A. The equipment and installation shall comply with the current provisions of the following standards and codes: 1. National Fire Protection Association Standards: a. NFPA 70 National Electric Code b. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code° C. NFPA 90A Air Conditioning Systems d. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code® 2. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Standards a. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. shall list the system and all components for use in fire protective signaling systems. The UL Label shall be considered as evidence of compliance with this requirement. The equipment shall be listed by UL under the following standards as applicable: b. UL 864/1)0JZ Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. C. UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. d. UL 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. e. UL 217 Smoke Detectors Single Station. L UL 521 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. g. UL 228 Door Holders for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. h. UL 464 Audible Signaling Appliances. i. UL 38 Manually Activated Signaling Boxes. j. UL 346 Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. k. .UL 1971 Visual Signaling Appliances. 1. UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 3. Any equipment not bearing a UL Label shall be removed and replaced with UL labeled equipment at the contractor's expense. 4. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 5. Local & State Building Codes 6. Governing Codes and Conflicts: If the requirements of these specifications or the Project Drawings exceed those of the governing codes and regulations, then the requirements of these specifications and the Drawings shall govern. However, nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to all governing codes, regulations, and manufacturer installation requirements. Compliance 1.4 DEFINITIONS / ABBREVIATIONS A. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act. B. AFF: Above Finished Floor. C. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction. D. Approved: Unless otherwise stated, materials, equipment or submittals approved by the Authority or AHJ. E. Circuit: Wire path from a group of devices or appliances to a control panel or transponder. F. CPU: The central computer of a multiplex fire alarm or voice command control system. G. FACP: Fire Alarm Control Panel. H. ]IVAC: Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning. 1. IDC: Initiating Device Circuit. J. LED: Light Emitting Diode. K. LCD: Liquid Crystal Display. L. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. M. NAC: Notification Appliance Circuit 09120 - 17100-2 N. + SLC: Signaling Line Circuit. O. Style 1: As defined by NFPA 72, Class B.3 P. Style 4: As defined by NFPA 72, Class B. Q. Style 6: As defined by NFPA 72, Class A. R. Style 7-As defined by NFPA 72, Class A. S. Style B: As defined in NFPA 72, Class B. T. Style D: As defined in NFPA 72, Class A. U. Style Y: As defined iri NFPA 72, Class B. V. UL or ULL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. W. UL Listed: Materials or equipment listed and included in the most recent edition of the UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory. X. 'Lone: Combination of one or more circuits or devices in a defined building area, i.e. 3 circuits on a floor combined to form a single zone. Compliance 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design requirements " 1. All control panel assemblies and the connected automatic and manual alarm and notification appliances shall be designed and manufactured by the same company; shall be tested and cross -listed as to ensure that a fully functioning life safety system is designed and provided. 2. The Fire Alarm / Life Safety System supplied under this specification shall be a " microprocessor -based, Analog/Addressable intelligent Fire Alarm / Life Safety systcttr. The system shall utilize independently addressed, microprocessor -based smoke detectors, heat detectors, and modules; as described in this specification. B. The control panel shall use a multiple microprocessor design so that the failure of a single microprocessor will not result in a total system failure. Fire alarm systems that utilize only one microprocessor for system and Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) control will not be accepted. C. All Fire alarm equipment shall be arranged and programmed to provide a system for the early detection of fire, the notification of building occupants, the automatic summoning of the local fire department, the override of the HVAC system operation, and the activation of other auxiliary systems to inhibit the spread of smoke and fire, and to facilitate the safe evacuation of building occupants. D. A standby power supply shall automatically supply electrical energy to the system upon primary power supply failure. Standby power supply shall be an electrical battery with capacity to operate the system under maximum supervisory load for 24 hours and capable of operating the system for five (5) Minutes in the alarm mode at 100% load. Fire alarm system shall include a charging circuit to automatically maintain the electrical charge of the battery. E. Fire Alarm/ Life Safety System shall be designed to allow the fire alarm contractor to phase -in the commissioning of the installed system to coincide with the construction schedule for the project: When phased -in commissioning of a system is required, each phase shall be treated as a separate project, and the fire alarm contractor shall use the system program functionality to print out and fully document the progress of each phase..No Fire Alarm functions shall be compromised as the system is phased into service. F. Performance requirements I. The Alarm activation of any area smoke detector; heat detector, manual pull station, sprinkler waterflow, duct smoke detector, kitchen exhaust hood system and any other fire/smoke alarm device/equipment, the following functions shall automatically occur: a. The LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm condition including; zone, device type, device location and dme/date. 09120 - 17100-3 b. All system activity/events shall be documented in system history file and, if required, on the system printer. a. C. Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the alarm zone shall be illuminated. d. Activate notification audible appliances throughout the building C. Activate visual strobes notification appliances throughout the building. The visual strobe shall continue to flash until the system has been reset. The visual strobe shall not stop operating when the "Alarm Silence" is pressed. f. Transmit signal to the Central Station with point identification. e. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel and/or remote annunciator. . g. All automatic events programmed to the alarm point shall be cxccuted and the associated outputs activated. h. All self -closing fire/smoke doors, fire curtains, rolling fire doors, and magnetic door holders held open shall be released. i. All air handling units greater than 2000 cfm shall be shut down via building control system or fire alarm relay interface. 2. The Supervisory activation of any sprinkler valve supervisory switch, the following functions shall automatically occur: a. The intcmal audible device shall sound at the control panel and/or remote annunciator. b. The LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the supervisory condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date. C. All system activity/events shall be documented in the system history file and, if required, on the system printer. d. Any remote or local annunciator LCD/L.ED's associated with the supervisory zone shall be illuminated. C. Transmit' signal to the Central Station with point identification. f. The activation of a trouble condition or signal from any device on the system, the following functions shall automatically occur: g. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel and/or remote annunciator. IL The LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the trouble condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date. i. All system activity/events shall be documented in the system history file and, if required, on the system printer. j. Any remote of local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the trouble zone shall be illuminated. k. Transmit signal to the Central Station. 3. The Status activation of any fire pump or generator, the following functions shall automatically occur: a. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel and/or remote annunciator. b. The LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the status condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date. c. All system activity/events shall be documented in the system history file and if required, on the system printer. d. Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the status zone shall be illuminated. Compliance 09120 - 17.100-4 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. The contractor shall purchase no equipment for the system specified herein until the owner has approved the project submittals in their entirety -and has returned them to the contractor.-lt'is the responsibility of the contractor to meet the entire intent and functional performance detailed in these specifications. Approved submittals shall only allow the contractor to proceed with the installation and shall ,not be construed to mean that the contractor has satisfied the requirements of these specifications. B. Project Submittal I. The contractor shall submit complete sets of project submittal documentation as required in the General Conditions. This project submittal documentation shall include'but not be bmited to: C. Product Data: Data sheets bearing the printed logo or trademark of the Fire Alarm / Life Safety System manufacturer for all equipment. Indicated in the documentation will be the type, size, rating, style, catalog number, and manufacturer's name for all items proposed to meet the system performance detailed in this specification. 1. The proposed equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer and no equipment shall be ordered or installed on the premises without this approval. D. Submittal Package:, 1. Warranty statement from the manufacturer stating the warranty period for all of the products proposed for this project, and shall include the name and address of the authorized manufacturer's agent who will honor any and all warranty claims. a. Written certification by the fue alarm contractor that no power supply or circuit in the system has an electrical load greater than 80% of its rated capacity. b. A scaled plan of each building showing the placement of each individual item of fire alarm equipment as well as raceway size and routing, junction boxes, and conductor size, quantity, and color in each raceway. C. A single line system block diagram and written system operational overview. d. Complete calculations showing the electrical load on the following system components: 1) Each system power supply 2) Each standby power supply (batteries) 3) Each notification appliance circuit. 4) Each auxiliary control; circuit that draws power from any system power supply. 5) Field Connection Drawings: 6) One drawing for the fire alarm control panel, showing all modules having any external (field) wiring 7) One drawing for each system detector, module or signaling appliance. 8) The Field Connection' Drawings shall be provided in paper(bard-copy) format. E. Quality Statements 1. Furnish proof of the level of factory training and authorization of the servicing contractor. a. Furnish evidence of listing by Underwriters' Laboratories for all proposed equipment designed for use as fire alarm equipment. (Example: Underwriters Laboratories, Section UOIZ). b. Furnish proof that the manufacturer of the Fire Alarm / Life Safety System components is certified as an ISO 9001 company in each of the following disciplines: design engineering, manufacturing, technical support, and training. In lieu of such proof, the manufacturer must be able to show that the Quality 09120 - 17100-5 Control methods they employ in the listed disciplines are equivalent to ISO 9001 requirements. �. C. Furnish a copy of the system designers NICET Certification. d. Written certification by the fire alarm contractor that no power supply or circuit on the system has an electrical load greater than 80% of its rated capacity. F. Closeout Submittals I. Final payment of the contractor will not be authorized until the complete documentation specified herein is delivered to the owner. 10% retainage of the entire project will be withheld until receipt of this information. 2. Two (2) copies of the following documents shall be delivered to the building owner's representative at the time of system acceptance. The close out submittals shall include: a. A project wolkthrough will be scheduled with the owner, design engineer and the owner's service provider. At that time all devices must be 100% operational. A complete system test shall be performed. b. During this test the owners service provider shall install bar codes on each device to enter them into the districts service program. c. Project specific operating manuals covering the installed Life Safety System including a detailed narrative description of the system architecture, inputs, notification signaling, auxiliary functions, annunciation, intended sequence of operations; expansion capability, application considerations, and limitations. d. A time and date stamped system generated report which lists all Fire Alarm / Life Safety System cabinet components shall be generated by the contractor. e. A time and date stamped system -generated report, which lists every detector, module, switch and output circuit within the system. This report shall include addressing, custom labeling, device type, and physical location for each device. f. Include the Name, address and telephone of the authorized factory representative with a 24-hour emergency service number. g. The: manual shall also include Manufacturer's data sheets and installation manuals/instructions for all equipment installed, a list of recommended spare parts. h. Generic or typical owner's instruction and operation manual shall not be acceptable to fulfill this requirement. i. An up-to-date record ("as -built') set of approved shop drawing prints that have been revised to show each and every change made to the fire system from the original approved shop drawings. j. Drawings shall consist of a scaled plan of each building showing the placement of each individual item of the Life Safety System equipment as well as raceway size and routing, junction boxes, and conductor size, quantity, and color in each raceway. k. As -built Drawings shall include cable pathways, camera locations with correct labeling and MDF/IDF locations. The as -built drawings shall be prepared using AutoCad 2002 or later. Provide the Owner with electronic versions of the as - built drawings on CD media. 1. All drawings must reflect point to point wiring, device address and programmed characteristics as verified in the presence of the engineer and/or the end user unless device addressing is electronically generated, and automatically graphically self -documented by the system. M. A filled out Record of Completion similar to NFPA 72, 1999 edition Figure 1- 6.2.1. a. A hard copy printout of the system software database and an electronic version (on disk or CD) of the system program and database with all required passwords, as installed, at the time of acceptance by the building owner and/or Local AM. o. A copy of the manufacturer's warranty on the installed system. . 09120-17100.6_- P. Any keys to cabinets and/or equipment and special maintenance tools required to repair, maintain, or service the system. q. Operating and Maintenance Instructions for all devices within the system. These instructions shall reflect any changes made during the course of construction, and shall be provided to the Owner, foi their use, in a three-ring binder labeled with the project name and description. (4 copies) T. Upon completion of the work and at a time designated by the Architect or owner, provide formal training sessions for the Owner's operating personnel to include location, operation, and maintenance of all included systems and equipment. Minimum amount of training time shall be at least 4 hours. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE Compliance A. Fire alarm contractor qualifications ]. Equipment and materials shall be provided by factory authorized distributor to ensure proper specification adherence, final connection, test, turnover, warranty compliance, and service. The factory authorized distributor is required, to have been in the fire alarm industry (service and installation). for a minimum of two (2) years. 2. Factory authorized distributor must be licensed in the state of project location and have been incorporated in the business in that state for a minimum of two (2) years. 3. The distributor shall have successfully installed a similar system fire detection and signaling control components on a previous project of comparable size and complexity. The Owner reserves the right to reject any control components for which evidence of a successful,prior installation performed by the Contractor cannot be provided. 4. The Contractor shall have in-house engineering and project management capability consistent with the requirements of this project. Qualified and approved representatives ( of the system manufacturer shall perform the detailed engineering design of central and remote control equipment. Qualified and approved representatives of the system manufacturer shall produce all panel and equipment drawings and subminals, operating manuals. The Contractor is responsible for retaining qualified and approved representative(s) of those system manufacturer specified for detailed system design, documentation, coordination of system installation requirements, and final system testing and commissioning in accordance with these specifications. 5. System design must be by individual holding a minimum of N10ET level 11] certification. A copy of ttiis certification must be provided, and. the designer must sign off on the plans. 6. Qualifications for contractors must be.submitted in writing with the bid and include as a minimum a. A letter from manufacturer stating distributor status, list of certified employee's, recent references from projects of similar magnitude, insurance information, and service capabilities b. A list of subcontractors and their qualifications that will be working on this project shall also be ,submitted with the bid. 7. The supplier shall maintain sufficient spare parts stock on hand and have a fully equipped service organization capable of guaranteeing service call response time within 8 hours, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to service the completed system. 8. System Calculations 9. Complete calculations shall be provided which.sbow the electrical load on the following system components: a. Each system power supply, including stand alone booster supplies. b. Each standby power supply (batteries). C. Each notification appliance circuit. d. Each auxiliary control circuit that draws power from any system power supply. Compliance 09120 - 17100.7 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all receiving, handling, and storage of his materials at the job site. Use of loading docks, service driveways, and Geight elevators shall be coordinated with the Owner. Compliance 1.9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A. The Fire Alarm / Life Safety System manufacturer shall supply a one (1) year warranty from date of manufacture for all control system, field devices, and appliances. B. Contractor shall warrant the installed system to be free from any defects of material and installation for a period of one (1) year from acceptance by the engineer. Any deficiencies shall be immediately corrected at no additional cost to the owner. C. The Fire Alarm Contractor shall maintain a service organization with adequate spare parts stock within 50 miles of the installation. Any defects that render the system inoperative shall be repaired within 24 hours of the owner notifying the contractor. Other defects shall be repaired within 48 hours of the owner notifying the contractor. Compliance 1.10 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS: A. The fire alarm contractor shall schedule and execute an instruction class for the building owner and occupants, which details. the proper operation of the installed fire alarm system. The instruction shall also cover the schedule of maintenance required by NFPA 72 and any additional maintenance recornmended by the system manufacturer. B. Instruction shall also be furnished to the local municipal fire department if requested by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. The instruction shall be a minimum of 2 hours in duration and presented in an organized and professional manner by a person factory trained in the operation and maintenance of the equipment and who is also thoroughly familiar with the installation. D. The fire alarm contractor shall provide operations manuals or any other curricula that may enhance the instruction of the Owner's or municipal fire department in the operation and maintenance of the system. Compliance 1.11 COMMISSIONING: A. The system shall be commissioned in accordance with the needs of the occupants of the protected building. Both "complete system commissioning" and "phased system commissioning" shall be ptiss'ble with the specified system, and the execution of either method of commissioning shall be treated as stand-alone projects, and shall be documented as such, including the need for a complete contract close out submittal package for each project phase. B. The factory trained and authorized fire alarm contractor, in the presence of the AEJ, the owners' representative, and a representative of the general contractor sball perform commissioning of the entire installed system C. A complete system documentation package, as detailed in this specification shall be provided to the owner's representative at the time of commissioning. Compliance 09120 - 17100-8 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER - A: The contractor shall design, famish--aod install a complete distributed microprocessor based Fire Alarm Control Panel as manufactured by Siemens. All installed devices shall be connected to this panel. B. All Fire Alarm System devices shall be installed by a Certified Siemens Partner. C. The district reserves the right to reject or deny the use of any product or service provider if they do not meet our standards for product or installation methods. We also reserve the right to reject any installer based on past performance in the district or with other school districts in the Houston area. Compliance 2.2 GENERAL A. All equipment famished for this project shall be new and unused. All equipment, materials, accessories, devices, and other facilities covered by this specification or noted on contract drawings and installation specifications shall be the best suited for the intended use and shall be the product of single manufacturer. Compliance 2.3 SYSTEM OVERVIEW: A. The Fire Alarm / Life Safety System shall be a microprocessor based system designed specifically for smoke and fire detection applications. The Fire -Alarm / Life Safety System shall be UL listed under Standards 864 (Control Units for Fire -Protective Signaling Systems) under category UO1Z. Compliance 2.5 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM PROGRAMMABLE OPERATIONS: A. The routing of all system annunciation and control parameters shall be configurable to any or all remote annunciators on the system manually, or automatically as a function of the rime of day or date. B. The system printer, if required, shall be configurable to display any combination or all of the following functions: Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble, and Monitor events. C. Each remote annunciator connected to the panel shall be configurable. to show the status of any combination or of Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble, Monitor functions pertaining to any point in the system. D. Each point in the system shall be labeled with up to a 36 character custom message. E. System shall have the capability to provide logical "Counting AND" Groups and "Matrix Groups. Each matrix group shall be programmable by radius and activation number. System shall have the ability to define Service Groups. A Service group shall consist of any addressable field device and shall not be defined or limited by the physical layout of the Fire Alarm / Life Safety System, or its application to the protected premises. The system shall include the ability to define an alternate set of device commands which may be used in combination with the system test command and service groups for the testing of the connected intelligent microprocessor based devices. 09120 - 17100-9 2.6 G. The system shall include Time Control functions that have the ability to control any system output or system operational sequence as a function of the month, day of week, date, how, minute, or holiday. H. The system shall support software defined Logical Zone Groups which may group any input from any initiating device circuit, in order to control a system output or function, or initiate any system operational sequence. A device or IDC may be a member of one Zone. 1. The system shall have the ability to download data from the intelligent devices to a PC while the system is on-line and operational in the protected premises. The downloaded data may then be analyzed in a diagnostic program supplied by the system manufacturer. J. All final panel programming shall be configured as per final room number designation as Identified by actual building room numbers, not architectural room numbers listed on construction set. Compliance FIELD MOUNTED SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Analytical Microprocessor -based Detectors - General: I. System shall use Analytical Microprocessor -based Detectors that are capable of full digital communications with the Fire Alarm / Life Safety System using both broadcast and polling communications protocols. Each detector shall be capable of performing independent advanced fire detection algorithms. The fire detection algorithm shall measure sensor signal dimensions, time patterns, and combine different fire parameters to increase reliability and distinguish real fire conditions from unwanted nuisance alarms caused by environmental events. Signal patterns that are not typical of fires shall be eliminated by digital filters and shall not cause a system alarm condition. Devices not capable of combining different fire parameters or employing digital filters will not be acceptable. 2. Each detector shall have an integral microprocessor capable of nuking alarm decisions based on fire parameter information stored in the detector's memory. Detectors not capable of making independent alarm decisions are not acceptable. 3. Each detector shall have a separate means of locally displaying system communication and detector alarm status. A different LED indication for alarm and trouble shall be provided (devices in which the LED does not flash in supervisory mode are not acceptable). 4. Each detector shall be capable of identifying diagnostic codes to be used for system maintenance. All diagnostic codes shall be stored in the detector. Each smoke detector shall be capable of transmitting pre -alarm, alarm, and maintenance signals to the Fire Alarm Control Panel via the Loop Controller. 5. Each detector microprocessor shall contain an environmental compensation algorithm, which identifies and sets ambient "Environmental Thresholds" continually and periodically. In this manner, the environmental impact of temperature, humidity, environmental contaminates as well as detector aging shall be automatically monitored and adjusted for. This process shall employ digital compensation techniques to adapt the detector to both long term and short term changes in the environment in which they are installed. The microprocessor shall monitor this environmental compensation value and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 80% and 100% of the allowable environmental compensation value. Differential sensing algorithms shall maintain a constant differential between selected detector sensitivity and the derived base line sensitivity that the detector has sensed in its environment. The base line sensitivity information shall be automatically and periodically updated and permanently stored in the detector. 6. Each detector shall be capable of automatic electronic addressing and/or custom addressing, without the use of DIP.or rotary switches, and shall mount on a common base to allow the siruple replacement of one detector type with another detector type. The 09120-17100-10 addressing of the detectors shall not depend on the electrical position of the detector in i the circuit. 7. If devices require DIP or rotary switches for addressing, every device shall be physically removed and verified during final checkout with engineer to confirm devices are located and programmed correctly. All switch addressed devices and their bases must be labeled with engraved plastic labels to identify device address and intended location. Labels shall have a red background with white letters, letters shall be a minimum of 1/4" in height. B. Detectors Photoelectric Smoke Detector, (Duct Detector Use) 1. Photoelectric detector shall utilize a light scattering type photoelectric smoke sensor to detect visible particulates produced by combustion. The integral microprocessor shall dynamically examine values from the sensor and initiate a system alarm based on the analysis of data. Detector shall continually monitor any changes in sensitivity due to the cnviionmental affects of dirt, smoke; temperature, aging and humidity. Information shall be stored in the detector's memory and shall be transferred to the electronic loop controller for retrieval using a laptop PC or the Intelligent Detector Program/Service Tool designed by the manufacturer specifically for the purpose. 2. The fire alarm contractor is responsible for reviewing the mechanical drawings for locations of all ductwork, to identify where duct smoke detectors are required to be installed. 3. The alarm set point shall be field selectable to any of five sensitivity settings ranging from 1.0% to 3.5% smoke obscuration per foot: The photo detector shall be suitable for operation in the following environment a. Temperature: 32"F to 120OF (0°C to 49°C) b. Humidity: 0-93%RH, non -condensing C. Elevation: no limit �.- C. Duct Detector Housing: I. The Analytical Microprocessor -based photoelectric smoke detector shall be readily adaptable for use in air duct smoke detection applications, using a housing that mounts to the outside of the duct. When used for duct smoke detection, the smoke detectors will not forfeit any of the system functionality that they have when used as area smoke detectors. 2. The duct smoke detection housing shall allow the detector to sample and compensate for, variations in duct air velocity between 300 and 4,000 feet per minute. 3. Remote alarm LEDs and Remote Test Stations shall be supported by the duct smoke detector and provided where indicated. 4. All detectors used in duct applications shall be located in accordance with NFPA 72 recommendations. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for repairing the duct work in areas where new devices do not fit the existing locations. D. Detectors - Fixed TemperatureMate of Rise Heat Detector 1. Heat Detector shall have a solid state heat sensor, and shall transmit an alarm at a fixed temperature of 1350 F (570C) or due to a temperature Rate of Rise of 157/minute (9°C/minute). The detector shall continually monitor the temperature of the au in is surroundings to minimize thermal lag to the time required to process an alarm. 2. The heat detector shall be rated for ceiling installation at 70 ti (21.3m) centers and be suitable for wall mount applications. 3. Detectors - Fixed Temperature Heat Detector, 4. Heat detector shall have a solid-state heat sensor, and shall transmit an alarm at a fixed temperature of 135" F (57C). Detector shall continually monitor the temperature of the air in its surroundings to minimize thermal lag to the time required to process an alarm 5.. Heat detector shall be rated for ceiling installation at 70 h (21.3m) centers and be.suitable for wall mount applications. 6. Detectors - Mounting Bases 09120 - 17100-11 7. Mounting base will not contain any electronics, shall support all Microprocessor -based Smoke detector types detailed in this specification, and have the following minimum requirements: a. Removal of the respective detector shall not affect electronic loop communications with other detectors on that loop. . . b. Field Wiring Connections shall be made to the room side of the base, so that wiring connections can be made or disconnected by the contractor without the need to remove the mounting base from the electrical box. C. Bases will have the option of external LED operation, Relay base or data line isolator base. d. Relay bases shall mount in a standard electrical box described above and provide Form "C" contacts rated at 1 amp @ 30VDC and listed for "pilot duty". 2.7 MICROPROCESSOR -BASED INTELLIGENT MODULES —GENERAL Compliance A. Fire Alarm / Life Safety System shall incorporate microprocessor -based addressable modules for the monitoring and control of system Input and Output functions over a 2 wive electronic communications loop, using both broadcast and serial polling protocols. All modules shall display communications and alarm status via LED indicators. B. The function of each connected module shall be determined by the module type, and shall be defied in the system software through the application of a personality code. Simply changing the associated personality code may change module operation at any time. C. All addressing of the Microprocessor -based Addressable Modules shall be done electronically, and the electrical location of each module shall be automatically reported to the Fire Alarm Control Panel, where it may be downloaded into a PC, or printed out. The addressing of the modules will not be dependent on their electrical location on the circuit. D. All Microprocessor -based Addressable Modules shall have a visual means to confirm communications with the panel, and a visual means to confirm the alarm status of the modules. E. All field wiring to the Microprocessor -based Addressable Modules shall be supervised for opens and ground faults and shall be location identified to the module of incidence. F. Diagnostic circuitry, and their associated indicators, with reviewable Trouble Codes, shall be integral to the Microprocessor -based Addressable Modules to assist in troubleshooting system faults. G. The module shall be suitable for operation in the following environment: 1. Temperature: 320F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) 2. Humidity: 0-93%RH, non -condensing H. Single Input Module: I. Microprocessor -based Addressable Modules shall be used to provide one (1) supervised Class B (style B) input circuit capable of latching operation for use with contact devices, non -damped W ater0ow Switches, non -latching supervisory sprinkler switches. Dual Input Module: 1. Microprocessor -based Addressable Modules shall be used to provide two (2) independent supervised Class B (style B) input circuits capable of operating with two (2) contact devices. Both of the input circuits shall be terminated to, and operated from, the same microprocessor -based addressable module. The Initiating Device Circuit connected to the module shall be fully supervised for open circuits and ground faults. 09120. 17100-12 . . 2. Modules shall report the operation of Waterflow Switches. The modules shall have an -� automatic delay of IS seconds before reporting the Waterflow alarm condition to the Fire Alarm Control Panel. Module shall monitor sprinkler supervisory switches. The module shall automatically report the supervisory function to the Fire Alarm Control Panel each time the associated dry contact closes. J. Single Riser Signal Module: 1. The Microprocessor -based Addressable Single Input Signal Module shall provide one (1) supervised Class B (style Y) Notification Appliance Circuit capable of a controlling 2A of polarized 24 VDC Notification Appliances. K. Control Relay Module: 1. Microprocessor -based Addressable Control Relay Modules shall provide one form "C" dry relay contact rated at 2 amps Q 24 Vdc or 0.5 amps at 120 VAC to, control external appliances or equipment processes. The control relay module shall be rated for pilot duty applications and releasing systems service. The position of the relay contact shall be confirmed by the system firmware. L. Microprocessor -Based Addressable Manual Pull Stations 1. Fire Alarm / Life Safety System shall incorporate microprocessor -based addressable Manual Pull Stations connected over a 2 wire electronic communications loop, using both broadcast and serial polling protocols: All Manual Pull Stations shall display communications and alarm status via integral LED's. 2. All addressing of the Microprocessor -based Addressable Manual Pull Stations shall be done electronically, and the electrical location of each station shall be automatically reported to the Fire Alarm Control Panel, where it may be downloaded into a PC, or printed out. The addressing of the Manual Pull Station will not be dependent on their L- electrical location on the circuit. 3. All field wiring to the Microprocessor -based Addressable Manual Pull Stations shall be supervised for opens and ground faults. All ground faults shall be location identified to the module of incidence. 4. Diagnostic circuitry, and their associated indicators, with reviewable Trouble Codes, shall be integral to the Microprocessor=based. Addressable -Manual Pull Stations to assist in troubleshooting system faults, including ground faults on the device. S. Manual Fire Alarm stations shale be double action and shall be supplied with a Safety Technology International, Inc., STI-1100 Stopper'II protective cover with self-contained horn. Compliance 2.8 FfRE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All appliances which are supplied for the requirements of this specification shall be UL Listed for Fire Protective Service, and shall be capable of providing the "Equivalent Facilitation" which is allowed under the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibilities Guidelines (ADA(AG)), and shall be UL 1971 Listed. B. All appliances shall be of the same manufacturer as the Fire Alarm Control Panel specified to insure absolute compatibility between the appliances and the control panels, and to insure that the application of the appliances are done in accordance with the single manufacturer's instructions. C. Any appliances that do not meet the above requirements, and are submitted for use must show written proof of their compatibility for the purpose intended. Such proof shall be in the form of documentation from all manufacturers that *clearly states that their equipment (as submitted) is 100% compatible with each other for the purpose intended. All strobes shall be provided with lens markings oriented for wall mounting. It shall be possible to replace the lens of any installed strobe in order to facilitate the replacement of a broken lens, or to change the orientation of the lens markings. Removal of an installed strobe to facilitate the changing of a lens will not be acceptable. 09120-17100-13 D. Hom/Strobes 1. Provide low profile white wall mount born/strobes at the locations shown on the drawings. The Horn/Strobe shall provide an audible output of 84 dBA at 10 fl. when measured in reverberation room per UL-464. Strobes shall provide synchronized flash outputs. The strobe output shall be determined as required by its specific location and application from a. family of 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75cd. & 1 IOcd devices. The born shall have a selectable steady or synchronized temporal output. In and Out screw terminals shall be provided for wiring. Low profile horn/strobes shall mount in a North American 1-gang box. E. Strobes 1. Provide low profile ceiling mounted white strobes at the locations shown on the drawings. In and out screw terminals shall be provided for wiring. Strobes shall provide synchronized flash outputs. Strobe output shall be determined as required by its specific location and application from a family of I Scd, 30cd, Wed, 75cd, or I I Ocd devices. Low profile strobes shall mount in a North American I -gang box. Remote LCD Annunciators: 1. Remote LCD annunciators shall have the full ability and duplicate all functions of the main user interface located on the control panel. This includes the ability to control all system functions and duplicate panel annunciation. 2. Annunciator shall also include the ability to support programmable switches and or LED's as required for special functions with out the need to add additional wires or cabinets. Compliance PART 3-EXECUTION A. Installers 1. The Fire Alarm / Life Safety System specified herein shall be installed by a factory trained and authorized fire alarm contractor, specializing in multiplex fire alarm systems. The installing contractor shall provide proof of their qualifications of factory Siemens training and factory authorization for the products) specified herein as required by the fire.alarm contractor qualification section of this specification. Any contractor installing the system must be in good standing as an authorized dealer of the Siemens product. 2. Field connected devices may be installed and wired by licensed contractors under the direct supervision of the factory trained and authorized fire alarm contractor. B. Examination 1. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to inspect the job site and become familiar with the conditions under which the work will be performed. Inspection of the building may be made by appointment with the Owner. Contractors are requested to inspect the building prior to the bid. Failure to do so may be considered cause for rejection of the contractor's bid. C. Installation: A. General All work, except as noted in other sections of this specification may be conducted during normal working hours, 7:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, by properly coordinating the work with the General Contractor. Noise restrictions do apply. The core drilling, testing of evacuation signals and other work disruptive to occupants shall be prohibited between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m, Monday through Friday. All system switch over shall be done during unoccupied hours or over weekends. Contractor is to include, in his base bid, all overtime necessary to complete his work. 09120 - 17100-14 2. All fire alarm work on an existing school during the school year shall be performed after hours only.or during non -school hours. No contractor may be installing or servicing fire alarm devices or system during school hours unless specifically instructed by the Owner. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for prior coordination of all work and demolition with the Owner. 4. The entire system shall be installed in a workmanlike manner in accordance with approved manufacturer's manuals and wiring diagrams. The contractor shall furnish all conduit, wiring, outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets and similar devices necessary for the complete installation. B. All wiring shall be of the type recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the local authorities having jurisdiction for the purpose. C. All penetration of floor slabs and frewalls shall be fire stopped in accordance with all local fire codes. I. - All wiring shall be installed according to NEC standards per the drawings submined by the fire alarm system supplier, unless otherwise noted. 2. Installation sequence (if a retrofit project) 3. Installation of the system shall be conducted in stages and phased such that circuits and equipment are installed in the following order: a. Replacement of the existing control -panel and all existing smoke detectors. This must. be done over a weekend or during a time when the building is not occupied. Coordinate this change over with the Owner. b. Conduits and wiring for complete notification circuits and appliance installation throughout facility. C. Pre -test the audible and visual notification devices prior to switch over. d. Install all new'detection devices. C. Temtinations'between field devices and the associated contiol equipment. f. The detection system shall be switched over and end of each day the system shall be operational. At no time will the system be placed out of service over night. g. Complete contractor protest of system. h. Complete system testing. i. Open Cable j. Power -limited cable in accordance with NEC 70, where used, not installed in ULl listed metal conduit or raceway shall be mechanically protected by building construction fcatures: D. Installation shall be in areas not subjected to, mechanical injury. E. All circuits shall be supported by the building structure. Cable shall be attached by straps to the building structure at intervals not greater than 10 feet: Wiring installed above drop ceilings shall not be laid on ceiling tiles. Wire shall not be fastened in such a manner that puts tension on the cable. F. Cable shall be type's FPLP or permitted substitutions, selected for the installation application as required by NEC 70, Section 760-61. G. Cable Routes 1. All cabling placed in ceiling areas muct'be in conduit, cable tray or J-Hooks. Cable supports shall be permanently. anchored- to building structure or substrates. Provide attachment hardware.and anchorsdesignedfor the structure to which attached and that are, suitably sized to carry the weight of the cables to be supported. Do not route cable 09120 - ) 7100-15 through webbing of structural steel. Cabling must be supported in dedicated , supports intended to support cabling as described in this section. Backbone and horizontal cabling shall be routed in separate supports. 2. -Use approved cable support devices, for all locations, eg: (J-Hooks with appropriate connection devices). Contractor shall use the Manufacturers recommendation for sizing J-Hook for all Category 6 cabling: 3. All 1-Hooks shall be installed on 60" maximum centers. For all nuts of 48 or more cables provide supports on 48" maximum centers to hang cable. Communications cable shall be rerouted so as to provide a minimum of 12 inches spacing from light fixtures, sources of heat, power feeder conduits and EMi sources. If 12 Inch separation Is not possible Contractor shall provide shielding between cable bundle and EMI source. Cabling supports shall not be attached to conduit, umstrut, piping, ducts, ceiling grid support wires or any other equipment or hangers for other trades. Cable ruins shall be parallel or perpendicular to building structure. Multiple cables to be bundled together every 5 feet. H. The use of staples is prohibited. Existing Wiring I. Contractor shall determine the condition of the existing wiring. The new system shall re- use as much of the existing field wiring as possible. 2. If the existing wiring cannot be re -used, the contractor shall state this in bid proposal and line'item the cost to install new wiring. 3. All wiring must comply with National Electrical Code. J. Control Panel: 1. Installation of all Fire Alarm / Life Safety Control Equipment, field mounted devices and appliances 'shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Connection of the fie alarm system power supply to the electrical system shall be by a dedicated. branch electrical circuit. The means to disconnect this circuit shall be accessible only to authorized personnel, shall be capable of being locked in the "on" position, and shall be dearly marked "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL" in accord with NFPA standards: 3. Control equipment shall be installed and tested with the existing circuits prior to the installation of new field wiring to the new field mounted devices and appliances. Connections to the control panel shall not be done until the wiring on those circuits has been checked for ground faults, opens, and shorts, and faults have been corrected. 4. The fie alarm contractor shall neatly bundle all field wiring conductors in the gutter spaces of the control panels and secure the wiring away from all circuit boards and control equipment components. All field -wiring circuits shall be neatly and legibly labeled in the control panel. No wiring except home runs from fie alarm system circuits and system power supply circuits shall be permitted in the control panel enclosure. No wiring splices will be permitted in the control panel enclosure. K. Field Quality Control: 1. The system shall be installed and fully tested under the supervision of trained manufacturer's representative. The system shall be demonstrated to perform all the functions as specified. L. System Test and Certification / Demonstration 1. The completely installed fie alarm system will be fully tested in compliance with Testing Procedures for Signaling Systems (NFPA 72, 1999). 2. In compliance with NFPA 72, 1999 Table 7-2.2, pars 1, 2, and 4 through 10, testing shall be completed after the system is installed and the wiring has been checked. Part 3 sball be completed after the operational acceptance tests have been completed. 09120-17100.16 a. The engineer shall be notified at least ten (10) working days prior 10 the scheduled testing so that owner's, engineering and fire department representatives may be present for such testing. b. AD test equipment, instruments, tools and labor required to conduct the tests shall be made available by the installing contractor. C. The Fire Alarm Contractor shall test: I) All wiring for continuity, shorts, and grounds before the system is activated. 2) Every intelligent analog addressable device shall be tested for correct address, sensitivity, user defined message and program execution. 3) Every notification appliance shall be tested for proper operation and audible/visual output. 4) All auxiliary control functions such as smoke door and damper release, and functional control of HVAC, ventilation, and pressurization systems. 3. In the event of system faults are uncovered during testing, corrections shall be made and the testing procedure shall be repeated until it is acceptable to the engineer, Owner's representative, and the fire department. 4. All final panel programming shall be configured as per final room number designation as identified by actual building room numbers, not architectural room numbers listed on construction set. 5. Aftcr the system has been completely tested to the satisfaction of the engineer and the building owner; the fire alarm contractor shall complete the Fire Alarm System Certification of Completion form published by the NFPA (Figure 1-6.2.1 in the1999 National Fire Alarm Code). Compliance END OF SECTION 09120 - 17100.17 10-0165 Reid Elementary School - La Porte I.S.D. Fire Alarm System Equipment List - Siemens XLS-600 r'^ Qty Description Part No. 1 siemens Complete 504-Point Fire Finder XLS System XLS-500 Which Includes the Following: (1) Personal Machine Interface PMI (1) Power Supply/Charger PSCA2 _. (2) Device Loop Card DLC (1) 5-Slot Card Cage CC-5 (1) Inner Door Blank Single Plate IDSP (1) One Row System Enclosure CAB1 (1) Zone Indicating Card ZICAA 1 Siemens Back Box Module Mounting Plate CAB -MP 1 Siemens Network Interface Card NIC-C 2 12 VDC 44 AH Battery PC-12400 1 Siemens XLS Battery Box for Above CAB-BATT 1 Siemens System Status Display with control SSD-C 1 Siemens Digital Communicator 5129 11 Siemens Intelligent Dual Action Manual Pull Station HMS-D 11 STI Stopper II Cover with Hom for Manual Pull Station STI.1100 81 Siemens Intelligent Multi -Sensor Detector HFP-11 10 Siemens Intelligent Thermal Detectors HFPT-11 87 Siemens Low Profile Base for FP-11 DB-11 4 Siemens Low Profile Relay Base for FP-11 DB-HR 7 Siemens Duct Smoke Detector Housing AD2-P 7 Siemens Intelligent Multi -Sensor Detector for AD2-P HFP-11 7 Siemens Sample Tube for AD2-P ST-50 3 Siemens Intelligent Dual Interface Module HTRI-D (to monitor waterflows and tamper switches) 13 Siemens Intelligent Interface Module with relay HTRI-R (for HVAC shutdown, Monitor Trouble, and Security Mag Lock Release) 1 Siemens Intelligent Interface Minitiature Module HTRI-M (for Kitchen Hoods) 3 Siemens Auxiliary Power Supply/NAC Expander PAD-3 6 12Vdc 7.0 AH Battery for PAD-3 PC-1270 L� 1 V712010 10-0165 - XLS500 ELAS 10-0166 Reid Elementary School - La Porte I.S.D. Fire Alarm System Equipment List - Siemens XLS-600 O_yt Description 7 Siemens Wall Mounted Hom/Strobe, Multi -Candela 80 Siemens Ceiling Mounted Strobe, Multi -Candela 47 Siemens Ceiling Mounted Hom/Strobe, Multi -Candela 4 Siemens Outside Weatherproof Hom 4 Siemens Weatherproof Box, 3/4" Conduit for AS-75-R-WP 1 Ditek Data and Signal Surge Protection 12,000 #16 AWG 2 Conductor Non -Shielded FPLP Wire (RED) (for signal circuits) 10,000 #18 AWG 2 Conductor Non -Shielded FPLP Wire (RED WNELLOW) (for intelligent analog circuit) 500 018 AWG 2 Conductor Non -Shielded FPLP Wire (RED W/GREEN) (for 24VDC Annunciator Power) Part No. ZH-MC-W ST-MC-CW NS-MC-CW AS-75-R-WP WPBBS DTK-4LVLP-LV P162F-RED P182F-REDNEL P182F-RED/GRN 2 4n12010 10-0165 - XLS500 ELAS SIEMENS XLS-500 Fire Safety FireFinder XLS Fire Alarm Control Panel for Mid -Sized Applications ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • Standard 504 addressable point capacity system • Networkable to other FireFinder XLS systems • Powerful, easy -to -use programming capabilities • 6" Backlit LCD display • User-friendly system interface • Touch screen for maintenance operations and function keys • Universal AC power input- 120/240VAC, 50/60Hz • 12 amps of system power, expandable to 48 amps • Relays -alarm, trouble, programmable(2) • SureWire addressable loop technology • Polarity insensitive detection circuits (Patented) • Diagnostic LEDs on loop cards • Supports FirePrint application specif ic detection • Four notification appliance circuits (expandable) • Up to 4.0 amps (24VDC) per NAC • Built-in strobe synchronization protocol • Supports Pre -Action, Deluge and agent releasing • Voice evacuation system optional • Modular assembly •@ UL, ULC Listed, FM, CSFM, & NYMEA Approved Introduction The XLS-500 is a fire alarm system provided by Siemens BuildingTechnologies Fire Safety Division for use in mid- sized (up to 504 addressable points) fire alarm applica- tions. It uses FireFinderXLS components and modules assembled in a convenient cost-effective package that meets the requirements of these applications. The XLS- 500 consists of one Model PMI Person/Machine Interface, one Model PSC-12 Power Supply/Charger, one Model CC-5 Card Cage, two Model DLC Device Loop Cards, one Model ZIC-4AZone Indicating Card, one Model CAB small system enclosure, and one Model ID-SP Inner Door Single Module mounting plate. The XLS-50OR is a version that substitutes a red CAB1 (CAB1R) for the standard black version. Description The PMI is used to operate, control, and display the status of the FireFinder XLS system. The PMI contains a large 6" monochrome LCD display and LEDs for displaying system status. A local sounder alerts users to changes in system status. Push button keys surround the display, and are used to control system operation and toggle between system information screens. A "More Information' screen allows users to view screens with detailed information about an event, or map screens showing basic graphical layouts of the facility and the location of an event. (See Figure 1) The PSC-12 powers the FireFinder XLS system. It provides the power necessary to run the system mod- ules as well as powering both the addressable devices and notification appliance circuits. It is rated at 12 amps for alarm usage and five amps of standby usage. The PSC-12 also provides common alarm and trouble Form C relays, and two additional programmable Form C relays, all rated at 2.0 amps each. The PSC-12 also has a built-in battery charger capable of monitoring and charging up to 100 amp -hour battery sets. Diagnostic LEDs on the PSC- 12 indicate power, communication, and module operation. CATALOG NUMBER 63 A Mig. floor - ASSenllDly area rMST sMal ex'' '".lLTi7 !.'''!rr W MAlt sN4-r'p�f rtCdurnuukeK rt,xe: I.OFny !^ VL/ Df! t.lr! DET 41tS Iri-%1CF4ART.441 DEW ES I BACK Figure 1: PMI Map Screen The DLC communicates with the addressable detectors and devices on the system. Each DLC supports two isolated circuits with a total of 252 addressable devices per card. The XLS-500 comes with two DLC cards, offering a base system capacity of four circuits and 504 addressable devices. If additional addressable devices are needed the XLS-500 can be networked to other FireFinder XLS systems by just adding a NIC-C. The device wiring is polarity insensitive. aiding in system installation. Diagnostic LEDs on the DLC indicate power, communication, alarm and trouble conditions per circuit. and module operation. The ZIC4A provides four supervised programmable output circuits for the FireFindef XLS system. Each output can be programmed independently for use with audible or visual notification appliances, emergency audio speakers, municipal tie connections, leased line connec- tions, or releasing systems. Each output is rated at 4.0 amps (96W for speakers) and contains diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, activation and trouble condi- tions per circuit, and module operation. All circuits can be configured Class A or Class B. The CC-5 cardcage provides a means of mounting DLC, ZIC-4A, and other FireFinder XLS cards. It also provides a means of mounting field wiring, and supports serial communication and operating power to the cards. The CC-5 supports five FireFinder XLS modules. In the'XLS- 500, there are two open slots in the CC-5 for expansion modules, such as additional output cards. network cards, relay cards, or voice evacuation equipment cards. The CAB is a small FireFinder XLS system enclosure that supports both system expansion cards inside the enclosure and user interface/operation modules on an inner door of the enclosure. The enclosure supports the PSC-12 and the CC-5. The enclosure for the XLS-500 comes with room for one additional power supply or small (2card) cardcage. The inner door supports the PMI and two ID-SP inner door single plates. The XLS-500 has room for Switch Control modules, Fan Control modules. or LED Control modules on the inner door, mounted in place of the ID-SP. A locked outer door with a clear lens plate is included in the CAB 1. Ordering Information Model Number Description Pan Number XLS-500 Complete 504-point FireFinder XLS system 599-634931 XLS-50OR XLS-500 system with red enclosure 599.634932 PMI Person -Machine Interface for Riefindet XLS 500.033070 PSC-12 Power Supply/Charger for Firefinder XLS 500-033340 DLC Device loop Card for FireFinder XLS 500.033090 ZIC-4A I Zone Indicating Card for FireFinder XLS 500.033050 CC-5 5-slot card cage for FireFinder XLS 500-633037 ID-SP Inner door blank single plate for FireFinder AS 500.633078 CABI 1 row system enclosure (black) for FireFinder XLS 500-633007 C I... 1 raw system enclosure Itself for FireFinder XLS 500.633728 Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview Boulward Florham Park. NJ 07932 10006 Brampton, Ontario Siemens BuildingTechnologies Tel: (973) 593.2600 g 5M Canada LIST 5E4. FAX:(973) 593-6670 SFS4G Tat:(905) 799-9937 Fire Safety Websits: www.31n.siamens.com/fis Printed in U.S.A. FAX: (9051799-SBM October 2006 New Is. i Siemens Fire Safety - Project La Porte - Reid ES 10-0165 Power Load and Battery Computation Summary Report Printed on 07 Apr 2010 at 14:15:39 Supervisory Current and Battery Computation Summary All Battery Selections PASS Power Load_ Computation Summary All Power Load Computations PASS Supervisory Battery and Power Load Computation Summary Enclosure Battery Size Back Plane CAB-1 Enclosure R1 36.872AH 0.439AMP Page 1 Standby Alarm 6.2VDC 0.877AMP 0.966AMP 0.200AMP Siemens Fire Safety - Project La Porte - Reid ES 10-0165 Power Load and Battery Computation Summary Report Printed on 07 Apr 2010 at 14:15:39 Node: XLS Node @ address 1 Enclosure: CAB-1 Enclosure #1 Supervisory Current and Battery Computation Module Qty Current EOL Current 'Device Current Total Current DLC 1 145.OmA O.OMA 1.BMA 371.8mA NIC-C(HNet) 1 120.OmA O.OMA O.OMA 120.OmA PMI 1 230.OmA O.OMA .70.OmA 230.OmA PSC-12 1 150.OMA O.OMA 20.OmA 170.OMA SSD 1 200.OmA O.OMA O.OMA 200.OmA ZIC-4A 1 90.OMA 4.OMA O.OMA 90.OMA Total Sys Current: Total Sys AH value: Battery Size: Final Battery Size: 1.182 AMP 28.363 AH 36.872 AH 36.872 AH, Pass Page 2 Siemens Fire Safety - Project La Porte - Reid ES 10-0165 Power Load and Battery Computation Summary Report Printed on 07 Apr 2010 at 14:15:39 Node: XLS Node @ address 1 a Enclosure: CAB-1 Enclosure#1 Power Load Computation Back Plane Screw Terminal Total 24V 6.2V 6.2V Module Qty Current Total 1 24V Current Total 2 Current Current Curr Total DLC 1 O.OmA O.OmA 100.OmA 326.8mA 326.8mA 200.OmA 200.OmA NIC-C(HNet) 1 120.0mA 120.0mA O.OmA O.OmA 120.OmA O.OmA O.OmA PMI 1 230.OmA 230.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 230.OmA O.OmA O.OmA SSD 1 O.OmA O.OmA 200.OmA 200.OmA 200.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 2IC-4A 1 89.OmA 89.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 89.OmA O.OmA O.OmA Back Plane Total Current: 0.439 AMP, Pass Standby Total Current: 0.877 AMP, Pass Alarm Total Current: 0.966 AMP, Pass 6.2VDC Total Current: 0.200 AMP, Pass Page 3 SIEMENS Fire Safety FireFinder XLS Fire Alarm Enclosures & Equipment Models: CAB 1, CAB2-BB, CAB2-BD, CAB3-BB, CAB3-BD, CAB -MP, ID -MP, ID-SP, ID -FP, BCM, ID -LP, OD -BP, ID -GP, REMBOX2, and REMBOX4 ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • 1, 2, and 3-row enclosures for the FireFinder XLS system • Mounting plates for enclosure and inner door modules • Blank plates for inner and outer doors • Lens and grill plates for outer door • Outer doors can open from either side • UL ULC Listed, O FM Approval pending CAB1 Description CAB2 The Models CA61, CAB2, and CA83 enclosures and their accessories provide a complete set of hardware for mounting all FireFinder XLS main system and remote transponder cards and modules. The hardware allows the FireFinder XLS system to be configured for a wide variety of applications and allows for future system upgrades. Included in the enclosure series are backbox and door sets, removable mounting plates and clear lenses, louvered ventilation grill plates, and blank plates for use with the enclosure doors. All enclosures come with ground straps for the inner and outer doors, shield termination lugs, grounding lugs, and tie wrap lances for securing wire. They can also mount system backup batteries up to 31 amp -hour in capacity. All equipment is approved for operation over the temperature range of 0°C to 49°C. CAB1 Single Row Enclosure The Model CAB1 is the smallest of the FireFinder XLS enclosures. It can house a single CAB -MP cabinet mounting plate for mounting card cages, power sup- plies and bulk amplifiers. The CAB1 also has four mounting slots on the inner door for mounting a PMI interface and Model ID -MP switch module brackets. CAB3 The CAB1 comes complete with a black back box. black inner and outer doors, a single lock and key set on the outer door, a single CAB -MP cabinet mounting plate (installed), and a single OD -LP outer door lens plate (installed). A red version called the CAB1-R is also available. Approximate size is 27" high, 26" wide, and 8" deep. CA81 Enclosure CATALOG NUMBER 27 CAB2 Two Row Enclosure The Model CA82 is the mid -sized FireFinder XLS enclosure capable of housing up to two CAB -MP cabinet mounting plates. The inner door has two rows of four mounting slots. The outer door has space for mounting two outer door plates (Models OD -LP OD -BP or OD -GP). The outer door can be configured to open from either side. The CAB2 consists of the CAB2-BB back box, the CAB2-BD black inner and outer door package, two CAB -MP cabinet mounting plates, and one OD -LP lens plate. The outer door has a single lock and key set installed. Red doors are available in the CAB2-RD. Additional door mounting plates must be ordered separately. Approximate size is 45" high, 26" wide, and 8" deep. CAB2 Enclosure CAB3Three Row Enclosure The Model CAB3 is the largest single FireFinder XLS enclosure available. It can house up to three CAB -MP cabinet mounting plates in the enclosure, and three rows of inner door mounting slots. The outer door can be configured to open from either side. The CAB3 consists of the CAB3-BB back box, the CAB3-BD black inner and outer door package, three CAB -MP cabinet mounting plates, and one OD -LP lens plate. The outer door has two locks and key sets installed. Red doors are available in the CAB3-RD. Additional door mount- ing plates must be ordered separately. Approximate size is 63" high, 26" wide, and 8" deep. Enclosure Trim Kits Trim kits are available for all'system enclosures for semi -flush mounting applications. The Model CAB1-TK (for black enclosures) and the Model CAB 1R-TK (for red enclosures) fit the CAB1 and CAB1-R enclosures. Similarly, the CA82-TK and CAB2R-TK fit the CAB2 enclosure, and the CA83-TK and CAB3R-TK fit the CAB-3 enclosure. CAB2-XBD Door Remote Transponders The FireFinder XLS system can use remote transpon- ders for mounting additional modules like amplifiers without requiring a PMI or any control switches. Special doors are available for systems using CAB2 or CAB3 remote transponders. These doors, Models CAB2-XBD and CAB3-XBD, omit the unused inner door and come complete with ventilation louvers built into the door. The CAB2-XBD fits on a CAB2-BB and the CAB3-XBD fits on a CAB3-BB. The transponder doors are supplied in black. Complete box and door kits are available as Model CA82-X and Model CAB3-X. CAB3-XBD Door CAB3 Enclosure Ordering Information Model Description Part Number CABI Complete single row black cabinet 500-633007 CABIR Complete single row red cabinet 500-633728 CA82 Complete two -row black cabinet with back box, inner door, outer door, two CAB -MP mounting plates and one OD -LP lens plate 599-633762 CAB2R Complete two -row red cabinet 599-633763 CAB2-88 Two -row black back box 500-633009 CAB2-BD Two -row black inner & outer door set 500-633008 CAB2-RO Two -row red inner & outer door set 500.633755 CA83 Complete three -row black cabinet with back box, inner door, outer door, three CAB -MP mounting plates and one OD -LP lens plate 599-633764 CAB311 Complete three -row red cabinet 599.633765 CAB3-88 Three -(ow black back box 500-633011 CA83-BD Three -row black inner & outer door set 500-633010 CAB3-RD Three -row red inner & outer door set 500-633757 CABI-TK Single row cabinet black trim kit 500-633013 CABI R-TK Single row cabinet red trim kit 500-633729 CA82-TK Two -row cabinet black trim kit 500-633014 CAB2R-TK Two -row cabinet red trim kit 500-633753 CAB3-TK Three -row cabinet black trim kit 500-633015 CAB38-TK Three-row'cabinet red trim kit 500-633754 CA82-X Complete CA82 with transponder door (no inner door) 599-034252 CA82-XBD CAB2 transponder door 500-633768 CAB3-X Complete CAB3 with transponder door Ino inner door) 599-034253 CAB3-XBD CA83 transponder door 500-633769 CAB -MP Back box module mounting plate 500-633012 ID -MP Inner door module mounting plate pour per package) 500-633027 ID-SP Inner door single module blank plate (two'per package) 500-633028 ID -FP Inner door four module blank plate 500-633029 BCM Blank control module plate (four per package) 500-033320 OD -LP Outer door lens plate .500-633016 OD -BP Outer door blank plate 500-633017 00-GP Outer door grill plate 500-633018 REMBOX2 Two module black remote box lobby enclosure 500-633772 REMBOX2-MP Mounting plate for OCM-16, SIM-16 in a REMBOX2 500-364211 REMBOX4 Four module black remote box lobby enclosure 500-633914 REMBOX4-MP Mounting plate for OCM-16. SIM-16 in a REMBOX2 500-634212 OD -GP Outer Door Grill Plate The Model OD -GP also covers an entire row on the outer door of a system cabinet, but has four rows of ventilation louvers on it. The OD -GP is mounted in front of system bulk amplifiers, card amplifiers, or other modules that generate heat. Using the OD -GP will permit airflow across these modules to aid in heat dissipation. A single grill plate is included with each OG-GP OD -GP Remote System Enclosures The Models REMBOX2 and REMBOX4 are FireFinder XLS system enclosures that are used for remotely mounting inner door modules like the PMI interface, switch modules, Model LVM live voice modules, and Model FMT firefighters master telephone modules. They are thinner than the regular CAB enclosures (just 5" deep overall) and are perfect for mounting in places where space is limited (like lobbies or behind a receptionist's desk). Due to their smaller depth, no card cages, power supplies or bulk amplifiers can be mounted in a REMBOX. However, modules such as the RNI remote network interface module, the OCM-16 output control module, and the SIM-16 supervised input module can be mounted in a REMBOX. Due to the depth of the live voice module and the firefighters master telephone, no OCM-16s or SIM-16s can be used simultaneously with the LVM or the FMT. Both the REMBOX2 and the REMBOX4 are designed for flush mounting with no trim kit required. Both enclo- sures also come with a clear lens plate on the cover. REMBOX2 Two Module Remote Enclosure The REMBOX2 has two inner door module spaces, and can hold a single PMI, up to two switch module brackets, one LVM live voice module, or one FMT firefighters master telephone. Combinations are also allowed. The REMBOX2 can also mount a single RNI remote network interface on a bracket included in the backbox. A bracket called the REMBOX2-MP can be used to mount up to four OCM-16 output control modules or SIM-16 supervised input modules. The REMBOX2-MP must be purchased separately. Ap- proximate size of the REMBOX2 is 14-1/2" wide, 18-1/ 2" high and 5" deep. REMBOX2 Doors Closed REMBOX2 Doors Open REMBOX4 Four Module Remote Enclosure The REMBOX4 has space for mounting four inner door modules. Any combination of PMls (two module spaces), switch module brackets, LVMs or FMTs (one module space each) can be used. Unused module spaces can be covered with Model ID-SP blank plates. The REMBOX4 can also mount a single RNI remote network interface on a bracket included in the backbox. A bracket called the REMBOX4-MP can be used to mount up to eight OCM-16 output control modules or SIM-16 supervised input modules. The REMBOX4-MP must be purchased separately. Approximate size of the REMBOX4 is 24" wide. 18-1/2" high and 5" deep. REMBOX4 Doors Closed REMBOX4 Doors Open CAB -MP Cabinet Mounting Plate The Model CAB-MB cabinet mounting plate provides mounting for a Single row of modules in a FireFinder XLS cabinet. Four module spaces are available on the CAB -MP. The CAB -MP is used to mount the CC-5 card cage, the CC-2 card cage, the PSC-12 power supply, the PSX-12 power supply extender, and the ZAM-80/ 180 zone amplifiers. M, ID-SP ID -FP Inner Door Full Blank Plate The Model ID -FP is a blank plate that covers the full opening of the row on an inner door. It is used for applications requiring full dead front protection. A --w— CAB -MP single full blank plate is included in the ID -FP. ID -MP Inner Door Mounting Plate The Model ID -MP inner door mounting plate is mounted on the inner door of a CAB enclosure. ID- MPs are used to mount Model SCM-8 switch control modules, Model LCM-8 LED control modules, or Model FCM-6 fan control modules. Four mounting plates are included in each Model ID -MP Each mount- ing plate has four spaces for control modules, and can hold either four SCM-8s (one control module space each), four LCM-8 (one control module space each), or two FCM-6s (two module spaces each). Combinations are also allowed. Blank spaces in the ID -MP can be covered using the Model BCM blank control module plate. Up to four ID-MPs can be mounted in a single row on the inner door. ID-SP Inner Door Blank Single Plate The Model ID-SP is used to cover any single module blank spaces on the inner door not used to mount the PMI or an ID -MP. Up to four ID-SPs can be mounted in a single row on the inner door. Two blank plates are included in each Model ID-SP. BCM Blank Control Module plate The Model BCM is used on the ID -MP to cover any blank areas where control modules are not used. Up to four BCMs can be mounted on a single ID -MP. Four blank module plates are included in each Model BCM. BCM OD -LP Outer Door Lens Plate The Model OD -LP is a clear plastic lens plate mounted on the outer door of a system cabinet. It is used to allow operators to see the system interface and controls mounted on the inner door, but restricts access to unauthorized users. It covers an entire row on the outer door. A single lens plate is included with each OD -LP. OD -BP Outer Door Blank Plate The Model OD -BP is used to cover an entire row on the outer door of a system cabinet. It is used when there is no PMI or control modules mounted on the adjacent row of the inner door. A single blank plate is included in each OD -BP. OD -BP NWIM Tire use of other than Fie Safety datectors atM bases with Fee Safety artulnatnt will of cansnleretl a misappit ion of Fee Safety enulry ent ai ae such voltl all warranties eithet eaprcaead or imrlied with regard ro lose, tlamage, faMlhfea enNor service problems Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 - Tel:(973) 593-2600 FAX:(973) 593-6670 Website: www.sbt.siememecom/fis 1/03 5M SFSIG Printed in U.SA. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario Canada L6T 5E4 Tel (905) 799-9937 FAX:(905) 799-9858 January 2003 s�oe..as.seeeeaa tam SIEMENS NIC-C Network Interface Card ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • HNET communications • XNET communications • CAN network communications • Supports Style 4 or Style 7 wiring for XNET or HNET • Supervises the HNET or XNET and CAN network • Diagnostic LEDs • Isolates short circuit faults • Ground fault detection • Network repeater • Down loadablefirmware • @ UL, ULC Listed • NYMEA, CSFM Listed Introduction The Model NIC-C Network Interface Card provides HNET or XNET network communications between enclosures. In addition to the HNET or XNET communication the NIC-C provides CAN network communication within an enclosure or external to the enclosure. The HNET or XNET can be wired Style 4 or Style 7. The CAN network can be wired Style 4 only. Description A single NIC-C provides either HNET or XNET. The CAN interface is available regardless of the HNET or XNET usage. When the NIC-C is used for HNET communications it provides communication between enclosures on a single system. It is set for HNET usage and an HNET address. The maximum HNET NIC-Cs on a single system (single node) is 64. The NIC-C supervises the HNET network to insure proper operation. The NIC-C also isolates a short circuit fault to each individual segment of the HNET network. The NIC-C provides an electrical repeater for each HNET pair. NIC-C FrontView Fire Safety NIC-C Side View When the NIC-C is used for XNET communications it provides communication between systems. It is set for XNET usage and an HNET address. The maximum of XNET NIC-Cs on a single system (single node) is one, for a total of 64 XNET NIC-Cs on a Peer -To -Peer Networked System. The XNET NIC-C Card must reside in the same enclosure as the PMI (Person Machine Interface). MXL systems may also reside on the same XNET with FireFinder-XLS systems. The NIC-C supervises the XNET network to insure proper operation. The NIC-C also isolates a short circuit fault to each individual segment of the XNET network. The NIC-C provides an electrical repeater for each XNET pair. The FireFinder-XLS will also report all events over the XNET to the Network Command Center NCCNT-G which is required for Global Control. The events will be displayed on the NCCNT-G and can be acknowledged, audibles silenced and system reset from the NCCNT-G. The NCCNT-G Command Center can also be used to perform Maintenance Commands on an individual FireFinder-XLS on the XNET. CATALOG NUMBER 6338 The NIC-C Card takes one card slot and mounts in a CC-2 or CC-5 Card cage inside a CAB-1. CAB-2, or CAB-3 Enclosure. The NIC-C provides the CAN network which supports the LCM-8/SCM-8/FCM-6/OCM-16/SIM-16 CAN modules. Up to99 CAN module addresses are available per enclosure. The NIC-C Card has diagnostic LEDs that indicate Card Fail, CAN Fail, HNET Fail, XNET Fail, Ground Fault, Loop Fail and Loop B Fail, as well as LEDs to indicate Power. Style and Active Networks. Electrical Ratings 24V Back Plane Current: 120mA Screw Terminal 24V Current: 0 6.2V Back Plane Current: 0 24V Standby Current: Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety 120mA Ordering Information Modal Number Oescriplion Pert Number NIOC Nelwoik lntellace Card 500.033240 Fire Safety 8 Fernwocd Road Florham Park. NJ 07932 Tel: 1973) 593-2600 FAX: (973) 5936670 Website: www.sbt.siernans.conVfis 1,04 5M SFS4G Printed in U.SA Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario Canada L6T SE4 Tel:(905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 January 3004 Na— taaa fr SIEMENS Installation Instructions Model CAB-BATT - Battery Box INTRODUCTION The SIEMENS Model CAB-BATT Battery Box is used to house BTX-2 (75AH) and BTX-3 (100AH) batteries for the FireFinder-XLS System.The CAB-BATT consists of a door and a backbox, as shown in Figure 1. The door is permanently hinged left. The backbox can be placed on the floor directly underneath the CAB enclosure to which it supplies battery backup or it can be mounted on a flat surface with four user - supplied bolts that are a maximum of inch in diameter. „yam CAB-BATT Enclosure INSTALLATION Prior.to installation consider the following: • Weight and size of the enclosure. Localcodes. Install the backbox: - 1. Select a clean, dry, shock and vibration free surface. 2. Position the backbox directly beneath the CAB enclosure to which it will be wired, lining up the knockouts in the CAB-BATT with the knockouts in the CAB enclosure. Siemens Building Technologies P/N 315-033917-2 Fire Safety 3. Position the backbox so that it is clear of obstructions and the front door opens freely. 4. Mark the locations of the two upper mounting bolts of the ba0box on the wall. (Refer to Figure 2.) Figure 2 Mounting Holes For CAB-BATT 5. Drill the two holes located in the previous step. and screw in the top bolts, leaving a small gap between the wall and each top bolt. _ 6. Place the backbox over the two top bolts and allow it to slide down over the bolts. 7 Mark, drill, and install the two bottom bolts in the backbox. 8. Tighten all four bolts securely against the back wall of the backbox. 9. Place the batteries in the bottom of the CAB-BATT. WIRING 0 The main AC power line must be turned OFF prior to installation. WARNING Install Wiring Wire in accordance with local codes and NEC 760. 1. Remove the knockouts in the top of the battery box and bottom of CAB enclosure for entry of battery wiring. 2. Connect the Battery Wire Assembly, P/N 465-633943, supplied with the PSC-12 to the batteries in the CAB-BATT. (Refer to Figure 3 and the PSC-12 Installation Instructions. P/N 315-033060.) If a longer wire is required, use a minimum of 12 AWG. SPECIFICATIONS CAB-BATT. 26-1/e"W x B-3/e"D x 12"H Siemens Building Technologies 2 P/N 315-033917-2 Fire Safety Siemens Building Technologies Fiie Safely TYPICAL CAB-2 ENCLOSURE CAB-BATT 0 0 a l0 a a 0 0 0 0 o I o 0 0 0 0 12 in. long wire provided with PSC-12 ---"---"...... Black Battery Figure 3 Typical Battery Connections To CAB-BATT 3 Battery Wire Assembly—► PM 465-633943 m m PTB Red Ali, + Battery P/N 315-033917-2 Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Siemens Building Technologies, Ltd. 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard _ Florham Park. New Jersey 07932 Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 CN P/N 315-033917-2 SIEMENS SSD Series Models SSD, SSD-C, SSD-INT, SSD-C-INT, SSD-C-REM System Status Display for the FireFinder XLS System ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • 4 x 40 Backlit LCD display • Event and Audible status LEDs • Scroll buttons to view additional events • Local sounder • Supports Style 4 or Style 7 wiring • Built-in transient protection • Mounts in its own enclosure or REMBOX • Optional local system control • Downloadable firmware @ UL, ULC Listed Introduction The SSD Series System Status Display is a remote LED/ LCD display that shows the local status of a FireFinder XLS system. An LED illuminates when alarm, supervi- sory, trouble, and security events occur on the system. A four -line LCD will give details of the event in alphanu- meric form. The display can be toggled to display additional events. Optional remote system control capabilities are available. Description The SSD Series display has separate LEDs for alarm, supervisory, trouble, and security events on the system. Each LED will flash when unacknowledged events of that type are present on the system. The LED will change to steady upon acknowledgment of the event. Also, there are two LEDs that indicate the state of audible circuits on the system: one LED to indicate that the circuits are active, and one to indicate that the circuits have been silenced. The LCD display on the SSD Series display has four lines of forty characters each. When the FireFinder XLS system is in its normal supervisory state with no events present, the display will annunciate the system ID SsD 1• • Fire Safety SSD-C with Control information along with the date and time. When an event occurs on the system, the LCD display will show the event type and address, the time of the event, the custom message for that address, the usage of the device, and whether the event is acknowledged or not. Additionally, the display will show the total number of all types of events present on the system. The display has a backlight feature that operates upon receiving any event information or when any operator buttons are pressed. A local sounder is included with the SSD Series display that operates when any events are displayed on the system. The sounder can be optionally disabled through software programming. When an event is present, pressing any operator buttons will silence the local sounder. The SSD Series display has two display control buttons that are used to display the next or the previous event information in the sequence, and a local sounder silence button. Programming for the SSD display is done with the Zeus programming tool. CATALOG NUMBER 60326 Models SSD-C, SSD-C-INT, and Model SSD-C-REM have three additional control buttons for acknowledging events. silencing audible circuits, and resetting the system. The SSD-C and SSD-C-INT have an integral keyswitch that enables these control buttons to operate. The SSD-C- REM is located within a locked cabinet, so no additional keyswitch is required for enabling the control buttons. The SSD Series display is remotely connected to the H-Net communication bus from any NIC-C interface in a FireFinder XLS system enclosure using Style 4 or Style 7 wiring. 24VDC is required to run the SSD Series display, and it can be provided from a Model PSC-12 Power Supply or PSX-12 Power Supply Extender in the FireFinder XLS system enclosure. Powerfromother UL Listed 24VDC power sources is also acceptable. The SSD Series display has screw terminals capable of supporting 12 to 22 gage wires. The H-Net communication from the FireFinder XLS system can be terminated on the SSD Series display. or may pass through for communication with other modules. Diagnostic LEDs on the SSD Series display indicate power and communication status. Ordering Information Model Number Description Pert Number SSD System Status Display 500-034170 SSD-C System Status Display w/control 500-648733 SSD-INT System Status Display w/international language overlays 500 034740 SSD-C-INT System Status Display w/conliol & international language owlys. 500-034750 System Status Display w/control for remote lobbyenclosure 500-634773 EDC.11 Small remote lobby enclosure 500 633772 Large remote lobby enclosure 500 633914 Blank Control Module plate 500-033320 Electrical Ratings 24V Back Plane Current: Screw Terminal 24V Current: 200mA 6.2V Back Plane Current: Models SSD. SSD-C. and SSD-C-INT can be mounted in a 24V Standby Current: 2-gang electrical box or a 4-inch square electrical box. No flush trim kit is required. The unit is approximately 10-1/ 2" wide, 6-1/8" high. and 1-1/2" deep. The Model SSD-C-REM is mounted in a Model REMBOX2 or REMBOX4 Remote Lobby Enclosure, or any CAB enclosure inner door. The SSD-C-REM requires two module spaces in the remote lobby enclosure, and its bracket supports the mounting of four inner door modules (such as SCM-8s or LCM-8s) below the display. The inner door module spaces are arranged in two rows of two module spaces. NOTICE: TM use or olMt inan ne Safety delectae and Oases with Fro Wary eouipntenl mi os considered a misreo icatwn of Fie Safely eouiomenl W es suO, void ea w santies elllan expensed or imo4ed-with sga.d to b . damps. Wrifies andU u nke woblem5. Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973f 593-26DO FAX: t973f 593-6670 Website: www. sbt.sirrmens.comllis 6/06 SM SFS4G Printed in U.S.A. 200mA Fire safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton. Ontario Canada UST 5E4 Tat: (905) 799-9937 FAX: 1905) 799-9858 June 2006 s .. w.t a...e I= SIEMENS Silent Knight 5128 and 5129 Four Channel Digital Communicator Fire Safety ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • UL 864 Listed. Meets NFPA 72 Chapter 4, for Central Station/Remote Station Monitoring • UL Listed as a Slave Communicator for Connection to System 3TM, SXL-EX', PXL', and MXL Fire Alarm Control Panels • Four Fully Supervised Input Channels • Dual Phone Line Interface and Line Fault Monitoring • Automatic 24 HourTest • Reports in Eight (8) Standard Communication Formats • Local Keypad Programmer/Annunciator (5230) • Remote Programming (Up/Down Loading) • Relay Output for System Alarm orTrouble Conditions • Compact Size Allows Mounting in Most Control Cabinets, also Available in Separate Enclosure (Model 5129) Description & Feature Siemens B u ilding Technologies, Fire Safety Division offers the Silent Knight Models 5128 and 5129 four channel, dual line digital communicators.These "slave" communicators are designed to monitor UL listed fire alarm control panels.The model 5128 is specifically designed and listed to be mounted in the System 31m, SXL-EX. MXL and PXL system enclosures. Power from these fire alarm controls drive the 5128. Programming and troubleshooting time is minimized by user friendly English language messages available with both the Model 5230 local programmer and PC based remote downloading software, Model 5561. Channel Inputs Four supervised, or unsupervised, channel inputs can be configured as either voltage inputs, active high or low inputs, or contact closure inputs.The System 31m, using the CSI-35 module, provides a combination of contact closures and active high voltage input to activate the 5128/29.The SXL-EX, MXL and PXL use a contact closure for each channel. -0 5129 The preset channels are programmed as follows: Channel 1 Alarm (Fire) Channel 2 Trouble (Fire) Channe13 Sprinkler Supervisory Channel Alarm (Undefined) Phone Line Monitors Two phone line circuits detect phone line faults by monitoring their voltages. Reporting of a fault as a trouble condition is delayed by 40-90 seconds; if the condition persists, an audible trouble in the communicator will sound and the trouble reported to the central station.To ensure phone line accessibility the 5128 and 5129 are equipped with line seizure. Test Functions After power -up, the 5128 and 5129 self -test system status. A watchdog circuit on the microprocessor resets the communicator if a failure occurs. Additionally, a 24-hour auto test can be programmed to a central station at a precise time.The installer can also initiate a manual test using the Model 5230 programmer. CATALOG NUMBER 4000 Programming/Downloading The Model5230 LCD keypad programmer can be temporarily connected to program or troubleshoot the communicator on site. English language messages assist in entering data, changing the 24-hour test time and describing conditions currently in effect. A ring detector on the 5128 and 5129 allows one call downloading when used with optional remote programming software and modem Model 5561. AC Monitoring All Fire Safety Fire Alarm Control Panels, as well as the Model 5128 and 5129 communicators. can be programmed to delay transmission of this signal to a central station as required by Underwriters' Laboratories. The System 3"' transmits this signal via an active high output from the Model CSI-35central station interface. Technical Specification Electrical: Input — 24VDC from UL listed fire control panel. Maximum DC Load: Standby — 84mA Alarm — 154mA AC Monitoring Input: AC trouble output from System 3"" CSI-35 module Relay Output: Form Cat 1 A 24 VDC/24 VAC for Alarm orTrouble Indicator Lights: Green LED Power On: Red LED Phone Line Trouble:Yellow LED Input Fault and SystemTrouble Connection: Screw terminals for phone line and relay outputs. Color coded flying leads for control panel inputs Reporting Formats: Communicates via SK 3/1. SK 4/2; SESCOA 3/1: SK FSK (4/2): Radionics BFSK 14 and 23; SIA 8/SIA20 formats Telephone Requirements: FCC registration No. AC6USA-75160-AL-E Ringer Equivalence -0.9B Type of Jack - RJ31 X (two required) Approvals: UL 864 listed by Cerberus Pyrotronics for use with SXL-EX, SXL, IXL. MXL. PXL and System 3"/CSI-35 UL 864 listed: NYMEA and CSFM approved by Silent Knight for Central Station/ Remote Station Monitoring Fire Safer, 8 Fernvrood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Siemens BuildingTechnologies Tel: 1973) 593-2600 9 FAX: (973) 593-6670 Fire Safety Wabsite: v ww.stnairtmen3.corNlis Mechanical Specifications Model 5128 Dimensions: 81/," H x 4 " W x 1'/4" D Enclosure: Vinyl/Acrylic meets UL94VO Color: Black Weight: 2 Lb. Model 5129 Dimensions: 103/8" H x 10'/a"W x 3" D Enclosure: Sheet Metal Cabinet Color: Red Weight: 6 Lb. Accessories: Model5230 Programmer/Annunciator with harness 5561 Downloading software/modem kit 5128 Telephone interface kit — includes RJ-31 X block and cord, 3 ft., with spade connectors Mounting Suggestions A. System 3 — mount in rear of enclosure or on mounting rails B. SXL-EX/PXL — mount on inside front door below viewing window, or left side backbox C. MXL — mount on inside of MHD-2 or MSR-1 rail kit Ordering Information Model Number Description Part Number 5128 Silent Knight 4-Channel. Dual Line Digital Fite Communicator - Internal 500.693213 5129 Silent Knight 4-Channel. Oual tine Digital Fire Commtmi4aler - Remote 500.693214 5230 Ptogiammei/Annunciator with Harness 500-693215 5561 Downloading Sollware/Modem Kit 500.693216 11K-512 telephone Interlace Kit 50g-293218 CSI-35 System 3 Central Station Interface Module 500.892318 Referto Installation Instructions P/N 315-093223 9r02 W SFS1Ca Printed in U.S.A. Fir Safety 2 Keniew Boulevard Brampton, Ontario Canada LIST 5E4 Tel: 19051799-9937 FAX: 1905)799-9858 Septernber 2002 swe..... nrw m.. two SIEMENS Fire Safety HMS Series Intelligent Initiating Devices Manual Fire Alarm Boxes ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS HMS-S and HMS-D Intelligent Manual Fire Alarm Boxes for FireFinder XLS Control Panels • Durable Design • Shock and Vibration Resistant • Pull Down Lever Remains Down Until Reset • Custom Microcomputer ChipTechnology • Dynamic Supervision • Polarity Insensitive with SureWire'"Technology • Reset with Allen Key • No Break Rods Necessary • Two Wire Operation • Surface or Semiflush Installation • DPU Programs and Verifies Device's Address and Tests Device's Functionality • Electronic Address Programming is Easier and More Dependable • Single and Double Action Models Available • UL . Listed. CSFM,'FM and NYMEA Submitted Introduction HMS-S and HMS-D intelligent manual fire alarm boxes provide the markets' most advanced method of address programming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HMS manual fire alarm box incorporates custom microcom- puter chip. The microcomputer chip technology, and its sophisticated bi-directional communication capabilities with the control panel, achieves the state of an "Intelli- gent Initiating Device." Description The HMS-S and HMS-D are constructed of durable molded polycarbonate material which is matte finished in red with raised white lettering. The housing accom- modates a "pull -down" lever which, when operated, locks in position indicating the manual fire alarm box has been activated. The pull down lever remains down and locked until the manual fire alarm box is reset. The manual fire alarm box is reset only by opening the hinged housing cover.with an'alfen key and then closing and locking the cover. HMS-S Single -Action Station HMS-D Dual -Action Station The HMS-S and HMS-D manual fire alarm boxes operate with FireFinder XLS Series control panels. The manual fire alarm box's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information as well as important operating status information. Siemens BuildingTechnologies Inc.. Fire Safety Division innovative technology also allows all HMS Series Intelligent manual fire alarm boxes to be pro- grammed by using the Model DPU Programmer/ Tester. The Programmer/Tester is a compact, portable, menu driven accessory which makes programming and testing a manual fire alarm box device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The DPU eliminates the need for the device's mechanical addressing mechanisms, such as program jumpers, dipswitches or rotary dials because the DPU electroni- cally sets the manual fire alarm box's address into. its microcomputer chip, nonvolatile memory. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions which deteriorate mechani- cal addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. CATALOG NUMBER 6306 The HMS-S and HMS-D are fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit. They can be either surface or semiflush mounted. The HMS Series manual fire alarm boxes derive their power, communicate information and receive commands over a single pair of wires. The HMS Series is compatible on the same circuit with all H Series detectors, interfaces or addressable conventional zone modules. Mounting Data Ordering Information Shipping Weight Part Model Description Lbs.. kg. Number HMS-S Addressable Manual Fire 2.0 .90 500-033200 Alarm Box Single Action HMS-O Addressable Manual Fire 2.5 1.13 500-033400 Alarm Box. Double Action SB-SR Surface Mounting Boa 1.5 .68 310-019860 LTP ResetTool Package .5 .23 500-fi20490 IContains 2loolsI HOUSING iq 4 in HINGED To NAMEPLATE SB•SR BACKPLATE�- / SI'h in 1.Y16in ` � 0 Y O HOUSINGy J ®' 0 in 3'f2inDEEP 0 SWITCH BOX LOCKING 0 1 (USER SUPPLIED) SCREW BACKPLATE \ \J SURFACE MOUNTING ENCLOSURE / Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby): 1.5mA NOTICE: The use of Meer thin Fie Safety detect", and W. vout Fie Safety ewgylMnl M1 Its caruidere0 a mialwykat it of Fee Mary enui"rgnt and as Such void all warranties airs" ex"essed" imobod Wta taped to Iota, damage, kttli Iles arW" serWce "aalams. Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety File Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park. NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: 1973) 593-6670 Websile: yvww.3bt.3iemen3.c01Mi3 8105 9M SFS4G Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenyiew Bouleyard Brampton, Ontario Canada LOT SE4 Tat: 1905) 799-9937 FAX: 1905) 799-9858 August 2005 Swr..a...N.. ml.a 1N3 Protective Cover To Help Stop Malicious and Accidental False Fire Alarms This unique and patented device has been helping stop false fire alarms around the world for more than 20 years, without restricting legitimate alarms. It offers excellent protection against physical damage (both accidental and intentional), dust and grime as well as severe environments inside and out. It is ideal for schools, colleges, hospitals, nursing homes, stores, hotels and public buildings of almost every kind where there is a threat of false fire alarms. How It Works Stopper II consists of a clear, tamperproof, super tough polycarbonate shield and frame that fits over manual pull stations. When lifted to gain access to the actual alarm, it sounds a piercing self-contained 95 dB or 105 dB warning horn (at one foot). Immediate attention is drawn to the area and a prankster will either run or be caught. The cover is connected to the frame by a cable. When the cover is lifted, it drops off of the frame and a horn will sound (models with horn). Alarm will sound until the cover is snapped back onto the frame or for the life of the battery. Proven effective for more than a decade in helping stop false fire alarms without restricting legitimate alarms. Lifetime guarantee against breakage of polycarbonate housing in normal use (one year on electronic components). Can be used as a guard against physical damage to a manual pull station, with or without the optional warning horn. Cover is UV stabilized against sun deterioration. Optional horn has choice of 95 dB or 105 dB at one foot. • Red units have "In Case of Fire..." label unless specified no label or custom label (charge for custom label). • Horn housing available in red, blue, green or yellow with custom labeling. • UL/cUL Listed (also for custom labeling). LIFT HERE S1F1100 �Q� IM ADA BSA NEMA 3R f� ) Larger sizes and surface mounted pull stations accommodated with STI-3100 conduit spacer. Polycarbonate tested to -40'F (-40'C) to 12O7 (49-C). Weather resistant gaskets available. When covering a pull station outside, UL requires stations to be listed for outdoor use. Power source is 9 VDC alkaline battery on standard Stopper II (remote powered unit is available). Not just for pull stations, this cover can also help protect other devices such as EPO's, call boxes, telephones and emergency shutdowns just by changing the color and messaging. Fits virtually all manual pull stations indoors or out. With backplate and gaskets, UL Listed to NEMA 3R Standards (IP 14 Rating). Affi® Safety Technology International, Inc. Safety Technology International (Europe) Ltd. WP2306 Airport Road • Waterford, Michigan 48327-1209 Unit 3 Olton Wharf • Richmond Road • Olton Phone: 248-673.9898 • Fax: 248-673-1246 Solihull • B92 7RN • England • Telephone: 44 (0) 121 707 2999 Toll Free: 800-888-4STI • E-Mail: info@sti-usa.com Facsimile: 44 (0) 121 707 8999 • E-mail: info@sti-europe.com Web: www.sti-usa.com Web: www.sti-europe.com _ STI-1100� With horn lop flush mounting. STI-1100RC' With horn for flush mounted appliances includes relay contacts capable of operating from 9-24 VOC remote power of internal 9VDC battery power. STI-1130 with horn and conduit spacer lot surfa(e mounting. STI-113CRC' Surface mounted version of the SIP100RC includes conduit spacer. STI.1200 without horn for flush mounting. STI-1230 Without horn, shipped with conduit spacer for — _ surface mounting. Outdoor Use: All outdoor units include necessary gaskets. ' STI-1150 Outdoor with horn lot flush mounting. STI-11SORC' with horn lot flush mounted appliances includes . relay contacts capable of operating from 9.24 VOC remote power or internal 9VDC battery _ power and includes weather gasket. ' STI-1155 Surface mounted version of the Sl1-1150. STI-115SRCA Surface mounted version of the S11-1150RC includes conduit sparer. ., STI.1250 without horn for flush mount. STI-3150 Without horn for surface mount exposed conduit applications. STI-3100 2"conduit spacer with 1/2" conduit entry (no j1 gaskets included). STI-3104 2" conduit spacer with 3/4" conduit entry (includes 1 3/4" conduit entry gasket). STI-1102 Replacement horn lot cover with alarm. Custom-LBL Custom text message for horn housing. .Sto per' II is intended to be used in areas where the incidence of Pa Ise fire alarms from manual pull stations is high of has proven to be a serious problem. Any disadvantage of this device is more than balanced when one considers the consequences of false life alarms, especially it lire service personnel and equipment are responding to a false lire alarm when they are needed lot a real fire somewhere else. Add to this the disruption to the facility when false alarms occur. II you have, or may have, a problem with false life alarms of physical/weathe( damage to your fire alarm activation devices, the Stopper II could prove invaluable. 'WARNING: © For RC models: ul Listing does not permit relay contacts to connect to the lire claim of a life safety (unction. the 1 Power Supply for homs, according to UL listing, cannot be connected to a UL Listed Fire Alarm Svslem. TESTING It has been tested and approved or listed by: Underwriter Laboratories S2466 Factory Mutual No. OG6A2.AY (STI-1100 only) State of California (obtain local fire marshal approval) NEMA 3R and IP 14 Rating (only'fdr Stopper II models with backplate and gaskets) New York City Board of Standards No. 947-81-SA ADA Compliant (UL certified S2466) PATENTS United Stales No. 4267549, Canada No. 1147828Z HORN HOUSIN6 (OVER �` S.S in.(14pmm) 1 3.21N.(61mm) 6.26x(15emm) SPACIR 0.5 ln.(216mm) 21n.(s lmm) SIDE VIEW MODELS WITH HORN (STI.1100 Series) (OVER 6.Sin.(165mm) 1 3.2 M.(eI lmm) 7.0 IN.117Nnm) SPA(IR IISin.(216mm) 2In(Slmm) SIDE VIEW MODELS WITHOUT HORN (STI-1200 AND STI-3150 Series) (OVER 1 h126mm) l.2 o.lelmm) S In.IR)mm) I PAID? T11y SS In.n ROmm) 2hlStmm) ALL ® sit 3"3 wsxn (1/21n. (ONNUIn snJOW WSrtn (3/A hCONDUIT) (MIR, (3) PROMOTE,• S10 /IW(1U DCI R/ntl X SUA(( NCrWI UNITS SIA[I4 S1PIIe0 eA(xPUli' IOUVIRV m '114n:Sn S UEIN67HE sNIFFON WEATHERUNITS ON WHIM MOUNTEDOft AN UMNpUA SUS-315 6111,01 six]0Wu1HIR 6AOti1 100W[AIxfR (PURE, (UST TIVO WITH SPA(IR) NINON In usw. O Hp. 11XYS,X 17, FORD, Vz-01 In ® . END VIEW Sm11R0s "An SIEMENS Fire Safety HFP-11 FireFinder" Detector Intelligent Fire Detector for FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Control Panels ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS Model HFP-11 • Most Sophisticated "Detector Intelligence" available today • Multi -Criteria fire detection for the price of a photoelectric detector • FirePrintl Technology to discriminate between deceptive phenomena and an actual fire • Easily programmed to match specific hazard profiles from the control panel • Polarity Insensitive with SureWirel Technology • Pre -Alarm reporting based on fire profile selected • Remote sensitivity measurement capability • System logic activation based on any of three inputs from detector (smoke, heat or neural network) • Detectors are self -testing, completing diagnostics every 4 seconds • Field cleanable chamber with replaceable chamber parts available • Multi -color detector status LED • Two -wire operation • Compatible Model DPU field device programmer/tester unit • Supports software based automatic environmental compensation • Optional fully programmable relay base, audible base, and duct housing U� ULC Listed, CSFM, FM, NYMEAApproved Introduction The Siemens Building Technologies, Fire Safety Divi- sion HFP-11 Intelligent Fire Detector provides the life safety industry with the most highly evolved detection system available today. The HFP-11 utilizes advanced detection technology that allows the detector to distinguish non -threatening deceptive phenomena, such as cigarette smoke, from actual fire hazards, while optimizing detection for the area in which it is installed. No other detection system available today offers a higher level of protection or nuisance alarm immunity. The HFP-11 uses state-of-the-art micropro- cessor circuitry with error check, detector self -diagnos- tics and supervision programs. j The HFP-11 intelligent fire detector is compatible with the Fire Safety Model DPU field device programmer/ tester unit, which is a compact, portable, menu -driven accessory for electronically programming and testing detectors, easily and reliably. The DPU eliminates the need for cumbersome, unreliable mechanical program- ming methods, such as dials or switches and reduces installation and service costs by electronically pro- gramming and testing the detector prior to installation. The HFP-11 fire detector is compatible with the Fire Finder XLS series of control panels. CATALOG NUMBER 6301 Description The HFP-11 is a plug-in, two -wire. multi -sensor detector with both photoelectric and thermal inputs and is compat- ible with Fire Finder XLS and FS-250 series of control panel systems. Each detector consists of, a dust resis- tant, field -cleanable photoelectric chamber, a solid state non -mechanical thermal sensor, and microprocessor based electronics with a low -profile plastic housing.The HFP-11 utilizes stateof-the-artASIC circuitry and surface mount technology for maximum reliability. Every HFP-i t fire detector is shipped with a protective dust cover.The HFP-11 fire detector utilizes an infrared light emitting diode (IRLED). and light sensing photodiode. Under normal conditions, light transmitted by the LED is directed away from the photodiode and scattered through the smoke chamber in a controlled pattern.The smoke chamber is designed to manage light dissipation and extraneous reflections from dust particles or other non - smoke airborne contaminants in such a way as to main- tain stable, consistent detector operation. When smoke enters the detector chamber, light emitted from the IRLED is scattered by the smoke particles and is received by the photodiode. The HFP-11 also utilizes a modern, accurate, shock - resistant thermistor to sense temperature changes. The "on -board" FirePrint technology allows the detec- tor to gather smoke and thermal data, and to analyze this information in the detector's "neural network"' By comparing data received with the common characteris- tics of fires, or fire fingerprints, the HFP-11 can com- pare these "Fire Prints" to those of deceptive phe- nomena that cause other detectors to false alarm. The advanced FirePrint technology allows the HFP-11 to accurately determine a true fire hazard from a non- threatening deceptive phenomena WITHOUT needing to use alarm delaying verification and confirmation techniques. which can increase the probability of losses due to fire. The HFP-11 provides the highest level of detector intelligence available today with a detector/control panel link that allows the user to program the detector for the specific hazard profile using a simple software menu selection. Detectors are optimized by selecting one of the following eleven applications: • Office/Retail • Lobby • Computer Room • Dormitory • Healthcare • Parking Garage • UtilitylTransformer Room • Hostile Environment • Precious Storage • Air Duct • Warehouse/Light Manufacturing The software does the rest; no guessing on detector sensitivities or alarm verification; the control panel. programs the HFP-11 detector for the protected area without hassle and without confirmation delays. Once optimized for the hazards in the protected area, the HFP-,11 provides the best detection you can buy. Should the operator or installer forget to program the detector, the HFP-11 will revert to a default setting that allows it to operate as an office environment detector. The HFP-11's FirePrint technology monitors input from both the photo chamber and the thermal sensor, evaluating this information with sophisticated math- ematical formulas, oralgorithms, comparing .this input to characteristics of both threatening fires and decep- tive phenomena that would "fool" any ordinary detec- tor. This technology was developed over years of research and reviewing the results of over 20 years of fire test data in one of the world's most advanced fire research centers. The results of this research are the mathematical models that form the algorithms used in FirePrint. No other fire detector has this level of intelligence or this amount of research and development supporting it's design. The microprocessor's software can identify and disregard false input caused by radio frequency (RFI) and electromagnetic (EMI) interference, and validates all trouble conditions before annunciating or reporting to the control panel. The HFP-11 detector's microprocessor uses an integral EEPROM to store the detector's address and other critical operating param- eters which include the assigned program values for alarm and trouble thresholds. Communications within the detector itself and be- tween the HFP-11 and the.control panel, or with the DPU field device programmer/tester unit. are super- vised and safe -guarded against disruption by reliable. microprocessor based error checking routines. Addi- tionally, the micro -processor supervises all EEPROM memory locations and provides a high degree of EEPROM failure fault tolerance. The HFP-11 determines its operating status to be - normal, in alarm, or in trouble depending on the difference between the alarm threshold values stored in the detector's memory and the detector's latest analog measurement. The detector then communicates changes in its status to the control panel. In addition, the FireFinder XLS control panel will sample the value of the HFP-it's analog signal over a period of time in order to determine if those values indicate excessive buildup in the photo chamber: if so, the FireFinder XLS control panel will indicate that the particular detector requires maintenance. The HFP-11 is listed as a self -testing device.The HFP-11's visible light emitting diode (LED) flashes green every 4 seconds to indicate it is communicating with the control panel and that it has passed its internal self -test. Should the detector sense a fault or failure within its systems. the LED will flash amber and the detector will transmit that information to the control panel. A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of the detector at any time. If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the Fire Finder XLS panel indicating the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. When the HFP-11 moves to the alarm mode, it will flash red and to continue flashing until the system is reset at the control panel. At that same time, any user defined system alarm functions programmed into the system are activated. Detector sensitivity, calibration, and identification are dynamically supervised by the control panel. Detector sensitivity and pre -alarm levels are a function of the application chosen at the control panel and are controlled by the panel. If an alternate, non.FirePrint mode is selected, then the sensitivity can be changed from the control panel. The DPU Device Program/Test Unit accessory is used to program and verify the detector's address.The technician selects the accessory's program mode to enter the desired address. The DPU automatically sets and verifies the address and tests the detector. The DPU operates on AC power or rechargeable batteries, providing flexibility and convenience in programming and testing equipment almost anywhere. When in the test mode, the DPU will perform a series of diagnostic tests without altering the address or other stored data, allowing technicians to determine if the detector is operating properly. The HFP-11 fire detector may be installed on the same initiating circuit with HMS series manual stations, HTRI series interfaces. HCP output control devices, or HZM series of addressable, conventional zone modules. All HFP-11 detectors can be cleaned in the field, when required, by simply removing the detector cover and unsnapping the photo chamber. There is also the option of cleaning the interior of the detector with a clean, soft cloth or brush, or replacing the labyrinth and bug screen included in the detector maintenance kit, model DMK-11. The HFP-11 uses the low -profile surface mounting base- model DB-11. This base mounts on a 4-inch octagon, square, or a single gang electrical box. The base utilizes screw clamp contacts for electrical connections and self -wiping contacts for increased reliability. The base can be used with the optional LK-11 detector locking kit which contains 50 detector locks and an installation tool, to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head. The DB-11 base has integral decorative plugs to cover the outer mounting --- screw holes. All HFP-11 detectors are approved for operation within the UL specified temperature range of 32 to 100 degrees F (0 to 38 degrees Q. Application Data Installation of the HFP-11 series of fire detectors requires a two -wire circuit. In many retrofit cases. existing wiring may be used. "T-tapping" is permitted only for Style 4 (Class B) wiring. The HFP-11 is polarity insensitive. This feature can greatly reduce installation an debugging time. HFP-11 fire detectors can be applied within the maximum 30 foot center spacing (900 sq. ft. areas) as referenced in NFPA 72.This applications guideline is based on ideal conditions. specifically, smooth ceiling surfaces. minimal air movement, and no physical obstructions between potential fire sources and the detector. Do not mount detectors in close proximity to ventilation or heating and air conditioning outlets. Exposed joints or beamed ceilings may also affect safe spacing limitations for detectors. Should questions arise regarding detector placement, observe NFPA 72 guidelines. Good fire protection system engineering and common sense dictate how and when fire detectors are installed and used. Contact your local Fire Safety distributor or sales office whenever you need assistance applying FirePrint in unusual applications. Be sure to follow NFPA guidelines and UUULC approved installation instructions, which are included with every Fire Safety detector, and local codes as for all fire protection equipment. Dimensions Technical Specifications Operating Temperature: +32eF (OaC) to 100eF (380C) per UL 268/268A Humidity: 0-93% Relative Humidity Non -Condensing Maximum spacing: 30 foot centers (900 sq. ft.) per NFPA 72 Chapter 5 and CAN/ULC-S524 Model Descriptlon Part Number HFPII Addressable NtPrim Fire Oetevor 500-onm 05-11 Oclxox Motoring Buse for series It 500-W151 DD-IIC octeaer ease lsn.el0 500-09151C AD.IIP Air Ouct Housin fur $arks II 500.OKA-0 ANIR A4 Duct Housirq vnASIU Iv "-Series Inicligr:nl Dctecler 500-033260 OD-IIR R cia'i Bose I;n II•$ctius hruilige:e Ocicclors 500.0.BTio idible base 500-033210 eroute Iredl afarm irdiuno: C ocl on bux mum 5D0.wm Air emote 1.01 alarm irdralor- single ana box mount 5004MID ase Lad:ine 15t for Series II detectors 500-GEIM viez n dAair.: I;b Ireplacenlrt lehyrinlh and btrO u smwi 500.6151n8 In Canada Order. HFRI IC Addressebk Fire Nm Fire 13cemi WIC) 530-051121 OB-11C pewicr r toumino Base {et Series 111ULCI . 500-09y..a2 AD-1IPC A:r Dun Housino(ULCi 500-OWe. OB-HRC Relay Bose far Series H Imelligenl Detectors (ULCI sO1F11337DC ADBH.11C Audible Base in, Series ll lnlebigeni Delecrot(ULCI 500-MIRC SIEMENS Fire Safety HFPT-11 Intelligent Thermal Detector For FireFinder XLST" and FS-250 Fire Alarm Control Panel ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS HFPT-11 • Microprocessor Based Design • Rate of Rise and Fixed Temperature • InnovativeTechnology Provides High Speed, Fault Tolerant System/Detector Communications • Multi -Color Detector Status LED • Polarity Insensitive Utilizing SureWire'" Technology • Detectors are Self -Testing. Complete Diagnostics Every 4 Seconds • Two -Wire Operation • gpatible with DPU Device Programmer/Tester Unit ULC Listed, CSFM, FM, NYMEA Approved Introduction The HFPT-11 intelligent thermal detectors provide an advanced method of detection, address programming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication.The HFPT-11 detector uses a state-of-the- art thermistor providing 135•F fixed temperature and 150 per minute rate -of -rise alarm points.The user also has the option of disabling the rate -of -rise feature leaving just a fixed temperature sensor. The HFPT-11 intelligent thermal detector is compatible with the Device Program/Test Unit (DPU). The DPU is a compact, portable, menu -driven accessory which makes programming and testing detectors faster, easier and more reliable than other methods. The DPU eliminates the need for cumbersome, unreliable mechanical programming methods and reduces installation and service costs by electronically pro- gramming addresses and functionally testing the HFPT-11's performance before the detector is installed. The HFPT-11 thermal detector operates with the FireFinder XLS and FS-250 families of control panels. The HFPT-11 intelligent thermal detector is Underwriters Laboratory and Underwriters Laboratory of Canada listed. Description The HFPT-11 is a plug-in, two -wire thermal detector, compat- ible with FireFinder XLS and FS-250 families of control panels. Each FPT-11 has microcomputer chip technology and highly stable solid state electronic circuitry. The FPT-11 utilizes a modern, accurate, shock -resistant thermistor to sense temperature changes. This elec- tronic sensing method virtually eliminates thermal lag associated with mechanical temperature sensing devices and provides almost instantaneous tempera- ture information to the control panel. The HFPT-11, in its default mode, is a combination 1350F fixed tempera- ture and 15• per minute, rate -of -rise detector. It can be programmed from the control panel as a fixed temperature detector without rate -of -rise, at the users option. The HFPT-11 detector's microprocessor uses an integral EEPROM to store the detector's address. Communications within the detector itself and be- tween the HFPT-11 and the control panel, or with the DPU, are supervised and safeguarded against disrup- tion by reliable, microprocessor based error checking routines. Additionally, the microprocessor supervises all EEPROM memory locations and provides a high degree of EEPROM failure fault tolerance. The HFPT-11 is listed as a self -testing device. The HFPT-11's visible light emitting diode (LED) flashes green every 4 seconds to indicate it is communicating with the control panel and that it has passed its internal self -test. Should the detector sense a fault CATALOG NUMBER 6302 or failure within its systems, the LED will flash amber and the detector will transmit that information to the control panel. A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of the detector at any time. If more detailed information is required- a printed report can be provided from the FireFinder XLS panel indicating the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. When the HFPT-11 moves to the alarm mode, it will flash red and continue flashing until the control panel is reset. At that same time, any user defined system alarm functions programmed into the system are activated. A Device Program/Test Unit (DPU) is used to program and verify the detector's address. The user selects the Program Mode to enter the desired address. The DPU Programmer/Tester then automatically sets and verifies the address as well as tests the detector. The DPU has rechargeable batteries, so a detector's address can be programmed by the user from the most convenient location. The user can also separately test the detector for functionality. When the user selects the Test Mode, a series of tests are automati- cally conducted and the user is informed whether the detector has passed or failed. The HFPT-11 detector is compatible on the same FireFinder XLS or FS-250 initiating circuit with other H Series detectors, HMS manual stations. HTRI Series addressable interfaces, or HZM Series addressable conventional zone modules. The HFPT- 11 detectors use a surface mounting base. Model DB-11, which mounts on a 4-inch octagonal, square or single gang electrical box. Relay base Model DB-HR mounts to a 4-inch square deep electrical box. Audible base Model ADBH-11 also mounts to a 4-inch square deep electrical box. The DB-11, and the DB-HR and ADBH-11 use screw - clamp terminals for all electrical connections and self -wiping contacts for reliability. The bases also contain a provision for an optional concealed locking mechanism to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head, Model LK-11. Application Data The FireFinder XLS and FS-250 control panels use loop circuits with each circuit capable of supporting up to 252 HFPT-11 intelligent detectors. Locate the HFPT-11 on the ceiling, at least 4 inches from the side walls. For an ideal, smooth ceiling condition- place the detectors at a maximum center spacing of 50 feet (2500 square feet). 25 feet from side walls or room partitions. Actual job conditions and sound engineering judgement must determine detector spacing. Consider environmen- tal factors including ambient temperature fluctuation, and the nature of the fire hazard. Room or area configuration and ceiling type (sloped or flat, smooth or beamed) also dictates placement. Should questions arise regarding detector placement, follow the drawing provided and/or approved by Siemens Fire Safety or by its authorized distributors. This is extremely important! The detector placements shown on these drawings were chosen after a careful evaluation of the area being protected. Extensive experience in design of the system assures the best detector placement by following these drawings. Technical Specifications Operative Temperatures: +32eF (0eC) to 100OF (3800 Humidity: 0-93% Relative Humidity Non-condensating Maximum Spacing: 50 Foot Centers (2500 Square Feet) Current Draw: 1 mA in alarm or supervisory mode Ordering Information Model Description Part Number HFPT-11 Addressable Thermal Fire Detector 500-033380 06-11 Detector Mounting Base 500-094151 DB-HR Relay Base 500-033220 ADBH-11 Audible Base 500-033210 RL-HC Remote (red) alarm indicator-oclogan box mount 500-033230 RL-HW ' Remote Ired) alarm indicator -single gang box mount 500-033310 LK-11 Base Locking Kit for Series 11 detectors 500-695350 In Canada Order: ADBH-11C Audible Base (ULC) 500.033210C HFPT-11C Addressable Thermal Fire Detector (ULQ 500-033390C DB-11C Detector Mounting Base (ULC) 500-095687 DB-HR-C Relay Base(ULC) 500.033220C Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenyiew 8oulewrd Florham Park, NJ 07932 IV04 Brampton. Ontario Siemens BuildingTechnologies Fire Safety Tel 1973) 593-2600 FAX: (973) 593-6670 Webaite: www.sbt.aiemensxonv`C3 lom SFSIG Printed in U.S.A. Canada L6T SE4 Tat: 1905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 December 2000 sw«..e.. ~ "" wr2 SIEMENS Air Duct Housings-AD2 Series ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • For Series 11 Detectors • Relay Models Available • Design for Air Velocity Range of 100 r to 4000 fpm • Alarm LED Visible From Front • Clear Housing Cover for Quick Identification of DetectorType Removable With Only Four Captive Screws •& UL Listed Introduction The Siemens BuildingTechnologies, Fire Safety Division air duct detector housings are designed to be used with the 11-Series detectors. Designed for installation directly to heating, ventilating and air conditioning duct systems, they comply with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 90A. When equipped with photoelectric detectors, these units will signal the presence of hazard- ous quantities of products of combustion or smoke being carried through the duct system. Air duct detectors are not intended to be substituted for open area detection. Air duct housings can be equipped with optional relays. These relays are utilized to operate any supplementary equipment when smoke or particles of combustion are detected. Note: Most conventional time control equipment guaran- tee only one detector per zone when the detector oper- ated relay function is critical.The connection of a remote lamp and a remote relay per detector is allowed with PXL or System 3'" only, other conventional systems may use either a remote lamp or a relay. With the MXL series of control panels, up to 60 detectors per circuit having relays may be used.The connection of a remote lamp or a remote relay is allowed for each detector but not both. With the FireFinder XLS series of control panels, up to 252 detectors per circuit having relays may be used. The Connection of an intelligent remote lamp and a remote Relay (ILED), is also allowed. Fire Safety Air duct housings (see Ordering Information) are Under- writers Laboratories, Inc. listed. Description The Fire Safety air duct housing is uniquely designed to use the photoelectric detector. Sensitivity of PE-11 detectors can be checked by viewing the LED or an RSAW-11 or RSAC-11 multicolor remote lamp. A green flash indicates the detector has passed its self test. Amber indicates a trouble condition, and red indicates an alarm state. HFP-11,HFPO-11 and FP-11 sensitivity may be viewed from the multicolor LED on the detector or preferably may be printed by command on an optional printer from the MXL control panel. The detector unit employs a cross -sectional sampling principle of operation. Inlet sampling tubes are available in four lengths (see table on reverse side). Outlet sampling tubes are one common length. A continuous cross - sectional sample of air moving through the duct stratifica- tion or skin effect phenomena occurring in the duct that could prevent combustion product or smoke (especially in large ducts) from reaching a spot type detector. In addition, the unique design of the sampling chamber insures uniform sensitivity in air velocities, ranging from a low of 100 feet per minute to as high as 4000 feet per minute. The housing comes with two'h" conduit CATALOG NUMBER 6185 knockouts and one th"conduit opening for a number of 3 wiring entry ports. The inlet sampling tube length is determined by the width of the air duct being prolected.The inlet tube nearest to but greater than the duct width should be used (see table).The inlet tube can then be trimmed at the job site to the exact width of the duct.The outlet sampling tube for all ducts, irrespective of width, has a fixed length of approximately 5.5 inches and is supplied with the duct housing. When the use of a remote relay is required, order model AD2-PR for conventional systems: AD2-XHR for address- able systems. When required the WP-2000 weatherproof enclosure for Duct Housing is available. For full details, refer to installation instructions part number 315-049768. Sampling Tube Selection Table Duct Width Sampling Tube Modal No. For duct widths 6' to I' ST-10 For duct widths over l'to 3' ST-25 For duct widths over T to 5' (requires support) ST-50 For duct widths over 5'to 10' (requires support) ST-100 Maintenance of the detector is easily accomplished by the removal of the Series 11 duct housing sampling chamber cover.The detector, which plugs into the hous- ing, is easily removed for cleaning by a trained technician. All that is necessary for installation of the air duct detector is the cutting of three small holes for the sampling tube installation (template included) and the drilling of four holes for mounting the air duct housing.The unit is then easily mounted in place and connection made to the existing wires or terminals if optional accessories are utilized. ST-50 and ST-100 require support. ST-100 is shipped in two five foot pieces with a coupling for field assembly. Technical Data Temperature Range Altitude Range Relative Humidity Air Duct Velocity Range SamplingTube Pressure Range of Differences 320F(00Q-100OF(380C) Nd Altitude Limitations 10-85% (non-condens ing/non-freezing) 100- 4000 FVMin. Greater than 0.01 amps less than 1.2 inches of water column Note to Architect: When building codes regulate the location of detectors within ventilating systems, make sure that the number and locations of detectors is in accordance with the code regulations. Order Information Model Description Part Number A02-P Au Duct Housing for use with FP-11, HFRI I. HFPO-11, PE-11 500-649706 A02-PR Air Duct Housing lot use with PE-11 with relay 500-649707 AD2-XHR Air Duct Housing for use with FRI I. HFRI1, HFPO.11, with relay 500 649708 ST-10 Sampling Tube lot Ducts 6' to 1' 500.649710 Sampling Tube for Ducts over 1' to 3' 500-649711 V5 0 Sampling Tube for Ducts over 3to 5' 500.649712 ST.100 Sampling Tube to, Ducts over 5' t0 10' S00.649713 Product Includes One Short Return (outlet)Tube One Stopper Two k12 + 3/a" Sheet Metal Screws MountingTemplate Note: Detector and sampling tube to be purchased separately Note: Minimum hardware required is one Air Duct Housing Assembly, one Sampling Tube and one Detector. NOTICE: The use of other than Fire Safety detectors and bases with Fin Safety equipment will be considered a misapplication of Fire Safety equipment and as such voice all warranties either expressed or implied in regard to loss. dYmage. liabilities and/or service problems Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview, Boulevard Florham Park. NJ 07932 4/06 Brampton. Ontario Siemens Building Technologies Tel (973) 593-2600 g glea FAX: (973) 593-6670 Fire Safety Website: www.sbl.siamens.comlfis Sul SFS4G Printed in U.S.A. Canada LET 5E4 Tel: 1905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 Apr112006 Now ISW� SIEMENS HTRI Series Fire Safety FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Intelligent Initiating Devices Interface Modules ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS Intelligent Interface Modules for FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels HTRI-S, HTRI-D, HTRI-R • Interfaces and Supervises Normally Open or Normally Closed Contacts • Integral SPDT Relay (up to 4 amps) on HTRI-R Model • Dual Input on HTRI-D Model using a single address • Polarity Insensitive with SureWire" Technology • Multicolor L.E.D. indicates status (green, amber, red) • Easy front access to programming port and wiring terminals • Mounts 4 inch square 2'/4 deep box, or double gang box • Dynamic Supervision • Comes with 5x5 inch faceplate • Two wire operation • DPU Device Program/Test Unit programs and Verifies Device's Address and Tests Devices functionality • Electronic Address Programming is Easy and Dependable • ULC Listed �L CFSM, FM, NYMEA Approved Introduction The HTRI Series Intelligent interface modules are de- signed to provide the means of interfacing direct shorting devices to the FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Fire Alarm Control Panel loop circuit. The HTRI Series Intelligent interface modules provide the market's most advanced method of address programming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HTRI Series interface module incorporates a microcomputer chip. The HTRI Series microcomputer chip technology and its sophisticated bidirectional communication capabilities with the control panel, achieve the state of an "Intelligence Device.' Description The HTRI Series intelligent interface modules are available in three models. The HTRI-S and HTRI-R are designed to monitor a normally open or closed dry contact. The interface module reports the contact's status to the control panel. The HTRI-S model can only monitor and report the status of the contact, while the HTRI-R incorporates an addressable Form C relay. The HTRI-R relay and contact device input are controlled at the same address. For the control panel system, the relay and input contact can be controlled as a separate function. The relay is typically used where control or shunting of external equipment is required. The HTRI-D is a dual input module and is designed to supervise and monitor two sets of dry contacts. The Dual Input Module only requires one address but re- sponds independently to each input. The HTRI-D is ideal for monitoring a water flow switch and its respective valve tamper switch. The HTRI has a multicolor Light Emitting Diode that flashes green when operating normally, amber if unit is in trouble condition, and red to indicate a change of state. The HTRI-D flashes twice, once for each ad- dress, the HTRI-R red L.E.D. indicates a change of state in the relay. CATALOG NUMBER 630 The device's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information as well as important operating status information. Siemens BuildingTechnologies, Inc., Fire Safety Division innovative technology allows all HTRI Series intelligent interface modules to be programmed by using the DPU Device Programming/Test Unit. The DPU is a compact,. portable, menu driven accessory that makes program- ming and testing an interface device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The DPU eliminates the need for mechanical addressing macho, nisms, such as program jumpers. DIP switches or rotary dials, because the DPU electronically sets the HTRI interface's address into the interface's microcomputer chip nonvolatile memory. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions that deteriorate mechanical addressing mecha- nisms are no longer a cause for concern. The HTRI Series is fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit. The HTRI Series is fully compatible on the same FireFinder XLS and FS-250 circuits with all intelligent H Series detectors, HMS Series addressable manual stations or any other addressable intelligent modules, such as the HZM or HCP All HTRI Series intelligent interface modules are UL listed. Environmental operating conditions for all HTRI Series modules are 32*F (OC) to 120OF (490C) with a relative humidity of not greater than 93% non-condensating. Ordering Information Model Description Shipping Wt. Lb. Kg. Part Number HTRI-S Single Input 7 oz. 2 500-033370 HTRI-R Single Input w/Relay 7 oz. 2 500-033300 HTRI-D DuaIInput 7 oz. 2 500-033360 Mounting Data Addressable Interface Model HTRI-S. HTRI-D, HTRI-R mounts directly into a 4 inch square 2 ''14 deep box or a double gang box (user supplied). A 5 inch square off-white faceplate is included with each HTRI. MOUN I ING SLOIS _ FOR 4 INCH - SWITCHBOX MOUNTING SLOTS FOR DOUBLEGANG SWITCHBOX Figure A Mounting the HTRI-S/-D/-R Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby): 1 mA HTRI-R Relay Ratings Resistive: 4A, 125VAC 4A,30VDC Inductive: 3.5A, 120 VAC (0.6P.F) 3.0A, 30 VDC (0.6PF.) 2.OA, 120VAC (OAP.F) 2.OA, 120 VAC (0.35PF.) 2.OA, 30VDC (0.35P.F.) NOTICE: The use or of, Inet Fie Salety 0et.t., and nose, w Ifr Fite Salety "Ooroom vsr pe Consi0ere0 a misapplication of Fie Solely aouipment end as su[h rvid NI warwties either toWessed or implied with repaid to lose. damape. liabilities &Wo; service Problems. Fire Safety Fire Safely 8 Femvvod Road 2 Kenview Boulevard Florham Park, NJ 07932 12/04 Brampton. Ontario Siemens BuildingTechnologies Tel: (973) 593-2600 g 5M Canada L6T 5E4 FAX: (973) 593-6670 SFSIG Tel: (905) 799-9937 Fire Safety Websits: www.3bt.siemens.com/fis Printed in U.S.A. FAX: (905) 799-9858 IITRIS1 DaR MODULE OUNTING DLES FOR NITCHPI_.4T F December 2004 S"Po' es. 1 MIN IW SIEMENS Fire Safety HTRI-M Intelligent Device Interface Module For Use With the FireFinder-XLS Control Panel ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS Intelligent Interface Modules For FireFinderT"° XLS Control Panels • Interfaces and Supervises Normally Open (Fire Detection) or Normally Closed Contacts (Security Detection) • Compact Size Allows Mounting in Single Gang Box Behind Equipment • Polarity Insensitive with SureWirel Technology • Operates with FireFinder XLS DLC Circuit • InnovativeTechnology Supports Comprehensive System and Interface Communication • Dynamic Supervision • Two Wire Operation • DPU Device Program/Test Unit Electronically Programs and Verifies Device's Address anclTests Device's Functionality U LC Listed • �� CSFM, FM and NYMEA Pending Introduction The HTRI-M Intelligent interface module is designed to provide the means of interfacing direct shorting devices to the FireFinder XLS system's DLC loop circuit. The HTRI-M Intelligent interface module provides the market's most advanced method of address program- ming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HTRI-M interface module incorporates microcomputer chip technology and its sophisticated bi-directional communication capabilities with the control panel. Description The HTRI-M is designed to monitor a normally open or closed dry contact and reports the contact's status to the control panel. The device's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information as well as important operating status information. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.,Fire Safety Division innovative technology allows all HTRI-M intelligent interface modules to be programmed by using the DPU Device Programlfest Unit. The DPU is a compact, portable, menu driven accessory that makes programming and testing an interface device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The DPU eliminates the need for mechanical address- ing mechanisms, such as program jumpers, DIP switches or rotary dials, because it electronically sets the HTRI-M interface's address into the interface's microcomputer chip non-volatile memory. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions that deteriorate me- chanical addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. This HTRI-M is connected to the program/ tester with the programming cable provided with the tester. This cable (P/N 110-694927) utilizes two (2) alligator clip connectors, to attach to the HTRI-M. The HTRI-M Series has five leads, one for grounding, which are wired to the system with user supplied wire nuts. CATALOG NUMBER ~% The HTRI-M is fully compatible on the same XLS circuit with all intelligent H Series detectors. HMS Series addressable manual stations or any other H Series addressable intelligent modules. such as the HZM or HCP. All HTRI-M intelligent interface modules have been UL and ULC submitted. Environmental operating conditions for all HTRI-M modules are 320F (eC) to 120',F (49nC) with a relative humidity of not greater than 93% non-condensating. Ordering Information Model Number Oucription Shipp inp or. Weipht Mp. Part Number HIRI-M Single Input 35 50003e000 Hr111-1.5C ULC M.,10 to, Canaua .t 500-03e000C Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby): 1.5mA NOTICE: TM the of What then Fie S&NIV Cetectots and bash In Fie Safety wotipment wn W ccrrude,ed a mivppiutgn of Fie Safatv apupment and as such void w warranties none, gaper aett ot implied with tepNd to lea& danvtoa. piabilties andhe service wobinna. Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park. NJ 07932 Tel: 1973) 593-2600 FAX:(973) 593-6670 Webaite: www.sbt.siemens.con-Ais 1/03 5M SFSIG Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kemiew Boulevard Bramplon. Ontario Canada L6T 5E4 Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 January 2003 &w..a ~Oeteniw SIEMENS PAD 3 Fire Safety Auxiliary Power Supply - Notification Appliance Extender ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • 6 amps of Notification Appliance Power • Advanced Microprocessor Control • 24 VDC Output Voltage • Four Power -Limited Notification Outputs • Strobe Synchronization Option Built In • Synchronized ANSI Temporal Pattern • Class A Selectable • Ground Fault Detection • Battery Supervision • 3 Amp Auxiliary Power Output • Trouble Contact for Monitoring • Multiple Module Mounting in System 3 Enclosures • Multiple Modules Share Battery Set • & UL, ULC Listed, CSFM, NYMEA and FM Approved Introduction The Model PAD-3 (PAD-3C for Canada) is a notification appliance circuit expander with a built-in auxiliary power output. It is designed for use with Siemens Building Technologies, Fire Safety Division fire alarm control panels.This power source is designed to provide the extra power required in buildings conforming to the Americans with Disabilities Act. Features The PAD-3 provides 6 amps of 24 VDC power for multiple uses. All 6 amps can be directed to 4 Notifi- cation Appliance Circuits (NAC s). Each is rated at 3 amps and is power limited. Either 1 or 2 inputs can control the four outputs. These outputs are compatible with all Fire Safety 24VDC notification appliances. The PAD-3 can be configured so that the inputs can be programmed as steady outputs. ANSI temporal outputs, or synchronized strobe outputs. It can also be programmed so that one input will silence U-MHU- Series horn/strobe horns while the strobes remain on using one set of wires. The PAD-3 also offers a 3 amp auxiliary output for driving other portions of your fire alarm system such as door holders.This 24VDC filtered output is power limited. When using this output, the total power available from the PAD-3 will not exceed 6 amps. A trouble contact is provided for monitoring the PAD-3 with a fire alarm panel through the input. It also has a Form C dry contact for trouble monitoring. Therefore, the user has the option of connecting it to a conven- tional fire alarm panel's existing notification circuit, or controlling it with a TRI Series device on intelligent fire systems. The PAD-3 offers battery supervision and management as is required of fire alarm system components. Ground faults are transmitted as are any other trouble conditions. Trouble conditions not only change the state of the trouble contact in the unit, but they also break the notification circuit input to create a trouble signal in the fire alarm control unit. CATALOG NUMBER 3362 This product is packaged in its own sheet metal enclosure with enough space to house the 7 amp -hour battery set required for back-up.The enclosure comes in black or red. System 3 enclosures may also be used to house multiple PAD-3 modules in a single enclosure. Two modules are capable of sharing the same battery set when mounted in the same enclosure. Options One or both PAD-3 signal inputs control the notification outputs, depending on the specific configuration setup. Possible configurations for the PAD-3 are: For These Control These Option: Inputs: outputs:_. As: 1 Input 1 All Outputs Class B Circuits 2 Input 1 All Outputs Class B Circuits Input 2' Silences horns on 1 3 Input 1 Outputs 1 and 2 Class B Circuits Input 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Class B Circuits 4 Input 1 Output 1 - Class B Circuits Input 2 Outputs 2, 3 and 4 Class 8 Circuits 5 Input 1 Outputs 1.2, 3 and 4 Class A Circuit Pairs 6 Input 1 Outputs 1.2, 3 and 4 Class A Circuit Pairs Input 2• Silences horns on 1 7 Input 1 Outputs 1 and 2 ClassA Circuit Pairs Input 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Class A Circuit Pairs 8 Input 1 Outputs 1-2 Class A Circuit Pairs Input 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Class B Circuits *When used with U-MHU-Series horn/strobe units Supervision The Model PAD-3 supervises a variety of functions including: • Low AC power • Low battery condition • Earth ground fault • Auxiliary output power limit condition • EOL supervision trouble or power limited condition at an output When a trouble condition occurs, the PAD-3 creates a trouble condition on the fire control 'signal circuits to which it is connected. It still maintains the ability to be activated by the fire control. In addition, the PAD-3 provides a Form 'C' trouble relay output as an alterna- tive to using the notification circuit trouble. Electrical Specifications AC Input: "120VAC @ 2.5 amps Output: 24VDC @ 6 amps Auxiliary Power Circuit: 1 Notification Circuits: 4 Output Configuration: -2 Class A or 4 Class-B or 1 Class A & 2 Class B Amps per Output Circuit: 3.0 Notification Circuit Outputs: 24 VDC at 3.0 amps each. 24K ohm EOL resistor required on each Class B circuit No. of Inputs: 2 Input Configuration: 2 Class B or 2 Class A Input Voltage Range: 9-32 VDC Maximum Input Current: 0.006 Amps Battery Charging Capacity: 15.0 A. H Trouble contact rating: 2.5A @250 VAC. 30 VDC Ambient Temperature: 320F to 120OF Mechanical Specifications _ Single Module Enclosure Model EN -PAD Dimensions: 12'Vd x 16"H x 3"D Color: Black Indicator Lights AC Power On: Green BatteryTrouble: Yellow Ground Fault: Yellow AuxiliaryTrouble: Yellow Output 1 Trouble: Yellow Output 2Trouble: Yellow Ordering Information Model Description Part Number PAD-3 Aux. power supplyw/black enclosure 599-699189 PAD-3R Aux. power supply w/red enclosure 599-699190 PAD-3-MB Aux. power supply - main board only 500-6990m0 EN -PAD Black enclosure for PAD-3 310-099073 EN-PADR Red enclosure for PAD-3 310-099150 Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard 8105 Brampton. Ontario 10M Canada L6T 5E4 SFS1G' Tel: (905) 799-9937 August 200E Fire Safety- Website:w .slemem.mm)fls Printed inU.SA. FAX: (905) 799-9858 a ..a..w.,WwM Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Siemens BuildingTechnologies g Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: 1973) 593-2600 FAX: t973t 593-6670 • 11 SIEMENS Fire Safety PAD 3 Auxiliary Power Supply - Notification Appliance Extender ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • 6 amps of Notification Appliance Power • Advanced Microprocessor Control • 24 VDC Output Voltage • Four Power -Limited Notification Outputs • Strobe Synchronization Option Built In • Synchronized ANSI Temporal Pattern • Class A Selectable • Ground Fault Detection • Battery Supervision • 3 Amp Auxiliary Power Output • Trouble Contact for Monitoring • Multiple Module Mounting in System 3 Enclosures • Multiple Modules Share Battery Set • �� UL, ULC Listed, CSFM. NYMEA and FM Approved Introduction The Model PAD3 (PAD-3C for Canada) Is a notification appliance circuit expander with a built-in auxiliary power output. it is designed for use with Siemens BuildingTechnologies, Fire Safety Division fire alarm control panels This power source is designed to provide the extra power required in buildings conforming to the Americans with Disabilities Act, Features The PAD-3 provides 6 amps of 24 VDC power for multiple uses. All 6 amps can be directed to 4 Notifi- cation Appliance Circuits (NAC s). Each is rated at 3 amps and is power limited. Either t or 2 inputs can control the lour outputs. These outputs are compatible with all Fire Safety 24 VDC notification appliances. The PAD-3 can be conf igured so that the inputs can be programmed as steady outputs. ANSI temporal outputs. or synchronized strobe outputs. It can also be programmed so that one input will silence U-Ml Series horn/strobe horns while the strobes remain on using one set of wires. The PAD-3 also offers a 3 amp auxiliary output for driving other gills pi lwur fire alarm system such as door "Pro 24 Dtfllfteg is power limited. When using this output, t t wer available from the PAD-3 will not exceed 6*0.774 I A trouble contact is provided for rr1T}�horing the PAD-3 with a Ore alarm panel through th11 put. It also has a Form C dry contact for trouble mtlnitoring. Therefore, the user has the option of connecting it to a conven- tional fire alarm panel's existing notification circuit, or controlling it with aTRI Series device on intelligent fire systems. The PAD-3 offers battery supervision and management as is required of fire alarm system components. Ground faults are transmitted as are any other trouble conditions. Trouble conditions not only change the state of the trouble contact in the unit, but they also break the notification circuit input to create a trouble signal in the fire alarm control unit. CATALOG NUMBER 3362 This product is packaged in its own sheet metal enclosure with enough space to house the 7 amp -hour batten/ set — required for back-up.The enclosure comes in black or red. System 3 enclosures may also be used to house multiple PAD-3 modules in a single enclosure. Two modules are capable of sharing the same battery set when mounted in the same enclosure. Options One or both PAD-3 signal inputs control the notification outputs, depending on the specific configuration setup. Possible configurations for the PAD-3 are: For These Control These Option: Inputs: Outputs: As: 1 Input 1 All Outputs Class B Circuits 2 Input I All Outputs Class B Circuits Input 2' Silences horns on 1 3 Input 1 Outputs 1 and 2 Class B Circuits Input 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Class B Circuits 4 Input 1 Output 1 Class B Circuits Input 2 Outputs 2, 3 and 4 Class 8 Circuits 5 Input 1 Outputs 1.2, 3 and 4 Class A Circuit Pairs 6 Input I Outputs 1-2, 3 and 4 Class Circuit Pairs Input 2' Silences horns on 1 7 Input 1 Outputs 1 and 2 Class Circuit Pairs Input 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Class Circuit Pairs 8 Input 1 Outputs 1-2 Class A Circuit Pairs Input 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Class 8 Circuits `When used with U-MHU-Series horn/strobe units Supervision The Model PAD-3 supervises a variety of functions including: • Low AC power,- _ I. • Low battery condition I • Earth ground fault • Auxiliary output power limit condition • EOL supervision trouble or power limited condition at an output When a trouble condition occurs, the PAD-3 creates a trouble condition on the fire control signal circuits to which it is connected. It still maintains the ability to be activated by the fire control. In addition, the PAD-3 provides a Form 'C' trouble relay output as an alterna- tive to using'the notification circuit trouble. Electrical Specifications AC Input: 120 VAC @ 2.5 amps Output: 24VDC @ 6 amps Auxiliary Power Circuit: 1 Notification Circuits: 4 Output Configuration: 2 Class A or 4 Class B or 1 Class A & 2 Class B Amps per Output Circuit: 3.0 Notification Circuit Outputs: 24 VDC at 3.0 amps each. 24K ohm EOL resistor required on each Class B circuit No. of Inputs: 2 Input Configuration: 2 Class 8 or 2 Class A Input Voltage Range: 9-32 VDC Maximum Input Current: 0.006 Amps Battery Charging Capacity: 15.0 A. H Trouble contact rating: 2.5A @250 VAC. 30 VDC Ambient Temperature: 32'F to 120eF Mechanical Specifications Single Module Enclosure Model EN -PAD Dimensions: 12'W x 16"H x 3"D Color: Black Indicator Lights AC Power On: Green ' BatteryTrouble: Yellow Ground Fault: Yellow AuxiliaryTrouble: Yellow Output 1 Trouble: Yellow Output 2Trouble: Yellow Ordering Information Model Description Part Number PAD-3 Aux. power supply w/black enclosure 599-699189 PAO-3R Aux. power supply w/red enclosure 599-699190 PAD-3-MB Aux. power supply -main board only 500-699080 EN -PAD Black enclosure for PAD-3 310-099073 EN-PADR I Red enclosure for PAD-3 31D 099150 Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenyiew Boulevard Florhom Park. NJ 07932 8105 Brampton, Ontario Siemens Building Technologies Tel: 1973) 593-2600 g IBS lom Canada 1-6T 5E4 FAX: (9731 593-6670 Fire Safety Websits:www.sienens.mrnis SFSAG Printed in U.S.A. . Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: 1905)799.9858 August 2005 Sw .. Wet M.. M • • • Signal Circuit Volt:,,. Jrop Calculations RPS #1d Jae w41w: Rtl Ewmmaary SO . La Pate LSD a/wwn: R. Ram w/mI/slunr: si m EnaMr: J/U DATE: 04M7110 RPS 01 RPS 92 RPS a RPS M FACP O O m O O m O O O O O N n P U N� -Device Model 8 a -¢ - rc : rc, ¢. rc ¢ a - ¢ 8 ¢ ¢ "a a.. a t°'Sbmeds WON H01NSav0e ZH.MC215 a ms .Q% .. 1 1 7 v -i.::5bmerii Vh1 HonVSlloOe ZHJ.IC'JO a.ns .. 2 1 1 4 S411M4 WO HO;Vsftci ZH46'75 � . �'. _ a.'" - - 0 L �:'Slsmelu Wal HurtY5ao0a 2H- C-110 am p 'f ' . > Mu• �,�"' ors . _'r, am0 0 SboW ST4CCW15' M _: am 10 2 :.4._ 3 3 "- 3 2 .2 2 1 72 w .'✓ 9amens C ''Stro0e 5T-MCtN^b i'y 0.11, '1 3 -2 - 2 4 3 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 6 42 v1' y05bme5ii " a ST-MCCW75 t rst 0,mo 2 2 5 'VSa .-SwrtMna'C ST410LW^95 F ?k. o.2M 1 1 :r a 0 -sF.. .•1 - I>.; Sb1lwrli -HonVSooEa NSa.IGCW15 :•. o.al i. 2 !� '''- "Ham5aoea - Sbineiu NS-iaGCJO- �"-� alw 2 7 1 2;23 17 $22 MomlSa NSJAC:CW752 1 1 J 12 1 1 12 Sienea Han5Oa0s NSJACCN^95=�"�=� 0.m 1 1 1� h f o.mo p Dam p 0 am p '- Sbmens Wal /IOtIVSboDe AS.75 -WP am$740M 1 1 1 4 0 f ,. Si.m s PAD-3 , a.om 1 2 7 TOUI Dea - Ca I Ilam +J. I.m I.Y] I.Ua am a.. F.000 aa0a Aaa a%] I.MSt R sm 5m 500 5m m Sm 5m 5m Sm m FI 15'2t. n Is 4 1s 55 - +s $", Ss 15 Is Is a Is Is n +s 1$ Len9NPo am so M am m5 a15 m5 aM a o o 0 $15 5M, em us Entu Wn Shs 1S Cade ROSUG 5.0 5.M - 5.M &20- S.m a.M. SR $.a 1", 506 Om 0.00- am am 1.12 1.21' •.M 0a l.a Le, S52 a.u' 1.21 ).M a.M eb 'MI.M I'm2.D am GOO am am am a05 aR 7.4 N 21 . 24 N 24 24 21 24 N N 21 N N 24 N 21 21 N 21 21 5 V EOL. EJR 'Rl u.1 lu nJI MI -1 Iu I nA I nA I Iu I Ill I Iu I W Sia Nl 2a0 us I lls M. 1 ".3 Iu 10115.00 FEET N110+0 1p0165 vbva.5li Remote Power Supply - RPS #1 Battery Calculations Job Name: Reid Elementary School - La Porte ISD Notification App. Mfg: Siemens Salesman: RAkerd. DATE: 04/07/10 Engineer: JHA JOB 10-0165 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY NUMBER D-3 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY OF CURRENT PER DEVICE STANDBY I IALARM CURRENT CURRENT Aux. Pwr. ON (SW1-1 2 OFF) - 0.035 0.035 0.035 A Aux.-Pwr.ON*(SWI-12OFF)-0.I40 1 0.140 .. ...... ......... TOTAL CURRENT (A) 0.035 A I 0.14 A mom B TOTAL AUXILIARY DEVICES CURRENT -1z -4,0 1 1 !A i6 FILLA RRS1-1-, 16 1.30 A, RPS1-2-.10, 1.46 ;,.A, RPS1z3' '1V 1.03 -A TOTAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CURRENT (A) 'jD6 ..A�; D Total current ratings 61 all devices in system (line A - line 8 - line C.) 0.035 A 5.246 A E A.H FOR REPORTING DELAY - OHr - O.00AH.: 6Hr = 0.24AH.: 15Hr = 0.60AH.: 0.00 AH F Number of Standby hours (24 or 60 for NFPA 72. Chapter 1, 1.5.2.5.) 24 H 3 Multiply TOTAL Standby Current (A) 0.035 BY 24 H 0m84 AH Alarm sounding period in hours. 5 min (For example. 5 minutes=0.0833 hours.) 0.0833 H Multiply TOTAL Alarm Current (A) 5.246 BY 0.0833 H 0.437 AHI Add TOTAL Amp Hours From Lines E, G and I. 1.28 AH Multiply line J by 1.25. ( Battery De -rating Factor) 1.596 AH Minimum Battery Size Required 4.0 AH FSPS Will Provide Two (2) 12V 7.0 AH Batteries Remote Power Supply - RPS #2 Battery Calculations Job Name: Reid Elementary School - La Porte ISD Notification App. Mfg: Siemens Salesman: R. Ikerd DATE: 04/07/10 Engineer: JHA JOB k: 1D-0165 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY NUMBER CURRENT PER DEVICE STANDBY ALARM PAD-3 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY OF CURRENT CURRENT DEVICES Aux. �Pwr: ON�(SWI.12 OFF)-0.035 1 0.035 0.035 A } Aux.PWr.ON(SW1-12OFF)-0.140 1 0.140 "+,�"_yi •'rs?r 0.14 A. 0.035 A 1 0.14 ,. MR=101C REl.4Vt!::. •.':c; StandbylPJarmmA 0.000 ".'Ap 0.000 A ;Standby/Alarm mA I O.DOO' 0.000 l�Ai Standby/Alarm mA 10.000 ,"A'. 0.000 X. )` •� '^ ' ,, ... _ 'Standby/Alarm .rrw' 0.000 PTAA 0.000 ::A,� B TOTAL AUXILIARY .:.:.:.:.:............ DEVICES CURRENT (A) I,..-•=,,; O :Aj: ,•; :•:•�'-!.0 +�Ay lOfiCllriBri[f`at. :....::; _Si iiiiiiiiiii P[(i i TiFIC ::;;: ; :: :- .P::>CES'i'iiiEliiSij[$2�:::.:::::::::.::.:::...... ..............:::.:: t{0....... _TH) ..... .LAAN . ..................:: R91eC.W dav+CB!!1!atiljjt RPS2-1- 10- 1.42 •A RPS2-2-8 A :RPS2=3=.11 , ' '1 ;'.j 1:31 -A, 4 r: e• .� ;� ' 1:29 A:• C TOTAL NOTIFICATION' APPLIANCE CURRENT (A) 5492 ,SA_ D Total current ratings of all devices in system (line A • line 0 F line C.) 0.035 A 5.632 A E A.H FOR REPORTING DELAY • OHr = O.00AH.; 6Hr = 0.24AH.; 151-ir = O.BOAH.; 0.00 AH y—••n...r,.�.... :1 ;�1;� _'w{ �a •^_'. F Number or standby hours (24 or 60 for NFPA 72, Chapter 1, 1.5.2.5.) 24" H tF'r SF,�.)• , •'• • :e/"^i ?�. i Multiply TOTAL Standby Curren) (A) 0.035 BY 24 H 0.84 AH -1 Alarm sounding period in hours. $ , min (For example, 5 minutes=0.0833 hours.) 0.0833 H I Multiply TOTAL Alarm Current (A) 5.632 BY 0.0833 H ... - •:r';;s._; 0.4691 AH J Add TOTAL Amp Hours From Lines E. G and I. 1.31 AH :..a < Multiply line J by 1.25. (Battery De -rating Factor) 1.636 AH ;, -<,; Minimum Battery Size Required 4.0 AH FSPS Will Provide Two (2) 12V 7_0 AH Batteries Remote Power Supply - RPS #3 Battery Calculations Job Name: 'Reid. Elementary School - La Porte ISD NoUNcation App. Mfg: Siemens Salesman: R. Ikerd DATE: . 04/07/10 Engineer: JHA JOB0: 10-0165 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY NUMBER CURRENT PER DEVICE STANDBY ALARM PAD-3 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY OF CURRENT CURRENT DEVICES Aux. Pwr. ON (SW1-12 OFF) - 0.035 1 0.035 0.035 A Aux. Pon. ON(SW1.120FF)-0.140 1 0.140 _.7 L?-•;'�'°{ 014. A "v ! A _ _ TOTAL CURRENT (A) 0.035 A. 0.14 A {r" „a.,:-Xn':r', t;;; Y.•...c,.n,ty:,,. :,:. :.; Standby/Alarm ,rmq 0.000 =-Aii: 0.000 ''•A, r t' ,. sx .:; r i '' - 'fendDylAJarm - mA,: 0.000 r A�,.': 0:000 ;-A;; B TOTAL AUXILIARY ... sN4T1............P.uANCE$ ICI1710N'AP>ii`i'i'i'ii i(i Slandby/Alarm -mA. DEVICES CURRENT A ii'iaiiii7iiEiliEiEiiiiiiiiiiP::[:iE;d31i33;i; ...Rldef?4.dev,�C6manWt1,or:Currantrat's;'::.:.;;:';:' 0.000 :'t A°;0.000 •�'A,. r tq.' .'t x i:i:3Eii:i:i::::iE:I:::::i: RPS3-1- 10 1 AS '<'A RPS3-2-.8.. -- 1:47 ; A'? . RPS33"11` i5. 1.44 FA RPS3-0-9 TOTAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CURRENT (A) •! 5:793 ° A D Total current ratings of all devices in system (line A . line B - line C.) 0.035 A 5.933 A E A.H FOR REPORTING DELAY - OHr = O.00AM.; 61-11 = 0.24AH.; 15Hr = 0.60AH.; F Number of standby hours (24 or 60 for NFPA 72. Chapter 1, 1.5.2.5.) 0.00 AH ,i Multiply TOTAL Standby Current (A) 0.035 BY 24 H 0.84 AH ,. , ._.�. i Alarm sounding period in hours. (For example, 5 minutes=0.0833 hours.) I Multiply TOTAL Alarm Current (A) 5.933 BY 0.0833 H 5 min 4'',.i�:''xY• ;,!J - �:i;:q,, 0.0833 H 0.4942 AH J Add TOTAL Amp Hours From Lines E, G and 1. 1.33 AH ti ( Multiply line J by 1.25. ( Battery De -rating Factor) Minimum Baftery Size Required 1.668 AH,, 4.0 AH FSPS Will Provide Two (2) 12V 7_0 AH Batteries SIEMENS N Strobes, Horns, Horn/Strobes Fire Safety ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS UL listed. ULC, CSFM, and FM pending ADA/NFPA compliant EZ Mount design, with separate base plate, provides ability to pre -wire the base and test the circuit wiring before the walls are covered • The base plate is protected by a disposable cover and the appliances can quickly snap onto the base after the walls are painted. • EZ Mount Universal Mounting Plate (ZBB) — uses single plate for ceiling and wall mount installations • Wall Mount models feature field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/110cd and 135/185cd • Ceiling Mount models feature field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/95cd and 1151177cd • Strobes can be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol • "Special Applications" listed with Siemens panels • Strobes produce 1 flash per second • Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code-3) Tones with selectable 90 or 95 dBA setting (ZH model) Description The Siemens Series Z notification appliances feature an easy snap on base that is designed to simplify the instal- lation and testing of homs, strobes, and hom/strobes. The separate Series Z snap on base can be pre -wired so circuit wiring can be fully tested before the appliance is installed and before the walls are covered. Once all sur- rounding work is complete, the appliance can be simply installed by snapping it on the base. Shorting contacts in the base, which provide continuity for circuit testing, are permanently opened when the appliance is installed so any subsequent removal of the appliance will indicate a trouble condition on that circuit at the control panel when circuit supervision is enabled. The same base is used for all Series Z horns, strobes and horn/strobes to provide consistent installation and easy replacement of appli- ances if required. A locking screw is also included for the appliance to provide extra secure installation. The Siemens Series Z appliances incorporate the same dependable circuitry and high efficiency optics that are used in Siemens ST strobes, NS horn/strobes and NH homs and have the same high performance ratings. The Series Z appliances are "Special Applications" listed with Siemens panels. c ' Fir,L Series ZH FIRE _ t Series ZR ZR AND ZH Mountinq Engineering Specifications General Audible/visual notification appliances shall be listed for indoor use and shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. These appliances shall be listed under UL Standard 1971, (Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired) and UL Standard 464 (Fire Protec- tive Signaling). The appliances shall use a universal backplate that shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 4" octal, or a 3-1/2" octal backbox. Two wire appliance wiring shall be capable of directly connecting to the mounting back plate. Conti- nuity checking of the entire NAC circuit prior to attach- ing any audible/visual notification appliances shall be allowed. A dust cover shall fit and protect the mounting plate. The dust cover shall be easily removed when the appliance is installed over the backplate. Removal of an appliance shall result in a trouble condition by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Strobes Strobe appliances shall produce a minimum flash rate of 60 flashes per minute (1 flash per second) over the Regulated Input Voltage Range and shall incorporate a CATALOG SHEET 2584 0 0 • SIEMENS Z Strobes, Horns, Horn/Strobes Fire Safety ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS UL listed. ULC, CSFM, and FM pending. ADA/NFPA compliant EZ Mount design, with separate base plate, provides ability to pre -wire the base and test the circuit wiring before the walls are covered The base plate is protected by a disposable cover and the appliances can quickly snap onto the base after the walls are painted. • EZ Mount Universal Mounting Plate (ZBB) — uses single plate for ceiling and wall mount installations • Wall Mount models feature field selectable candela settings of 15130/75/110cd and 135/185cd • Ceiling Mount models feature field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/95cd and 115/177cd • Strobes can be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol • "Special Applications" listed with Siemens panels • Strobes produce 1 Flash per second • Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Cade-3) Tones with selectable 90 or 95 dBA setting (ZH model) Description The Siemens Series Z notification appliances feature an easy snap on base that is designed to simplify the instal- lation and testing of horns, strobes, and horn/strobes. The separate Series Z snap on base can be pre -wired so circuit wiring can be fully.tested before the appliance is installed and.before the walls are covered. Once all sur- rounding work is complete, the appliance can be simply installed by snapping it on the base. Shorting contacts in the base, which provide continuity for circuit testing, are permanently opened when the appliance is installed so any subsequent removal of the appliance will indicate a trouble condition on that circuit at the control panel when circuit supervision is enabled. The same base is used for all Series Z horns, strobes and horn/strobes to provide consistent installation and easy replacement of appli- ances if required. A locking screw is also included for the appliance to provide extra secure installation. The Siemens Series Z appliances incorporate the same dependable circuitry and high efficiency optics that are used in Siemens ST strobes, NS horn/strobes and NH horns and have the same high performance ratings. The Series Z appliances are "Special Applications" listed with Siemens panels. Series ZH Series ZR ZR AND ZH Mountinq, Engineering Specifications General Audible/visual notification appliances shall be listed for indoor use and shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. These appliances shall be listed under UL Standard 1971, (Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired) and UL Standard 464 (Fire Protec- tive Signaling). The appliances shall'use a universal backplate that shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 4" octal, or a 3-1/2" octal backbox. Two wire appliance wiring shall be capable of directly connecting to the mounting back plate. Conti- nuity checking of the entire NAC circuit prior to attach- ing any audible/visual notification appliances shall be allowed. A dust cover shall fit and protect the mounting plate. The dust cover shall be easily removed when the appliance is installed over the backplale. Removal of an appliance shall result in a trouble condition by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Strobes Strobe appliances shall produce a minimum.flash rate of 60 flashes per minute (1 flash per second) over the Regulated Input Voltage Range and shall incorporate a CATALOG SHEET2584 a� i Xenon flashlube enclosed in a rugged Lexan° lens. The strobes shall be available with two or lour field select- able settings in one unit and shall be rated, per UL 1971. for up to 185 cd for wall mounting and 177 cd for ceiling mounting. The strobes shall operate over an extended temperature range of 320F to 120OF (0°C to 49°C) and be listed for maximum humidity of 95% RH. Strobe inputs shall be polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Audibles and Audible/Strobe Combinations Horns and horn/strobes shall be listed for Indoor use un- der UL Standard 464. The horns shall be able to produce a continuous output or a temporal code-3 output that can be synchronized. The horns shall have at least 2 sound level settings of 90 and 95 dBA. Synchronization Modules shall be able to be synchronized on a 2-wire circuit with the capability to silence the audible if required. If the sync module or power supply fails to operate (i.e., con- tacts remain closed), the strobes shall revert to a non - synchronized flash rate. AO notification appliances shall. be listed for "Special Applications:, • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Input Voltage Range". • All candela ratings represent minimum effective strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. • Series ZH Strobe products are listed under UL Stan- dards 1971 and 464 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32eF to 120OF (OeC to 49°C) and maximum humidity of 93% (t 2%). • Series ZH horns are listed under UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only). When synchronization of strobes or temporal Code-3 au- Technical Information Bibles is required, the appliances shall be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panels, For complete technical information, please consult the XLS panels, or PAD-3 power suppies with built-in sync relevant installation sheets as well as the Siemens protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchroniza- Compatibility Guide. tion at any time during operation. Audibles and strobes Ordering Information / Mounting Requirements / Approvals Model Number Order Code Mounting Options# Agency Approvals UL ULC CSFM FM ZH-MC-R 500-636161 S. D, E. F X # # # ZH-MC-W 500-636162 B, D, E, F X # # # ZH-HMC-R 500-636163 B. D, E, F X # # If ZH-HMC-W 500-636164 8, C. E. F X # # If ZH-R 500-636159 B. D. E, F X If # It ZH-W 500-636160 8, D. E. F X If # # ZH-MC-CR 500-636165 S. 0, E. F X # # # ZH-MC-CW 500-636166 B, D, E. F X # # # ZH-HMC-CR 500-636167 B. D, E. F X # # # ZH-HMC-CW 500-636168 B, D. E, F X # # # ZR-MC-R 500-636169 B. C. E, F X # # # ZR-MC-W 500-636170 8, 0, E, F X If # # ZR-HMC-R 500-636171 S. D. E, F X # # # ZR-HMC-W 500-636172 8, D, E. F X # # # ZR-MC-CW 500-636174 B. D, E. F X # # # ZR-MC-CR 500-636173 B, D, E, F X If If # ZR-HMC-CR 500-636175 B. D, E, F X # # # ZRS-HMC-CW 50 0.636176 B, 0, E, F X # # # ZBB-R 500-636193 Accessory - Includes base. dust cover, mounting screws and installation sheet ZBB-W 500-636194 Accessory - Includes base, dust cover, mounting screws and installation sheet X = listed/approved # = pending = Refer to Data Sheet #2585 for mounting options. WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION. OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Fire Safety _ Fire Safety 8 Femn ood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard Florham Park NJ 07932 7107 Brampton, Ontario Siemens Building Technologies Tel: (973) 593-2600 5M Canada Lin 5E4 FAX: (973) 593-6670 SFS-IG Tel: (905) 799-9937 July 2007 Fire Safety Webske: www.sbt.siemens.co v1is Printed In U.S.A. FAX: (9015) 799-9858 • Remote Power Supply - RPS #3 Battery Calculations Job Name: Reid Elementary School - La Porte ISO Notification App. Mfg: Siemens Salesman: R. Ikerd DATE: 04/07110 Engineer: JHA JOB 9: 10-0165 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY NUMBERI CURRENT PER DEVICE STANDBY I A PAD-3 REMOTEPOWER SUPPLY I CURRENT CURRENT V OFF) - 0.035 1 0.035 0.035 A rl-12 Aux. Pwr. ON (SW1-12 OFF) - 0.140 1 0.140 0A4 A A TOTAL URRENT(A) 0.035 A 0.14 A. VICES MR-1 01 CRELAY, Standby/Alarm 0.000 0.000 A SStandby/Alarmrnuk, 0.000 0.000 1�,.At Standby/AlarmStandby/Alarmnuk 0.000 '0.000 L,X] Standby/Alarm 0.000 0.000 -'Ai, B TOTAL AUXILIARY DEVICES CURRENT (A) A"� ff:lhanvo fW 'RPS3-1- 10 1:45 '�A 'RPS3L2--8,.- -,RPS3-3- 11 . ...... 1.44 ',/A -`RPS34-'9 r 1.44 ? A C TOTAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CURRENT (A) �JO % — !':A' D Total current ratings of all devices in system (line A + line B 4 line C.) 0.035 A 5.933 A E A.H FOR REPORTING DELAY - OHr = O.00AH.: 6H, = 0.24AH.: 15Hr 0.60AH.; 0.00 AH F Number of standby hours (24 BO for NFPA 72. Chapter 1, 24,1 or 1.5.2.5.) H 3 Multiply TOTAL Standby Current (A) 0.035 BY 24 H 0.84 AH 'N -1 Alarm sounding period in hours. (For example. 5 minutes=0.0833 hours.) 0.0833 H 0.4942 AH I Multiply TOTAL Alarm Current (A) 5.933 BY 0.0833 H -5t J Add TOTAL Amp Hours From Lines E, G and I. 1.33 AH -V- - . Pi < Multiply line J by 1.25. ( Battery De -rating Factor) 11.668 AH t....... —� 4.0 AU Minimum Battery Size Required FSPS Will Provide Two (2) 12V 7.0 AH Batteries SIEMENS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2-WIRE FIELD SELECTABLE HORN. STROBE AND HORN/STROBE APPLIANCES - fWALL AND CEILING MOUNT) IMPORTANT - All audible and visual signaling appliances must be backbox, or a 3 W octagon backbox. Two wire appliance wiring is installed in accordance with all applicable national and local fire alarm then connected to the mounting back plate. This allows a continuity codes and any other required regulatory agencies. check of the entire NAC circuit before any appliances are attached. It • also allows the appliances to be installed after all finish work has been Series Z horn, strobe• and horn/strobe appliances are designed for completed. The installer can snap or install the appliances when all easy installation. The.ZH horn/strobes, ZH Horn and ZR strobes are other work is complete. for 24V operation. The appliance comes in two main parts. The universal mounting back plate allows the appliance to be mounted to Refer to P/N 315-096363 for the maximum number of appliances on a a single -gang, double -gang, four square backbox. 4' octagon single notification appliance circuit. SPECIFICATIONS: Model Voltage Range (Special Application) UL 1971 VDCNRMS Strobe led) Horn Cunent Draw See Table Mounting ZR-MC 16-33 151301751110 3 Wall ZR-HMC 16-33 1351185 3 Wall ZR-MC-C 16-33 15130175/95 3 Ceiling ZR-HMC-C 16-33 115/177 3 Ceiling ZH-MC. 16-33 15/3onS/110 X 4 Wall ZH-HMC 16.73 1351185 X 6 Wall ZH-MC-C 16-33 1 15/3095 X 4 Ceilin ZH-HMC-C '16-33 115/177 1 % 1 4 Ceilin ZH 16.33 1 X 1 5 Wall or Celina All models available in red and while. Strobe and Horn Strobe Appliances Siemens' Series Horn Appliances provide a selectable Continuous or Code 3 Horn tone when connected directly to an unsynchronized NAC (Notification Appliance Circuit). They can also provide a synchronized code 3 or march time horn tone when connected to a notification appliance circuit running the Siemens sync protocol. The Horn Appliances can be field set for High (HI) or Low (LO) dBA sound output. The Horn Appliances are UL Listed under Standard 464 for Audible Signal Appliances. They are listed for Indoor use only. These models are designed for use with either filtered DC (VDC) or unfiltered Full -Wave -Rectified (VRMS) input. voltage. All inputs are polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a FRCP. The ZR Strobe, ZH Horn/Strobe, and ZH Horn are for 24V operation only. NOTE: The Code 3 temporal pattern (1/2 second on, 112 second off, 1/2 second on, 112 second off, 1t2 second on, 1-1/2 off and repeat) is specified by ANSI and NFPA 72 for standard emergency evacuation signaling. The Code 3 Horn should be used only for fire evacuation slonallno and not for any other purpose. - - - Table 2: ZH and ZH-MC Horn Reverberant dBA per UL464 ZH-MC and ZH at 24V 16.OV 24V 33.OV Continuous Horn Hi h 83 87 90 Low 77 81 83 Code 3 Horn or 'March Time High 79 82 86 Low 72 76 79 CURRENT DRAW: 'Available in sync mode only. Table 3: ZR Strobe Current Draw (Amos) at 16-33 Volts Strobe Setting cd MC. HMC i MC-C HMC-C 15 30 75 110 1 135 1B5 15 30 75 95 115177 0.064 0.098 0.175 0.233 0.318 0.445 0.069 0.111 0.200 0.264 1 0.318 0.445 0.108 1 0.164 10.268 0.368 0.482 1 0.684 1 0.117 0.180 0.297 0.398 1 0.482 1 0.684 Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. 8 Femwood Road Florham Pork. Nev Jersey 07932 P84860-00IC Sheer I of 4 Table 4: ZH Horn/Strobe Current Draw (Amps) at 16-33 Volts Strobe Setting led) Horn MC HMC MC-C '- HMC-C 15 30 75 110 135 1B5 15 30 75 95 115 177 OC Hi h 0.078 0.113 0.195 0.259 0.371 0.506 0.087 0.131 0.222 0.292 0.371 0.506 Low' 0.070 0.107 0.188 0.246 0.324 0.455 0.075 0.121 0.213 0.277 0.324 0.455 FWR High' 0.141 0.200 0.302 DAN 0.521 0.722 0.149 0.216 0.331 0.436 0.521 0.722 Low' 0.123 0.179 0.290 0.391 0.497 0.699 0.131 0.195 0.319 0.421 0.497 I 0.699 Current Draw is the same for the Continuous Horn, Code 3 Horn and March Time Settings. Table 5: ZH Horn Current Draw (Amps) Current Draw is the same for the Continuous Horn, Code 3, and March Time Settings. Horn 16-33 Volts NOTE: Candela and Horn Setting will determine the current draw of the product. When calculating the total currents use Tables.3-5 to determine the highest value of RMS current for an individual appliance, then multiply these values by the total number of appliances. Be sure to add the currents for any other appliances, including audible signaling appliances powered by the same source, and to include any required safety factors. NOTE: These notification appliances are UL Listed as *Special Application'. They are intended to be used only with Siemens notification appliance circuits. NOTE: THESE APPLIANCES WERE TESTED TO THE OPERATING VOLTAGE RANGE LIMITS OF 16.0-33.0 VOLTS FOR 24V MODELS USING FILTERED OC OR UNFILTERED FULL -WAVE -RECTIFIED VOLTAGE. DO NOT APPLY VOLTAGE OUTSIDE OF THIS RANGE. NOTE: REFER TO THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE APPROPRIATE NAC TO FIND THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED VOLTAGE DROP. USE THIS VALUE ALONG WITH THE CURRENT DRAW FOR THE APPLIANCE TO DETERMINE THE ALLOWABLE WIRE RESISTANCE. THE MAXIMUM WIRE RESISTANCE BETWEEN STROBES SHALL NOT EXCEED 35 OHMS. NOTE: Strobes are not designed to be used on coded systems in which the applied voltage is cycled on and off. NOTE: MAKE SURE THAT THE TOTAL RMS CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO THE SYSTEM'S PRIMARY AND. SECONDARY POWER SOURCES DO NOT EXCEED THE POWER SOURCES' RATED CAPACITY OR THE CURRENT RATINGS OF ANY FUSES ON THE CIRCUITS TO WHICH THESE APPLIANCES ARE WIRED. OVERLOADING POWER SOURCES OR EXCEEDING FUSE RATINGS COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF POWER AND FAILURE TO ALERT OCCUPANTS DURING AN EMERGENCY, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. WIRING AND MOUNTING BASE: FROM PRECEDING APPLIANCE OR FACP (l o d o t t TO NEXT APPLIANCE OR END OF LINE RESISTOR (EOLR) Figure 2: All strobe appliances have input wiring terminals that accepts two p12 to q18 American Wire Gauge (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. Strip leads 3/8 inches and connect to screw terminals. Break all input wire runs on supervised circuits to ensure integrity of circuit supervision as shown in Figure 2. The polarity shown in the wiring diagrams is for the operation of the appliances. The polarity is reversed by the FACP during supervision. Bu11dIaR Technologies, Inc. P84860.001 C Shea 2 of 4 WIRING AND MOUNTING SETTINGS: Note: The ZH is factory set for the most common application of High dB and Code 3. HORN Jumper Plug and Candela Selectors w ma. :ELECTION POINTER :ANDELA SELECTION CANDELA POINTER HMGC CANDELA POINTE^ 'DELAPO . I I'll ,,,.,JDELA POINTER Note: Candela Factory Settings are shown in above illustration. Jumper plug settings for High dB Jumper plug settings for Low dB and and Code 3 (or March Time). Code 3 (or March Time). ❑a a NO PLUG HOfiN LOW NO PLUG HORN WITH PLUG CODES HI 'b9TH PLUG CODE: Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. 1`84860-001 C Shea 3 of Jumper plug settings for High dB Jumper plug settings for Low dB and and Continuous Horn. Continuous Horn. I II NO PLUG HORN LOW WITH PLUG CODES HI I NO PLUG I HORN I LOW WITH PLUC CODES HI NOTE: Use needle nose pliers to pull and property set the jumper plugs. No jumper plugs are needed for Continuous Horn and low dB settings. However, it is recommended that the jumper plug be retained in the unit for future use (if needed) as shown. )J CAUTION: Check that the installed product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to installing backboxes and conduit. especially if sheathed multiconductor cable or 314' conduit fittings are used. I! CAUTION: DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN MOUNTING SCREWS. EXCESSIVE TORQUE CAN DISTORT THE BASE AND MAY AFFECT OPERATION. Mounting Options: SIDE OPENING EDR FLAT SCREWDRIVER) Figure 3: Installation SECURING SCREWS Install assuming plate as shown in figwe I Io A single gang, double -gang. 4' square, 4" octagon. m • l i" octagon hatklos with the provided pan head screws. To remove dust cover, place thumb and index finger on tun edges of cove, And pull offcot,. Connect field wiring per figures 2 and 3. Addwss wires back into backbox. Place dust cotes ores mounting plate to protect the terminals while performing wiring cominuin' check. Remove dust cot, before snipping or installing the appliance onto the mounting plate per fig 3. Figure 4: Renacal (See step g below) Imporum: Device only has one mounting orientation. Mach the top of the b se Io the top of the device. If it is desired to Nnher secwe the device to the base. then two optional scteo's we provided. To install these screws punch out the screw holes located at the top and bottom of the device. To remove the appliance. push a small Om-binded sctewdriva ban the side opening. The s,ewdrive, must clew the snap release opening hy':" to disengage the snap. Do not pry aB housing with the screw drive,. Apply pressure with screw drives, insured in eider side opening. As sbmsn in Fig 4 to release the housing. NOTE: NFPA 721ANSI 117.1 conform to ADAAG Equivalent Facilitation Guidelines in using rawer, higher intensity strobes within the some protected area. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful Interference in residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio hequency energy and, it not installed and used in accordance With the instructions, may Cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which Can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna, 2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver, 3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different how that to which the receiver is Connected, and 4) Consult the dealer or an experienced radiorTV technician for help. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. P84860-00I C Sheet 4 of SIEMENS ST Strobes and Strobe Plates Fire Safety ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS UL Listed. ULC, CSFM, and FM pending. Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 • Ceiling mount Multi -Candela models are available with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75195cd or 1151177cd. (Round or Square) • Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the regulated voltage range • Synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. • Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wire Description The Siemens Series ST Strobe Appliances and Strobe Plates have lower current draw while maintaining out- standing performance, reliability and cost effectiveness. These versatile appliances will satisfy virtually all re- quirements for indoor, wall or ceiling mount applications. Ceiling mount models include the MC-C multi -can- dela ceiling strobe with field selectable intensities of 15/30/75/95cd or the high intensity HMC-C strobe with field selectable 115/177cd. All models may be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. Synchronized strobes can eliminate possible restrictions on the num- ber of strobes in the field of view. Siemens' synchronized strobes offer an easy way to comply with ADA recom- mendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy as well as meeting the requirements of NFPA 72. The Siemens Series ST Strobes employ an Integral Strobe Mounting Plate that can be mounted to a single gang, double gang, 4" square, 100mm European back - boxes or the SHBBS surface backbox. The Series ST Multi -Candela Strobe Plates are a cost effective.way to retrofit required wall strobe appliances to bells, horns, chimes, multitones or speakers and easily mounts to standard 4" backboxes or for surface mount ST-MC-C W use with the Siemens SBL2S surface backbox. Engineering Specifications The visual notification appliances shall be Siemens Series ST Strobe Appliances or approved equals. The Series ST shall meet and be listed for UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) for Indoor Fire Protection Service. The strobe shall be listed for indoor use and shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. The strobe appliances shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). When Strobe Plates are to be installed, they shall be the Siemens Series ST-MC-RETRO Strobe Plate and shall have the same electronic circuitry as the Siemens Series ST. The Series ST Strobe shall be of low current design. Where Multi -Candela appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL Standard 1971 for 15/30/75/95cd or 115/177cd for ceiling mount. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. CATALOG SHEET 2573 When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be compatible with the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to a non -synchro- nized flash rate. The strobes shall be designed for indoor surface of flush mounting. The Series ST Strobe Appliances shall incorporate a Patented, Integral Strobe Mounting Plate that shall allow mounting to single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 100mm European type backboxes, or the SHBBS Sur- face Backbox. The Series ST Multi -Candela or single candela Strobe Plate shall mount to either a standard 4 inch square backbox for flush mounting, or the Siemens SBL2S backbox for surface mounting. All notification appliances shall be backward compatible., General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range'. Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. • All notification appliances shall be listed for "Special Applications". Ordering Information / Mounting Requirements / Approvals Model Order Code Mounting Options— Agency Approvals UL MEA CSFM FM BFP S7 MC-CW 5006360-6 B.DX,F,G.H,1.NR,X x x x X x S7 HAIC-CW 500-636097 B.D,E F.G.H,J.NR % x x x x x ST MC-RETRO R 500636103 D.E.Z x x x x x ST 75-CR WP 500636104 7,1 WPS KIT.GG x N N N N ST 75.CW WP _ 500-636105 7.7•WPSKIT,GG x N N N N ST-7SR.WP 500636106 1, T•WPS-KI7,GG x 0 0 N N ST 75W-WP 500-636107 1.7•WPSKIT.GG x N N N N ST RMC CR WP 500-636177 7. T.WPS-KIT.GG x N N 0 N ST.HMGCW-WP 500636178 1, T•'NPS-KIT.GG x N N ST HMC R-WP 500-636179 7.7•WPSKIrGG X14:9:ST.HMC.W.WP 500-636160 T. T•WPS-KITGG % NN X = listed/approved # = pending ' = Refer to Data Sheet #2585 for mounting options. WARNING: PLEASE READTHESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. VISIT HTTP://WWW.SBT.SIEMENS.COM/FIS/ OR CONTACT SIEMENS BUILDING TECHNOLOGIES FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAM- AGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety Fire Salety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: 19731593-2600 FAX: 1973) 593-6670 Website: www.abt.eiamens.con lis SM7 5M SFS-IG Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Bouleva,d Brampton, Ontario Canada L6T SE4 Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX:(9051799-9858 .tune 2007 .-1u,.1 SIEMENS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MULTI -CANDELA STROBE APPLIANCES (CEILING MOUNT VERSIONS! IMPORTANT — All audible and visual signaling appliances must be installed in accordance with all applicable national and local fire alarm codes and any other required regulatory agencies. Series ST-MC-C Multi -Candela Strobes can provide a non. synchronized strobe appliance when connected directly to a fire alarm control panel (FACP), or provide a synchronized strobe appliance when connected to a notification appliance circuit running the Siemens sync protocol. These Multi -Candela Strobe Appliances are UL Listed under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired) for indoor Fire Protection Service and ULC Listed under Standard CANNLC-S526-02 for indoor Fire Protective Service. The Multi - Candela strobe provides four selectable tight output intensities in one unit. These strobes are listed for celllno mount only, with the backboxes specified in these instructions (See wiring and mounting information). Models have an integrated strobe mounting plate (SMP) that can be mounted to a single -gang, double -gang, 4' backbox, 1DOmm European backbox or SHBBS surface backbox. The strobes SPECIFICATIONS: use a xenon fiashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a polycarbonate lens to provide maximum visibility and reliability for -effective visible signaling. All inputs are polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by the FACP. NOTE: All Canadian Installations should be in accordance with the Canadian Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems - CANNLC-S524-01 and Canadian Electrical Code, Parl 1. Final acceptance is subject to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. NFPA 72/ANSI 117.1 conform to ADAAG Equivalent Facilitation Guidelines in using fewer, higher intensity strobes within the same protected area. NOTE: Refer to P/N 315-096363 for the maximum number of appliances on a single notification appliance circuit. Table 1: UL/ULC Ratings Operating Voltage (Special Application) Voltage Range Per Strobe Mounting Model Per UL 1971 CAN/ULC-S526-02 Candela Options VDCNRMS (VDCNRMS) (cd) ST-MC-CW 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 15/30/75/95 1 A,B,C D NOTES: 1. Strobes will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. `- - 2. These strobes meet the required light distribution patterns defined in UL 1971 and ULC-S526-02. 3. All models are listed by UL/ULC for indoor use with a temperature range of +32°F to +120°F (0°C to +49°C) and maximum humidity of 93% t 2% RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original canons and is not subjected to misuse or abuse. 11 WARNING: CANDELA SETTING WILL DETERMINE THE CURRENT DRAW OF THE PRODUCT. When calculating the total currents: Use Table 2 to determine the highest value of'RMS Current' for an individual strobe, then multiply these values by the total number of strobes. Be sure to add the currents for any other appliances, including audible signaling appliances, powered by the same source and include any required safety factors. Note: These notification appliances are UL Listed as 'Special Application.' They are intended to be used only with Siemens notification appliance circuits. T THESE APPLIANCES WERE TESTED TO THE VOLTAGE LIMITS OF 16.0-33.0 VOLTS FOR 24V MODELS USING FILTERED DC OR UNFILTERED FULL -WAVE -RECTIFIED VOLTAGE. DO NOT APPLY VOLTAGE OUTSIDE OF THIS RANGE. WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TOTAL RMS CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO THE SYSTEM'S PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES 00 NOT EXCEED THE POWER SOURCES' RATED CAPACITY OR THE CURRENT RATINGS OF ANY FUSES ON THE CIRCUITS TO WHICH THESE APPLIANCES ARE WIRED. OVERLOADING POWER SOURCES OR EXCEEDING FUSE RATINGS COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF POWER AND FAILURE TO ALERT OCCUPANTS DURING AN EMERGENCY, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. t -- Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Siemens Building Technologies, Ltd. 8 Fermvood Road 2185 Derry Road West Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 Mississauga Ontario L5N 7A6 P84394-003 Canada L-" CAUTION: Strobes are not designed to be used on coded systems in which the applied voltage is cycled on and o#. Note: Refer to the installation instructions for the appropriate NAC to rind the maximum allowed voltage drop. Use this value along with the current drav for the appliance to determine the allowable wire resistance. The maximuim wire resistance between strobes shall not exceed 35 ohms. WIRING AND MOUNTING INFORMATION © CAUTION: The following figures show the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option. If these limits are exceeded, there may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from the wires could damage the product. Check that the installed product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to installing backboxes and conduit, especially if sheathed multiconductor cable or 3/4' conduit fittings are used. A FLUSH MOUNTING B FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNT STD. SINGLE -GANG o •so, x X 37 5 E enomox (3 / BACI®OX 7 DEEP pR loW X aT CK Q EURaEEivi Ii4G®OX Q rrM672 SCREv5WW SCREWS r STROBE MOUIVTIN�\_ e RATE (S&P) VVV COVER-� ROVND MAXIMLIMNUMBEROFCONDUCTORS COVER AWGNIB AWG N16 AWG014 AWGNt2 M4XIMUd NUMBER OF CONIX/CTCRS 4 4 4 4 AWGN18 AWG 016 AWG N14 AWQ NI 4 4 4 4 C FLUSH OR SURFACE MOIA-rT D SURFACE MOUNTING• DOUBLE 'GANG X 2.114' - yyy`ON SURFACE DEEP EwC1®OX �B.4.CKBOx (SHBBS) 32 SCREWS \ M8-32 SCREWS C �o C ,o o� 00 oT STROBE MOINTING � ( � o \ PLATE( {{�� STROBE MOUNTING � COVER PLATE ISMP) MAXIMUM NUMBER aF CONDl1CTOf25 COVER AWG#18 Nl AWGN14 M^XINtUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTOR 4 4 d d AWG N18 ANG#16 AM NI 4 AWG#12 4 4 4 4 NOTE: All Mounting Options are available with the Round Cover as shown in Mounting Option B Figure 1: Wiring Diagram fkp a CEO�N4 TO NEM 9W`NnL /1Pq.I1V!{:E CR F. OR ENO CF LINE 3rRCpE9 RENSToR rEC&R1 Figure 2: 1. All Strobe Appliances have in -out wiring terminals that accepts two #12 to #18 American Wire Gauge (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. Strip leads 318 inches and connect to screw terminals. 2. Break all in -out wire runs on supervised circuits to assure integrity of circuit supervision as shown in Figure 2. The polarity shown in the wiring diagrams is for the operation of the appliances. The polarity is reversed by the FACP during supervision. P84394-003C Sheet 2 of 3 t' MOUNTING PROCEDURES: 1. These models can be Bush mounted to a standard single -gang backbox (Figure A), 4' or 100mm backbox (Figure B) or double -gang backbox (Figure C). It can also be surface mounted to a 4' or 100mm backbox (Figure 6), double -gang backbox (Figure C) or the SHBBS (Figure 0). Mounting hardware for each mounting option is supplied. 2,- Conduit entrances to the backbox should be -selected to provide sufficient wiring clearance for the installed product. Do -not pass additional wires (used for other than the signaling appliance) through the backbox. Such additional wires could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 3. When terminating field wires, do not use more lead length than required. Excess lead length could result in insufficient wiring space for the appliance. 4. Use care and proper techniques to position the field wires in the backbox so that they use minimum space and produce minimum stress on the product. This is especially important for stiff, heavy gauge wires and wires with thick insulation or sheathing. 5. These models have an integrated Strobe Mounting Plate (SMP) which must be oriented correctly when it is mounted to the backbox. Turn the SMP so that the arrow above the words "Horizontal Strobe' points to the top side. 6. Move the selector switch to the desired candela setting. The setting is indicated by a pointer and can be seen on the bottom side of the lens. See Figures 3 and 4 below. 7. Mount the SMP first to the backbox. Next slide the cover over the SMP until the 2 snaps of the cover engage with the SMP. 8. The cover can be removed from the strobe assembly once engaged. See Figure 5. Flguna 3: BOTTOM VIEW BACKVIEW CANDELA SELECTOR NOTE: The ST-MC-C comes pre-set at 15cd. ®WARNING: THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH MUST BE FIELD SET TO THE REQUIRED CANDELA INTENSITY BEFORE INSTALLATION. WHEN CHANGING THE SETTING OF THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH, MAKE CERTAIN THAT IT "CLICKS" IN PLACE. AFTER CHANGING THE CANDELA SETTING, THE APPLIANCE MUST BE RETESTED TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. Figure 5: Cover Removal 1. Hold Oat screwdriver near the tip and insert the tip about 1/8' into one of the slots in the cover as shown. 2. Pull straight down as shown to pop off cover. © CAUTION: Prying, fuming or pivoting with screwdriver in order to remove the cover may result in damage to ceiling. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not Installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. It this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by fuming the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to tryto correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna, 2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver, 3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected, and 4) Consult the dealer or an experienced radiolf V technician for help. ©WARNING: A SMALL POSSIBILITY EXISTS THAT THE USE OF MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW, UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, MIGHT INDUCE A PHOTO -SENSITIVE RESPONSE IN PERSONS WITH EPILEPSY. STROBE REFLECTIONS IN A GLASS OR MIRRORED SURFACE MIGHT ALSO INDUCE SUCH A RESPONSE. TO MINIMIZE THIS POSSIBLE HAZARD, SIEMENS BUILDING TECHNOLOGIES TRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE STROBES INSTALLED SHOULD NOT PRESENT A COMPOSITE FLASH RATE IN THE FIELD OF VIEW WHICH EXCEEDS FIVE (5) Hz AT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE STROBES. SIEMENS BUILDING TECHNOLOGIES ALSO STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE INTENSITY AND COMPOSITE FLASH RATE OF INSTALLED STROBES COMPLY WITH LEVELS _- ESTABLISHED BY APPLICABLE LAWS, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, CODES AND GUIDELINES. P84394-003C Sheet 3 of 3 �J SIEMENS NS/NH NS Horn Strobes and NH Horns ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • UL listed. ULC, CSFM, and FM pending. FtHE • ADA/NFPA/UFC/ANSI compliant f • Complies with OSHA 29, Part 1910.165 I{��I •��`l��'� • Ceiling mount model Field Selectable Candela Setting 15130175195cd and 1151177cd--•--• • Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code 3) NS-MC-CW 2 Selectable dBA settings of 90 and 95 dBA in both tones — - ,r'F�i��- Strobes can be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply -_ - with built-in sync protocol. Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires NH-CW Description The Series NS Horn Strobe Appliances are designed for indoor ceiling mount applications. The Series NH Horn and the horn portion of the Series NS include a selectable continuous horn tone or tempo- ral pattern (Code 3) with selectable dBA settings of 90 or 95 dBA. Multi-candella strobes have field selectable settings of 15/30/75/95cd or 115/177cd for ceiling mount. These versatile Horn Strobe Appliances can be synchro- nized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. Additionally, the audible may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation. All models of the Series NS and NH are designed for maximum performance, reliability and cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest requirements of NFPA 72/ANSI 117.1/UFC and UL Standards 1971 and 464 as well as meeting ADA requirements concerning photosensitive epilepsy. Engineering Specifications The audible/visual notification appliances shall be Siemens Series NS Horn Strobe appliances and Series NH Horn appliances or approved equals. The Series NS appliances shall meet and be listed for UL Standard 1971(Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired for Indoor Fire Protection Service). The Series NH Horn shall be UL Listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). The horn strobe shall be listed for indoor use Fire Safety and shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). The audible portion of the appliance shall have a mini- mum of two (2) field selectable settings for dBA levels (90 and 95 dBA) and shall have a choice of continuous or temporal (Code 3) audible outputs. The strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Input Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexa& lense. The Series NS shall be of low current design. Where ceiling mount, Multi - Candela appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL Standard 1971 for 15130175/95 candela or 115/117 candela. The selector switch for selecting the candela setting shall be tamper resistant. When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobes shall revert to a non -syn- chronized flash -rate. The appliance shall also be de- signed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation. The Series NS Horn Strobes and NH horn shall incorpo- rate a Universal Mounting Plate that shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 100mm CATALOG SHEET 2577 European type backboxes, or the SHBBS Surface Back - box. If required, an NATP (Notification Appliance Trim - plate) shall be provided. All notification appliances shall be listed for Special Ap- plications. • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Input Voltage Range". Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. Series NS Strobe products are listed under UL Stan- dard 1971 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32eF to 120eF (0eC to 49eC) and maximum humidity of 93% (3 2%). Series NH horns are listed under UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only). Technical Information - For complete technical information, please consult the relevant installation sheets as well as the Siemens Com- patibility Guide. Ordering Information / Mounting Requirements / Approvals Model Number Order Code Strobe Candela Mounting Options' Agency Approvals uL uLC CSFM FM NS-MC-CR 500-636087 15/30175195 E X # # # NS-MC-CW 500-636088 15/30f75/95 E X # # # NS-HMC-CR 500-636089 115/177 E X # # # NS-HMC-CW 500-636090 115/177 E X # # # NH-CR 500-636085 - B.D,E.F.G,J,N.R.X X # # # NH-CW 500-636086 - a.D,E,F.G,J,N.R.% X # # # X = listed/approved # = pending = Refer to Data Sheet #2585 for mounting options. WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Femn ood Road 2 Kenvlaw Boulevard Florham Park NJ 07932 7107 Brampton. Ontario Siemens Building Technologies Tel:(9731593.2600 SM Canada L6T5Ea FAX: (973) 593-6670 SFS-IG Tel: (905) 799.9937 July 2007 Fire Safety Website: www.zbt.siamens.corrlis Printed in U.S.A. FAX: 1905) 799-9858 rr...r.,,. , SIEMENS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SERIES NS-MC-C/HMC-C MULTI -CANDELA HORN/STROBE (CEILING MOUNT VERSIONI IMPORTANT - All audible and visual signaling appliances must be installed in accordance with all applicable national and local fire alarm codes and any other required regulatory agencies. Series NS Multi -Candela ceiling mount Horn/Strobe INS) requires only 2-wires for operation of the horn and strobe circuits and provides either four or two selectable candela settings (15. 30, 75. 95 or 115. 177). The NS is the ideal choice for applications where the audible silence feature is required. The NS is UL Listed under Standard 1971 for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired and UL Standard 464 for Audible Signal Appliances for Indoor use only. It is molded with a mounting plate for use with a 4" backbox or 100mm European backbox (See Figure A and mounting procedures). This strobe model is Listed for ceflino mounifna only. The NS uses a xenon"Oashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a polycarbonate lens to provide maximum visibility and reliability for effective visible signaling. Siemens Series NS appliances provide a selectable continuous or Code 3 horn tone and non -synchronized strobe when connected directly to a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). They can also provide a synchronized Code 3 (or March Time) horn tone and synchronized SPECIFICATIONS: NOTES: strobe when connected to a notification appliance circuit running the Siemens sync protocol. NS appliances can be field set for High (HI) or Low (LO) dBA. NOTE: The Code 3 temporal pattern (112 second on, 1/2 second off, 1/2 second on, 1/2 second off. 112 second on, 1-W2 off and repeat) is specified by ANSI and NFPA 72 for standard emergency evacuation signaling. The Code 3 Horn should be used only for fire evacuation slonallno and not for any other purpose. The NS HorrvStrobe is designed for use with either filtered DC (VDC) or unfiltered full -wave -rectified (VRMS) input voltage. All inputs are polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a fire alarm control panel (FRCP). - NFPA 72/ANSI 117.1 conform to ADAAG Equivalent Facilitation Guidelines in using fewer, higher intensity strobes within the same protected area. NOTE: Refer to P/N 315-096363 for the maximum number of appliances on a single notification appliance circuit. Table 1: UL Listed Models and Rat in s Operating Voltage Strobe (Special Application) Candela Model' Per UL 464 and UL 1971 (cd) VDCNRMS .. NS-MC-C 16.0.33.0 - 15/30/75/95 NS-HMC.0 16.0-33.0 . 11511 'Available in red and while. Table 2: dBA Sound Output for 24VDC Per UL, Description Volume Reverberant dBA Per UL 464 16.OVDC 24.0VOC 33.0VDC Continuous Horn Low 78 81 84 High 84 88 90 - Code 3 Horn Or March Time" Low 73 77 1 79 High 80 83 1 85 " Available in sync mode only. 1. The strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. This horn/strobe model meets the required light distribution patterns defined in UL 1971. 3! All models are UL Listed for indoor calling use with a temperature range or .32°F to -120°F (0°C to i49°C) and maximum humidity of 93% t 2% RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original cartons and not subjected to misuse or abuse. CANDELA SETTING WILL DETERMINE THE CURRENT DRAW OF THE PRODUCT. " Table 3: UL Current Ratings AMPS Maximum RMS Current with Hi dBA Setlin Input Voltage 30cd05cd 16.0-33.OVDC 075c 7 0.130 222.292DC 095cd .57d177W 03c1 0.506 FWR I 96.0-33.OVRMS 0.150 1 0.216 0.331 0.411 0.521 0.722 Maximum RMS Current with Low dBA Sehin In otala Input V 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd -115cd 177cd DC 16.0-33.OVDC1 0.075 0.121 0.213 1 0.277 0.324 1 0.455 FWR I 16.0-33.OVRMS 1 0.131 0.195 1 0.319 1 0.421 0.497 1 0.699 When calculating the total current: Use Table 3 to determine the highest value of 'RMS Current' for an individual NS then multiply the value by the total number of NS Appliances. Be sure to add the currents for any other appliances powered by the same source and to include any required safety factors. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. P84794-001 B 8 Femwood Road Page 1 of 4 Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 Note: These notification appliances are UL Listed as 'Special Application'. They are intended to be used only with Siemens notification appliance circuits. THESE APPLIANCES WERE TESTED TO THE VOLTAGE LIMITS OF 16.0-33.0 VOLTS FOR 24V MODELS USING FILTERED DC OR UNFILTEREC;, - FULL -WAVE -RECTIFIED VOLTAGE. DO NOT APPLY VOLTAGE OUTSIDE OF THIS RANGE. I L, WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TOTAL RMS CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO THE SYSTEM'S PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES DO NOT EXCEED THE POWER SOURCES' RATED CAPACITY OR THE CURRENT RATINGS OF ANY FUSES ON THE CIRCUITS TO WHICH THESE APPLIANCES ARE WIRED. OVERLOADING POWER SOURCES OR EXCEEDING FUSE . RATINGS COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF POWER AND FAILURE TO ALERT OCCUPANTS DURING AN EMERGENCY, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Zt CAUTION: The NS Series hom/strobes are not designed to be used on coded systems in which the applied voltage is cycled on and off. CANDELA AND SOUND OUTPUT SETTINGS: ©WARNING: THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH MUST BE FIELD SET TO THE REQUIRED CANDELA INTENSITY BEFORE INSTALLATION. WHEN CHANGING THE SETTING OF THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH, MAKE CERTAIN THAT IT "CLICKS" IN PLACE. AFTER CHANGING THE CANDELA SETTING, THE APPLIANCE MUST BE RETESTED TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. Figural: Showing Location of Jumper Plug and Candela Selector. wcc cvaZuwarta MGC CNCEIr. MMER >••'� I . ' off— —,� e m 10 MMM a[AS VY1 IIM3M[ IMIi qIX. + NOTE: Factory setting is on High dB, Code 3 (or March Time) and 15cd for MC-C; 177cd for HMC-C. NOTE: The NS must be set for Code 3 (or March Time) horn when installed on a synchronized notification appliance circuit (NAC). Figure 2: Jumper plug settings Figure 3: Jumper plug settings for Figure 4: Jumper plug settings for Figure 5: Jumper plug settings for for High dB and Code 3 Low dB and Continuous Horn. High dB and Continuous Horn. Low dB and Code 3 (or March Time). (or March Time). CENTER PIN IS NOT USED SHOVYN 51XrivN SET ON CODE 3 SET ON—� NI dB I (Use needle nose pliers to pull and properly set the Jumper plugs.) CENTER PIN IS NOT USED SHOWN SET ON SHOWNCONT HORN SET' W dB LOW N No jumper plugs are needed for Continuous Horn and low dB settings. However, it is recommended that the jumper plug be retained in the unit for future use (if needed) as shown. CENTER RN IS NOT USED SIiaNN ®—SET ON SHOKN CONI'HORN' SET ON _ HI dB I CENTER PIN IS NOT USED SHO M SET ON SHOWN CODE3 SET ON— 501 Lavin ®WARNING: THE NS APPLIANCE MUST BE FIELD SET TO THE DESIRED TONE ANDABA SOUND OUTPUT LEVEL BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED. THIS IS DONE BY PROPERLY INSERTING JUMPER PLUGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. P64794-001 B Page 2 of 4 WIRING AND MOUNTING INFORMATION: The following figure (A) shows the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option. If these limits are exceeded, thele may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from the wires could damage the product. - I Figure 6: FR a Cfcx A TO REM Sit3Rn1 /J0.i�vJCE Cxi FMP Cxi eruD,x ��Re RES$STCxi IEC Rt Figure 7: Figure 8: Cover Removal • The NS Appliance has input wiring terminals that accepts two #12 to #18 American Wire Gauge (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. Strip leads 318' inches for connection to screw terminals. • Break all input wire runs on supervised circuit supervision as shown in Figure 7. The polarity shown in the wiring diagrams isfor the operation of the appliances. The polarity is reversed by the FACP during supervision. 1. Hold flat screwdriver near the tip and insert the tip about 1/8' into one of the slots in the grille as shown. 2. Pull straight down as shown to pop off grille. ® CAUTION: Prying, turning or pivoting with screwdriver in order to remove the grille may result in damage to ceiling. Figure A: Flush Wuntfna uovriw•�.re &'C/ �rwr:.,.r uoam mu MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AKG#1 AWMI A` G#I AWar1z . 4 4 4 4 MOUNTING PROCEDURES: ®CAUTION: Check that the installed product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to installing backboxes and conduit, especially if sheathed multiconductor cable or 3/4' conduit fittings are used. 1. The mounting plate must be oriented correctly when it is mounted to the backbox. 2. These models can be flush mounted to a 4' or 100mm backbox (Figure A). Mounting hardware is supplied. 3. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide sufficient wiring clearance for the installed product. 4. Move the selector switch to the desiredcandela setting. The setting is indicated by a pointer and can be seen on the bottom side of the lens (Figure 1). 5. When terminating field wires, do not use more lead length than required. Excess lead length could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 6. Use care and proper techniques to position the field wires in the backbox so that they use minimum space and produce minimum stress on the product. This is especially important for stiff, heavy gauge wires and wires with thick insulation or sheathing. 7. Do not pass additional wires (used for other than the signaling appliance) through the backbox. Such additional wires could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 8. Mount the mounting plate to the backbox. Next slide the cover over the mounting plate until the 2 side snaps of the NS cover engage with the mounting plate. 9. Make sure that the sounder openings on the mounting plate and cover are aligned (Figure A). Next slide the cover over the mounting plate until the 2 side snaps of the NS cover engage with the mounting plate. 10. The cover can be removed from the mounting plate Mounting Plate assembly once engaged. First, gently Insert a screwdriver into one of the slots located on the side edges of the cover. Second, gently pull away from the wall with the inserted screwdriver to disengage the snap (Figure 8). Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. P84794.001 8 Page 3 of 4 The 177 candela strobe setting is Listed for use in sleeping or non -sleeping areas when installed in accordance with appropriate NFPA Standards and the AHJ. WARNING: A SMALL POSSIBILITY EXISTS THAT THE USE OF MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW, UNDEF,A CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, MIGHT INDUCE A PHOTO -SENSITIVE RESPONSE IN PERSONS WITH EPILEPSY. STROBE REFLECTIONS IN A GLASS OR MIRRORED SURFACE MIGHT ALSO INDUCE SUCH A RESPONSE. TO MINIMIZE THIS POSSIBLE HAZARD, SIEMENS STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE STROBES INSTALLED SHOULD NOT PRESENT A COMPOSITE FLASH RATE IN THE FIELD OF VIEW WHICH EXCEEDS FIVE (5) Hz AT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE STROBES. SIEMENS ALSO STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE INTENSITY AND COMPOSITE FLASH RATE OF INSTALLED STROBES COMPLY WITH LEVELS ESTABLISHED BY APPLICABLE LAWS, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, CODES AND GUIDELINES. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital appliance, pursuant to Pan 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, it not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna, 2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver, 3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected, and 4) Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. - P84794-001 B Page 4 of 4 SIEMENS AS/AH AS Audible Strobe Appliances and AH Audibles ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • UL listed. ULC, CSFM, and FM pending. • ADA/NFPA/UFC/ANSI Compliant • Wall mount models are available with Field Selectable Candela Settings of 15/30/75/110cd or 135/185cd (Multi -Candela models) • Ceiling mount models are available with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/95od or 1151177cd (Multi - candela ceiling models) • Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code 3). • 3 Selectable dBA settings (99, 95 and 90 dBA) in both tones • Weatherproof models are available for outdoor use • Strobes can be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. • Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires Description The Siemens 2-wire Series AS Audible Strobe Appli- ances and Series AH Audibles offer more features with low current draw. Strobe options for wall mount models include the Sie- mens MC multi -candela wall strobes with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/110cd, or the high intensity HMC strobe with field selectable 135/185cd. Ceiling mount models incorporate Siemens MC multi - candela ceiling strobe with field selectable settings of 15/30/75/95cd or the high intensity HMC strobe with field selectable settings of 115/177cd. The audible provides a selectable choice of either a con- tinuous horn or temporal pattern (Code 3) when constant voltage from a Fire Alarm Panel (FACP) is applied. Each tone has 3 dBA settings from which to choose. When used with the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol, synchronization of the continuous horn tone provides the temporal (code 3) tone (man- dated by NFPA 72) simultaneously for all audible appli- ances. This ensures a distinct temporal (code 3) pattern when 2 or more audibles are within hearing distance. If not synchronized the temporal sound could overlap and not be distinctive. At the same time the strobes will be synchronized. This provides the ability to comply with ADA guidelines concerning photosensitive epilepsy and the NFPA standards when installing AS-MC-CW Fire Safety AS-MC-R AH-W AH-R 2 or more visual appliances within the field of view all of this plus the ability to silence the audible is achieved by using only 2 wires. Engineering Specifications The notification appliances shall be Siemens Series AS Audible Strobe appliances and Series AH Audible appliances or approved equals. The Series AS Audible be listed for UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) for Indoor Fire Protection Service, The Series AH Audible shall be UL Listed under Stan- dard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). Both shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity su- pervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). The audible portion of the appliance shall have a mini- mum of three (3) field selectable settings for dBA levels and shall have a choice of continuous or temporal (Code 3) audible outputs. The strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens. The Series AS shall be of low current design. Where Multi -Candela CATALOG SHEET 2578 appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL Stan- dard 1971 at 15/30/75/110 or 135/185 candela for wall mount and 15/30/75/95 or 115/177 candela for ceiling mount. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel. XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to a non -synchro- nized flash -rate. The appliance shall also be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while main- taining strobe activation when used with Siemens syn- chronization. The Series AS Audible Strobe and Series AH Audible shall incorporate a Patented Universal Mounting Plate that shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 100mm European type backboxes, or the SHBBS Surface Backbox. - - All notification appliances shall be listed for Special Ap- plications. • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Input Voltage Range". Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. Technical Information For complete technical information, please consult the relevant installation sheets as well as the Siemens Compatibility Guide. Ordering Information / Mounting Requirements / Approvals Model Number Order Code Wall Mount Ceiling Mount Mounting Options" Agency Approvals UL ULC CSFM FM S-MC.R 500-636010 X A,B,D,EF,GJ,N.R.X X N N N SMC-W 500-636011 X - A,B,D,E,F,G,J,N,R,X X N N N SHMC-R 500-636012 X - A,B,D,EF,G,JN.RX % N N N SHMC W 500-636013 X - A,B4O,E,F,G,J,N,R,X X N N N AS -MC CR 500-636006 X A,8,O,EF,G.J,N,RX % 0 N N ASMC-CW 500-636007 - X A.8,0,E,F.G.J.N,R,X X N N N SHMC-CR 500 636008 % A,B,D,E F,GJ,N,RX X 9 N 0 S.HMGCW 500-636009 - X A,B,D,E,F,G,1,N,RX X N N N S75 R.WP 500-636016 X - I X N N N 5.75-CR WP 500.636M5 - % I X 9 N N H-R 500636003 % X A,B,D,E.F,GJ,N,R,X X N N N H-W 500-636004 X X A,B,D,E,F,G,J,N.R.! X N N N H-R WP 500.63M X X K % N N N X = listed/approved N = pending ' = Refer to Data Sheet #2585 for mounting options. WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Fire Safety Fire Safety B Fermwood Road 2 Kenviaw Boulevard Florham Park. NJ 07932 7707 Brampton, Ontario Siemens Building Technologies Tel: (973)593-2600 5M Canada L6T5E4 FAX: (973) 59M570 SFS-IG Tel: 1905) 799-9937 July 2007 Fire Safety Webalte: v .sbt.slamensxomllis Printed In U.S.A. FAX: 1905) 799.911511 a .M. SIEMENS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AUDIBLE STROBE WEATHERPROOF APPLIANCE (WALUCEILING MOUNT VERSIONI IMPORTANT - All audible and visual signaling appliances must be installed in accordance with all applicable national and local fire alarm codes and any other required regulatory agencies. Series AS-WP appliance is the industry's first 2-wire horn strobe alarm appliance that provides a selectable continuous or Code 3 horn tone and continuous strobe when connected directly to the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), or provides a synchronized Code 3 horn tone (or March Time) and synchronized strobe when connected to a notification appliance circuit running the Siemens sync protocol. Additionally, Siemens Multi -High -Candela (AS-HMC-WP and AS-HMC- C-WP) appliances provide two selectable settings (135/185 or 115/177, respectively). The AS-WP appliance is UL Listed for indoor/outdoor use under Standard 1638 for Emergency Devices for the Hearing Impaired (Visual Signal Appliances), UL464 for Audible Signal Appliances and UL Standard 1971 for Emergency Appliances for the Hearing Impaired. For outdoor application the AS-WP must be mounted to the Weatherproof Backbox (WPBBS). The AS-WP uses a xenon 8ashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a polycarbonate lens to provide maximum visibility and reliability for effective visible signaling. The AS-WP appliance can be field set to provide high (HI) dBA, _ medium (MED) dBA or low (LO) dBA sound output. The strobe is designed for use with either filtered DC (VDC) or unfiltered full -wave -rectified (FWR) input voltage. All inputs are polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a FACP. NOTE: The Code 3 temporal pattern (1/2 second on, 112 second off, 1/2 second on, 1/2 second off. 12 second on. 1-12 off and repeat) is specified by ANSI and NFPA 72 for standard emergency evacuation signaling. The Code 3 Horn should be used only for fire evacuation signaling and not for any other purpose. NFPA 72/ANSI 117.1 conform to ADAAG Equivalent Facilitation Guidelines in using fewer, higher intensity strobes within the same protected area. NOTE: Refer to P/N 315-096363 for the maximum number of appliances on a single notification appliance circuit. CAUTION: NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE AT REFRIGERATOR I FREEZER DOOR ENTRANCES OR OTHER AREAS WITH PERSISTENT CONDENSATION. SPECIFICATIONS: Table 1: Models and Rar/n s Model" Operating Voltage (Special Application) Per UL1638. UL1971 and UL464 (VDCA/RMS) UL Rated Strobe Canls rA Maximum RMS Current w/Hi dBA (AmDs) Maximum RMS Current W addBA Am s Maximum RMS Current w/Low dBA (Amps) At 40°C UL1638 DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR AS-75-R-WP 16.0.33.0 115 R77 0.249 0.164 0.239 0.159 0233 AS-75-CR-WP 16.0-33.0 115 0.249 0.164 0.239 0.1590273AS-HMC-C.WP' 16.0.33.0 - 5Of75 E0.37610.509 0.546/0.742 0.36010.493 0.50910.716 0.355/0.498 AS-HMC.WP' 16.0.33.0 65/90 1351165 9 0.546/0.742 0.360/0.493 0.509/0.716 0.355/0.498 0.488/0.705 ' 180cd is on Axis only. "Available in red and while. Tattle 2: AS WP - dBA Sound Out ur Description Volume Reverberant Per UL 464 Anechoic dBA at 10 Feet 16.OVDC 24.OVDC 33.OVDC 20.OVDC 24.OVDC - 31.OVDC Low 80 83 86 88 90 91 Continuous Horn Medium 85 88 91 93 95 97 High 88 - 91 93 97 99 100 Low 75 79 82 88 90 91 Code 3 Horn Medium 80 84 86 93 95 97 or March Time)— Hi h 84 87 90 97 99 100 —Available in sync mode only. NOTES: 1. Strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. These models meet the required light distribution patterns defined in UL 1638, UL 464 and UL 1971. 3. All models are UL Listed for indoor and outdoor use with.a temperature range of -40°F to 150°F (4OoC to +66°C) and maximum humidity of 98%± 2% RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original cartons and is not subjected to misuse or abuse. When calculating the total current: Use Table 1 to determine the highest value of 'RMS Current' for an individual AS-WP Appliance then multiply the value by the total number of AS-WP Appliances. Be sure to add the currents for any other appliances powered by the same source and include any required safety factors. These appliances are not designed to be used on coded systems in which the applied voltage is cycled on and off. Siemens Building Technologies; Inc. 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 P84820-001 B Sheet 1 of 3 THESE APPLIANCES WERE TESTED TO THE VOLTAGE LIMITS OF 16.0-33.0 VOLTS FOR 24V MODELS USING FILTERED DC OR UNFILTERED FULL -WAVE -RECTIFIED VOLTAGE. DO NOT APPLY VOLTAGE OUTSIDE OF THIS RANGE. Note: Refer to the installation instructions for the appropriate NAC to find the maximum allowed voltage drop. Use This value along with the current draw for the appliance to determine the allowable wire resistance. The maximum wire resistance between strobes shall not exceed 35 ohms. CANDELA SETTING WILL DETERMINE THE CURRENT DRAW OF THE PRODUCT. Note: These notification appliances are UL Listed as 'Special Application'. They are intended to be used only with Siemens notification appliance circuits. ZtWARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TOTAL RMS CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO THE SYSTEM'S PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES DO NOT EXCEED THE POWER SOURCES' RATED CAPACITY OR THE CURRENT RATINGS OF ANY FUSES ON THE CIRCUITS TO WHICH THESE APPLIANCES ARE WIRED. OVERLOADING POWER SOURCES OR EXCEEDING FUSE RATINGS COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF POWER AND FAILURE TO ALERT OCCUPANTS DURING AN EMERGENCY, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. CANDELA AND SOUND OUTPUT (SPL) SETTINGS: To set the candela, slide the switch to the desired setting. The setting in indicated by the pointer and label visible on the bottom of the lens. Figure 2: Showing Location of Figure 1: Jumper Plug CODE (POINfER� I -( SLIDEELP. I. I •a__+ - .SWITCH MELA ER BOTTOM VIEW BOTTOMVIEW no Factory setting is on medium dB and Code 3 (or March Time). AS-HMC comes preset at 185cd. AS-HMC-C comes preset at 177cd. I WARNING: THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH MUST BE FIELD SET TO THE REQUIRED CANDELA INTENSITY BEFORE INSTALLATION. WHEN CHANGING THE SETTING OF THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH, MAKE CERTAIN THAT IT "CLICKS" IN PLACE. AFTER CHANGING THE CANDELA SETTING, THE APPLIANCE MUST BE RETESTED TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. Figure 3: Jumper plug settings for High, Medium, Low and Figure 4: Jumper plug setting for Continuous Horn Code 3 (or March Time). ' Z.;SHOWN SET ON HIGH tl6 HI SHOWN SET ON VIED dEt �r-�r TURN PLUG so MEDI LOW �__G ___' SHOWN SET ON LOW tlB f CODE 31LIrL�r� (Use needle nose pliers to pull and properly set the jumper plugs) No jumper plug is needed for continuous horn setting. However, it is recommended that the jumper plug be retained in the unit for future use (if needed) as shown in Figure 4. NOTE: The AS-WP must be set for Code 3 (or March Time) when used on synchronized notification appliance circuit (NAC). WIRING AND MOUNTING INFORMATION: ICAUTION: The following figure shows the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option. If these limits are exceeded, there may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from the wires could damage the product. Check that the installed product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to installing backboxes and conduit, especially if sheathed multiconductor cable is used. Figure 5: Figure 6: • The AS-WP Appliance has in -out wiring terminals that accepts two #12 to #18 American Wire Gauge FROM mCoec)i A (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. Strip leads APFI.IN•CE OR FIRE TO NeXT IWPLIH.ICE OR I m CO rrtCI eNO LINE - • 3/8' inches for connection to screw terminals. Pr CL (FA P) RESISTOR (ECCR) Break all in -out wire runs on supervised circuit I. supervision as shown in Figure 6. The polarity shown in the wiring diagrams is for the operation c the appliances. The polarity is reversed by Ih. FACP during supervision. IF THE AS-WP HOUSING DOES NOT PROPERLY CONTACT. THE GASKET ON THE WPBBS BACKBOX, MOISTURE MAY SEEP INTO THE AS- WP WHEN USED IN A OUTDOOR APPLICATION AND THIS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER OPERATION OF THE PRODUCT. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. P84820-001 B Sheet 2 of 3 THIS UNIT MUST BE MOUNTED ON A FLAT SURFACE, SO THAT THE SURFACE COVERS THE ENTIRE BACK SURFACE OF THE BACKBOX. WHEN USED IN AN OUTDOOR APPLICATION OR A NEMA 3R APPLICATION, USE WEATHER PROOF RATED CONDUIT FITTING ON ALL KNOCKOUTS OF THE BACKBOX. 1. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide sufficient wiring clearance for the installed product. The knockout opening on the backbox is sized for a 'h- conduit and matching connector. Be sure that a proper watertight conduit fitting is used to connect the backbox for outdoor/severe environment applications. Do not pass additional wires (used for other than the signaling appliance) through the backbox. Such additional wires could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 2. When terminating field wires, do not use more lead length than required. Excess lead length could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 3. Connect 4 field wires to the AS-WP terminal block (polarity must be observed). 4. Bend the 4 field wires up 900 at the connection to the terminal block and carefully push the 4 field wires into the backbox by hand. 5. Carefully press the AS-WP to the backbox, verifying that the AS-WP is in contact with the gasket all the way around. It should not be resting on the lip of the backbox. 6. Screw the AS-WP to the WPBBS using the #6-20 screw. ©WARNING: A SMALL POSSIBILITY EXISTS THAT THE USE OF MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW, UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, MIGHT INDUCE A PHOTO -SENSITIVE RESPONSE IN PERSONS WITH EPILEPSY. STROBE REFLECTIONS IN A GLASS OR MIRRORED SURFACE MIGHT ALSO INDUCE SUCH A RESPONSE. TO MINIMIZE THIS POSSIBLE HAZARD, SIEMENS STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE STROBES INSTALLED SHOULD NOT PRESENT A COMPOSITE FLASH RATE IN THE FIELD OF VIEW, WHICH EXCEEDS FIVE (5) Hz AT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE STROBES. SIEMENS ALSO STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE INTENSITY .. AND COMPOSITE FLASH RATE OF INSTALLED STROBES COMPLY WITH LEVELS ESTABLISHED BY APPLICABLE LAWS, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, CODES AND GUIDELINES. I WARNING: REMOVAL OF THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD COVER AT THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING PLATE COULD RESULT IN SEVERE ELECTRIC SHOCK. The 135/185cd and 177cd settings are listed for use in sleeping or non -sleeping areas when installed in accordance with appropriate NFPA Standards and the AHJ. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital appliance, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the Instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna, 2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver, 3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected, and 4) Consult the dealer or an experienced radiorTV technician for help. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. P8482D-001 B Sheet 3 of 3 ----►�I) WPBBS (ORDER CODE: RED 500-636137) Plastic backbox for surface mounting series AS weather. proof outdoor products. ti— ,vlb —� MAXIMUM N IMR R OFF{ .TORS AWG 618 AWG 416 AWG 914 hVYS.-8.12 8 8 8 8 (J) BBS BACKBOX (ORDER CODES: RED 500-636110) Standard steel backbox with knockouts for interior surface mounting. concealed conduit mounting or semi -gush applications. s Lm sv{ RL,S iwR c IS,RWES 0 IINJCXprfb 'S' I W FOR -' !: !OR'n'CONWIi AWG #1 AWG. 416 AY{G 414 AYE #12 4 4 4 4 Used with Series MH115, B6, 610, AH, AS, MBDC, MTH- 15-115. NH. NS. ST (K) WBBS WEATHER RESISTANT BACKBOX (ORDER CODES: RED 500.636129, WHITE 500-636131) Sturdy the cast housing, threaded conduit hole and knockout for out. door applications. o-ur AWG 418 AWG -#1 A'dIS' #14 A`A'G_012 4 4 4 4 Used with Series MH115, 86, B10, SETSF, MBDC, MTH-i S-115 (M)MT-SUR-BOX BACKBOX (ORDER CODES: RED 500= -- 693168, WHITE 500-636118) RNOCKWTE 10"!6 Co. /rOvn nOR. EOTTOMI }SIO} Sm b0. o `�o eQe AWG 018 A17.G.915 AW0 #14 AWG -011 a 8 8 8 Used with Series SET. HS. MTH, MTWP. For surface mounting MT products. (N) DBBS BACKBOX (ORDER CODE: RED 500-636111) Standard steel backbox provided with knockouts for interior surface mounting, concealed conduit mounting or semi -gush applications. MwnP n,OFS , o n OV18 i°R M' l'� CONOLYI � IMUM NUMBER OF LT�S Ay,G. #18 AWG. 416 AwO. a14 A`A5 a12 8 8 8 8 Used with Series MH115, 86. B10, AH, AS, SETSF, HS, MBDC, MTH, NH, NS, ST (P) SBBS BACKBOX (ORDER CODES: RED500.636119, WHITE 500-636120) For surface mounting speakers, chimes, and electronic applications. }i 1— 6MI! ----I r— }p•IE A �I It !: RxocXouib 'n XN, IEKR bpE, rEACR M%IML�M��A/BER�CON�MT�S Awl - 418 AWG #15 MG 414 AWG 411 8 8 8 8 Used with Series 86, B70, CH, SEF, SET, SETFL, HS, MBDC, MTH, NH, NS, ST DTK-LVLP Series VOICE, DATA & SIGNAL SURGE PROTECTION The most widely used devices for protecting life safety equipment; LVLP's can handle virtually any voice, data or signal application. There are even 'system specific' units that cover multiple voltage situations such as card readers and telephone entry systems, see spec sheet "LVLP-CR / TEP / XR". FEATURES BENEFITS Available in 7 voltage configurations Use same footprint on all jobs 1 - 8 pair models available, specify prefix 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 Only pay for protection needed. Stay competitive at bid level Parallel function Adds no resistance to circuit Easy installation Accommodates up to #16 AWG "Specify "AWG" suffix for #14 -10 AWG Fits all applications Automatic reset fusing available, specify SCP Best protection for systems that allow it Diode based unit available, specify DTK-Z Tighter clamping, faster response ONE DITEK CENTER 1720 Starkey Road, Largo, FL 33771 1-800-753-2345 www.ditekcorp.com General Specifications - LVLP Series Agency Approvals: UL497B, UL497A (specify) Connection Method Screw terminal (1 - 8 pair, specify) Continuous Current: 0.150 Amps ("SCP") 5.0 Amps ("non SCP") Protection Modes: L - G (All) Warranty: Limited Lifetime Warranty Dimension: 2.90" x 1.58" x 1.58" Weight: .25 Ibs Housing: ABS Other Specifications Suffix _ Service Voltage: MCOV: --- -- Typical Let -through VoltagE Surge Current*: Max. Energy Dissipation (Joule V 6V I 14V I 30V I 50V SPK SGR RUV 75V f 95V 130V 102VDC' 127VDC 175VDCI 101�135-165 184 224 j 9000A 9000A 9000A 4 1 8 1 17 1 30 44 - 60 76 *Per Pair Contact Factory forZ Series Specification Yn 50 bT af' x IIf 2% Le- � i 7x 1 A' Lew 3w 'P (DrK-dLVLPSCP-RUV SKIWN) M-198/LVLP Rev 3/25103 ISOTEC QUALITY YVERE -AND CABLE ISOTEC PART/QUOTE NUMBER: P162F CUSTOMER PART NUMBER: PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION: 16 A WG 2 CONDUCTORS SOLID BARE COPPER, .009' SMOKEGUARD PVC, OVERALL .015" SMOKEGUARD PVC JACKET RED (UL) FPLP FT-6 300V 60C CONDUCTORIPAIR COUNT: GAUGE & STRANDING: PRIMARY INSULATION TYPE INSULATION THICKNESS: COLOR CODE: SHIELD: TAPE: DRAIN WIRE: BRAID: CAPACITANCE: FOOTAGE MARKERS: PRINT LEGEND: 2 CONDUCTORS 16AWG SOLID BC SGPVC .009" BLACK,RED N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A YES P162F 16 AWG (UL) FPLP FT-6 JACKET THICKNESS: .015' JACKET COLOR: RED JACKET MATERIAL: SGPVC RIPCORD: YES NOMINAL O.D.: .167' VOLTAGE RATING: 300V TEMP. RATING: 60C UL TYPE OR STYLE: FPLP PACKAGING: TBA COPPER WEIGHT: 16.72 LBS/MFT SHIPPING WEIGHT: 27 LBS/MFT NOTES: Shipping Tolerance: +/- 10% Length Tolerance: +/- 10% Random/Odd Length Tolerance: May ship up to 15% of order total on random/odd lengths. All wall thickness and diameter as well as electrical information is nominal. ACCEPTANCE OF ABOVE DESIGN: Isotec makes every effort to provide accurate specifications. Printing errors are subject to correction. Standard product specifications are subject to change without notice. Contact your Isotec sales person for current specifications. - ' ISOTEC INC. QUALITY- 1VvV1RE .AND CA13LE PRODUCT SPECIFICATION ISOTEC PARTIQUOTE NUMBER: P182F-RED w/YELLOW STRIPE CUSTOMER PART NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 18AWG 2 CONDUCTORS SOLID BARE COPPER, .008" SMOKEGUARD PVC, OVERALL 015" SMOKEGUARD PVC JACKET RED wl YELLOW STRIPE (UL) FPLP FT-6 300V 60C CONDUCTOR/PAIR COUNT: 2 CONDUCTORS JACKET THICKNESS: .015, GAUGE & STRANDING: 18 AWG SOLID BC JACKET COLOR: RED/YELLOW STRIPE PRIMARY INSULATION TYPE: SGPVC JACKET MATERIAL: SGPVC INSULATION THICKNESS: .008, RIPCORD: YES COLOR CODE: BLACK, RED NOMINAL O.D.: .148" SHIELD: N/A VOLTAGE RATING: 300V TAPE: N/A TEMP. RATING: 60C DRAIN WIRE: N/A UL TYPE OR STYLE: FPLP BRAID: NIA PACKAGING: TBA CAPACITANCE: N/A COPPER WEIGHT: 10.44 LBS/MFT FOOTAGE MARKERS: YES SHIPPING WEIGHT: 18 LBSIMFT PRINT LEGEND: IP182FPL1-02 ISOTEC, INC. 18 AWG (UL) FPLP FT-6 NOTES: Shipping Tolerance: +/- 10% Length Tolerance: +/- 10% Random/Odd Length Tolerance: May ship up to 15% of order total on randomlodd lengths. All wall thickness and diameter as well as electrical information is nominal. ACCEPTANCE OF ABOVE DESIGN: Isotec makes every effort to provide accurate specifications. Printing errors are subject to correction. Standard product specifications are subject to change without notice. Contact your Isotec sales person for current specifications. i 4� ISOTEC -r QUALITY YVII2E .AND CABLE ISOTEC PART/QUOTE NUMBER: P182F-RED/GRN CUSTOMER PART NUMBER: PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION: 18 A WG 2 CONDUCTORS SOLID BARE COPPER, .008" SMOKEGUARD PVC, OVERALL .015" SMOKEGUARD PVC JACKET RED /GREEN STRIPE (UL) FPLP FT-6 300V 60C CONDUCTOR/PAIR COUNT: GAUGE & STRANDING: PRIMARY INSULATION TYPE INSULATION THICKNESS: COLOR CODE: SHIELD: TAPE: DRAIN WIRE: BRAID: CAPACITANCE: FOOTAGE MARKERS: PRINT LEGEND: 2 CONDUCTORS 18 AWG SOLID BC SGPVC .008" BLACK,RED N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A YES P182F #18 AWG (UL) FPLP FT-6 JACKET THICKNESS: JACKET COLOR: JACKET MATERIAL: RIPCORD: NOMINAL O.D.: VOLTAGE RATING: TEMP. RATING: UL TYPE OR STYLE: PACKAGING: COPPER WEIGHT: SHIPPING WEIGHT: NOTES: Shipping Tolerance:./- 10% Length Tolerance: +/- 10% Random/Odd Length Tolerance: May ship up to 15% of order total on randomdodd lengths. All wall thickness and diameter as well as electrical information is nominal. ACCEPTANCE OF ABOVE DESIGN: DATE: .015" RED W/GREEN STRIPE SGPVC YES .148" 300V 60C FPLP TBA 10.44 LBS/MFT 18 LBS/MFT Isotec makes every effort to provide accurate specifications. Printing errors are subject to correction. Standard product specifications are subject to change without notice. Contact your Isotec sales person for current specifications. ... ..__.. _.. ��.. ... "... KINDERGARTEN _.--_ "._.. RPS3-2-Z _ .... 30: 30 :_ :_. . _._...._ ..._< _.._._--..:._ ` -...FACULTY.,.. _... --.� CLASSROOM - ROOM 9 HVAC _.. ...._._. _ . _.r..... _. _.. " .. ....�..- _ .. .. .._ _ - ... ......__ . ........._. .. _.....,.... _., .. „ _..... _ _ . - ` 1 ', ....-- .'---,... : _ _ROOM 23._.__. SHUTDOWN 30, 172 Arts � _ _. _. � �, _. _ � - o _ _.1. Ct 69 TYP S 1.013 S __ �. . 0 1.014 0 �< F2_3_� 1007 % _ _; c> __; _ _ _ ... _ .._ ... __....._ GIRLS RPS 1 RPS3 } 2 n o 0 6 0� _ _ cn3 _ _ F AIR LOCK.... �95 1.120. AHU-A-02 Alt 3 t•004 �95 3 c, _ � 30 RPS2 3 2 1.119 S S PS I MONIT 015 O ---— --- --�� -- -- NORTH FIRE ALARM GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES: 1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL: FIRE ALARM ENCLOSURE PROVIDED BY FSPS: THE ELECTRICAL 6 DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A 4" SQ. BOX ON DECK 14. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DITEK SURGE PROTECTION ON ALL WIRES EXITING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL. THE ENCLOSURE AT 60 AFF. TO THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE AND WITH 1/2 FLEXI.3LE CONDUIT INTO THE DUCT HOUSING BUILDING. PROVIDE A DEDICATED 120VAC CIRCUIT FROM ELECTRICAL PANEL IV' CIRCUIT #14 INTO THE BOTTOM RIGHT-HAND SIDE KNOCKOUT OF THE MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP). WIRE SAMPLING TUBE( OVER 3 FT. (900MM) MUST BE SUPPORTED AT BOTH ENDS. THESE TUBES CAN BE 15. PROVIDE STI STOPPER II COVER (STI-1100) ON ALL PULL STATIONS. THE A/C MAINS INTO THE CABINET THROUGH THE UPPER LEFT CORNER OF THE CABINET TO CUT TO LENGTH AND MUST SPAN AT LEAST 80% THE 'WIDTH OF THE DUCT. ENSURE POWER AND POWER -LIMITED SEPERATION. ELECTRICAL ALSO TO PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL 16. STROBE AND HORN/STROBE UNITS NOTED WITH A 'C' SHALL HAVE A PROTECTIVE STI STOPPER 1 CONDUIT STUB FROM THE (FACP) TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR POWER -LIMITED O AHU SHUTDOWN_ RELAY: ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE A 4" SO. 2-1/8" DEEP BOX NEXT TO THE AHU II COVER. CABLES. ALL STUB UPS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH INSULATED THROAT CONNECTORS. STARTER AND CCNNECT USING A 2 LONG, 3/4 CHASE NIPPLE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE ASSOCIATED AHU LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CIRCUIT THROUGHTHE N.C. CONTACTS FOR FAN SHUTDOWN. 17. ALL JUNCTION BOXES CONTAINING FIRE ALARM WIRING ARE TO BE PAINTED RED. INSTALL 5129 COMMUNICATOR NEXT TO FACP AND CONNECT TO PSC-12 TB2 RELAY. OUTPUTS. 8 ROLL UP GRILLS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A 4" SQ. 2-1/8 DEEP BOX NEXT TO EACH 18. ALL PLENUM WIRING IS TO BE INSTALLED PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING O U LE- O THE R FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A DO E ROLL UP GRILL CIRCUIT THROUGH THE N.C. STRUCTURE. INSTALL WIRING TIGHT UP AGAINST THE STRUCTURE FOR PROTECTION. CABLE B ROLL UP GRILL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE GANG BOX AT 60" WITH A 3/4" CONDUIT AND INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR INTO ACCESSIBLE CONTACTS VIA A SEPERATE RACEWAY. SHALL BE BUNDLED WITH CABLE TIES ON A MAXIMUM OF 2'-6" AND SECURED TO THE CEILING SPACE. STRUCTURE AT A MAXIMUM OF 5' ON CENTER. CABLE SHALL NOT LIE ON CEILING GRID OR 9 KITCHEN HOOD: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ASINGLE-GANG BOX FOR HTRI-M MODULE O CEILING TILE. SYSTEM. ROUTE (1) �18 AWG CONDUCTOR NON -SHIELDED CABLE (DATA) AND (1) �16 AWG 2 AT SPECIFIED LOCATION FOR .KITCHEN FIRE SUPRESSION S M. HTRI-M MODULE SHALL MONITOR THE S E CONDUCTOR NON -SHIELDED CABLE (24VDC POWER) FROM THE MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL KITCHEN HOOD _ARM DRY CONTACTS. 19. ALL FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AT EACH TERMINATION AND AT EACH 25' PANEL TO THE FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. BETWEEN TERMINATIONS. 10 RELAY BASE FiR DOOR HOLDERS:. FSPS WILL. PROVIDE A RELAY BASE IN NEAREST CORRIDOR O SMOKE DETECTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL A 4Q -8" DEEP BOX WITH CADDY- 20. ONLY POWER -LIMITED FIRE ALARM CABLES SHALL BE ALLOWED IN RACEWAYS DESIGNATED FOR REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES:. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A DEDICATED 120VAC INTO THE " S21 / TOP LEFT-HAND SIDE KNOCKOUT OF THE REMOTE POWER SUPPLY (RPS). ALSO, INSTALL AN ADDITIONAL BAR SUPPORT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SEPARATE 1/2" RACEWAY (FLEX) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. CONTACTS N.C. CONNECT THE 120VAC THROUGH THE 1" CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WITH INSULATED THROAT CONNECTORS FOR INTO THE SMOKE DETECTOR BACK BOX. 21. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE GROMMETS IN ALL BACKBOXES. POWER LIMITED FIRE ALARM CABLES. FOR DOOR REL;:_ASE. 11 . A 4" SQ8° DEEP BOX WITH 22. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL CONDUIT, FITTINGS SPRINKLER MONITOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE . 2-1 REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES ACTIVATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION: EACH REMOTE POWER SUPPLY (RPS) 0 / PENETRATIONS, FIREPROOFING; MOUNTING OF BACK BOXES, AND CONDUIT FOR FIRE ALARM POWER SHALL BE ACTIVATED AND SYNCHRONIZED USING A SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM THE (ZIC-4A) MODULE IN 1-1/2" DEEP E,TENSION RING ON WALL WITH 1/2" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONDUIT INTO EACH SPRINKLER . )NiTORED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION. WITH SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. SUPPLIES, AND CONNECTION TO ALL NON -LOW VOLTAGE DEVICES. THE FACP. TWO OF THE CIRCUITS FROM THE (ZIC_ DEVICETO BE M! 4A) MODULE SHALL BE CONFIGURED FOR RPS 23. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER VIA 120-VOLT,20-AMP DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH LOCK -ON ACTIVATION, THIS WILL ENABLE EACH RPS TO BE SYNCHRONIZED. 12 POST INDICATOR VALVE PIV : IF APPLICABLE, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE (1) 1" PROVISIONS AT THE RESPECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR THE MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL, O4 TROUBLE CONTACT MONITOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A 4" SQ BOX NEXT TO EACH UNDERGROUND G�NDUIT FROM OFFICE #D191C OUT TO PIV VAULT OUT IN YARD FOR FIRE ALARM EACH .PANEL EXTENDER, AND EACH :REMOTE POWER SUPPLY. RPS AND CONNECT USING A 2" LONG, 3/4" CHASE FOR (HTRIR) INTERFACE MODULE TO MONITOR THE CABLES. (FIELD ,.00RDINATE EXISTENCE OF PIV WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.) RPS. 13 FIRE ALARM HORH STROBES: FSPS WILL PROVIDE A WEATHER-PROOF BOX FOR THE OUTSIDE FIRE 24: WHEN IN ALARM ALL STROBES ARE TO REMAIN FLASHING UNTIL PANEL 1S RESET. 11 FIRE z 0 U N w 0 w 0 o c � N � to II J W 0 �c 2 Q co J w m a Q ?- U N Z 0 m w o- o CD J LJ W Z Z Y w CD C O c� U W U 2 W Z CD } � Q (7 FIRE ALARM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION > F- 00 O 1. THE OPERATION OF ANY MANUAL PULL STATION, SMOKE DETECTOR; HEAT DETECTOR, m � DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR, KITCHEN HOOD, OR SPRINKLER WATER FLOW Q W SWITCH SHALL CAUSE THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS AND. INDICATION: w [A] THE SYSTEM COMMON ALARM LED ON THE CPU SHALL FLASH. THE INTERNAL LL AUDIBLE DEVICE SHALL SOUND. ACKNOWLEDGING THE ALARM CONTION SHALL SILENCE THE AUDIBLE DEVICE AND REVERT THE COMMON ALARM LED TO A STEADY STATE. [B] THE BACK -LIT ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY, SHALL DISPLAY THE DEVICE TYPE, DEVICE LOCATION, TIME, AND DATE OF ALARM AND A UNIQUE CUSTOM MESSAGE. [C] TRANSFER THE COMMON ALARM CONTACTS SENDING AN ALARM SIGNAL TO AN APPROVED CENTRAL STATION. (TWO DEDICATED TELEPHONE LINES, CONNECTION, AND SERVICE BY OWNER). [D] ACTIVATE AUDIBLE/VISUALS THROUGHOUT THE FACILITY. STROBES MUST REMAIN a. FLASHING UNTIL THE PANEL HAS BEEN RESET. Lu [E] SHUTDOWN HVAC UNITS OVER 2000 CFM. CC � c pu w o Do [F] RELEASE ROLL UP GRILLS. [G] RELEASE DOOR HOLDERS. Z o N O o X C) Lj r- `` [H] RELEASE SECURITY ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS. o = [I] RECORD STATUS OF SYSTEM CONDITION TO THE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR: a- X Q [L o *THE SYSTEM DESIGN MEETS THE 2003 IBC/IFC NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2000 EDITION AND NFPA 72 2002 EDITION: co w 99 Z �0P W ORP W�L O w a w ocl W w FSPS PROJECT NO. ALARM HORN/STROBE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE BOX AND PROVIDE A 3/4 25. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY SLEEVES THROUGH FIRE- 10-0165 STANDALONE STROBE CIRCUITS OFF FACP: INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE (2) CIRCUITS OFF (ZIC-4A) MODULE FROM THE FACP TO ACTIVATE, SUPERVISE AND SYNCHRONIZE (2) STROBE CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR FIRE ALARM CABLES. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT RATED WALLS AND FIRE -STOP. SLEEVES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" CONDUIT. CIRCUITS. WITH ARCHITECT SAD ENGINEER. FSPS DRAWING NO. FA-1 L'. c'>: O U O r io PC) u�eae LA PORTE FIRE MARSHAL'S L OFFICE "PLAN REVIEW" Date 07/20/2010 Business Name Jennie Reid Elementary Address 10001 W. Fairmont Type of Review Fire Alarm Contractor Fire Safe Protection Reviewed by Clif Meekins, Fire Marshal Avvroval YES The Applicant shall be responsible to ensure the design specifications and plans are complete and in compliance with the requirements set forth in the 2003 International Fire Code ffQ as well as the applicable referenced Standards listed in Chapter 45 of the 2003 IFC. This plan review is not intended to be fully inclusive as other requirements may be imposed as warranted by the Fire Marshal or as deemed necessary during on -site inspections by the Fire Marshal's Office. The following items are identified by the Fire Marshal's Office during the plan review: 1) Ensure the system is designed and installed so silencing the Audible devices WILL NOT cancel the Visuals devices through -out the facility. The strobes shall remain active when the system has been silenced and will remain active until the system has been reset. 2) Install a Strobe device outside of all Emergency Egress doors. 3) All Smoke Detectors shall be of a tamper resistant type and shall sound a notification at the FACP if tampered with. 4) A person licensed through the Texas State Fire Marshal's Office to install Fire Alarm systems shall be onsite during all phases of installation and during the Fire Marshal's inspection. 5) The Fire Marshal's Office must witness a function test of the Fire Alarm system. Contact the Fire Marshal's Office 24hrs in advance to schedule a Fire Alarm system test. 6) Approved (Stamped) copy of the Fire Alarm plans shall be on the job site and available to the Fire Marshal Inspector at any time during installation. CITY COPY 120 South 2ad Street, La Porte, Office: 281-867460 Fax:281-867-4629 IF THE APPROVED PLANS Tx 775 RE MODIFIED, A NEW SUBMITTAL 3 0 THE CITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE CHANGE IS OCCUR" PROTECTION SERVICES, LP 1815 Sherwood Forest, Houston, TX 77043 July 13, 2010 SUBMITTAL BROCHURE For the Fire Alarm System Renovation At La Porte I.S.D. — Reid E.S. — Gym Addition • 10001 Fairmont Parkway — La Porte, TX 77571 JOB H 10-0165 ARCHITECT PBK Architecture/Engineering 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 2210 Houston, TX 77046 (281)334-4757 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR Peiper Houston Electric 1708 Oak Tree Houston, TX 77080 (713)984-9342 INSTALLING CONTRACTOR Fire Safe Protection Services, LP 1815 Sherwood Forest Houston, Texas 77043 713-722-7800 ENGINEER PBK Architecture/Engineering 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 2210 Houston, TX 77046 (713)965-0608 GENERAL CONTRACTOR Tellepsen Builders 777 Benmar Drive, S i ppIDY Houston, TX 77060 (281) 447-8100 COPY IF THE APPROVED PLANS ARE MODIFIED, A NEW SUBMITTAL TO THE CITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE CHANGE IS OCCURRING APPROVAL STAMPS ARCHITECT GENERAL CONTRACTOR ENGINEER COMMENTS CITY COPY IF THE APPROVED PLANS ARE MODIFIED, A NEW SUBMITTAL TO THE CITY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE CHANGE IS OCCURRING • Issued To: FIRE SAFE PROTECTION 1815 SHERWOOD 17ORES HOUSTON, TX 770,13 FIRE Doing Business As: FIRE SAFE PROTECTION 1815 SHERWOOD FORE; HOUSTON, TX 77043 ISSUED TO: MCKINNEY, R 406 LEISURE DR STAFFORD. Tx 7747, FIRE Al d.b.a. FIRE SAFE ISSUED TO: SAMMONS, PHILLIP A 12103 CANYON GLEN DR HOUSTON. TX 77095 L,^gislra�i3OnNn A(-'R-83:.`3158- piraton Date OF'1'3!2010 Idrall1 �y,o U1`91~'ai PAUL MALDONADO. STATE FIRE MARSHAL SF081 pw'0701t "sense Number APS-0610 piration Date: 08!14/2011 !gistration No: ACR-83231-581 NT LICENSE Y� a) -*J IL MALDONADO, STATE FIRE MARSHAL CITY SFO81 HeY.0703 COPY License Number: APS-0612 Expiration Date: 09/03/2011 Registration No: ACR-83231-581 IF THE APPROVED PI_u FIRE ALARM PLANNING SUPERINTENDE LICENSIE TEXAS, DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE ) I HE CHANGE IS OCR; STATE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE d.b.a. FIRE SAFE PAUL MALDONADO. STATE FIRE MARSHAL 10-0165 Reid Elementary School - Gym Addition - La Porte I.S.D. Fire Alarm System Equipment List - Siemens XLS-500 • City Description Part No. 3 Siemens Intelligent Dual Action Manual Pull Station HMS-D 3 STI Stopper II Cover with Horn for Manual Pull Station STI-1100 1 Siemens Intelligent Multi -Sensor Detector HFP-11 1 Siemens Low Profile Base for FP-11 DB-11 2 Siemens Duct Smoke Detector Housing AD2-P 2 Siemens Intelligent Multi -Sensor Detector for AD2-P HFP-11 2 Siemens Sample Tube for AD2-P ST-50 3 Siemens Intelligent Interface Module with relay HTRI-R (for HVAC shutdown and Monitor Trouble) 1 Siemens Auxiliary Power Supply/NAC Expander PAD-3 2 12Vdc 7.0 AH Battery for PAD-3 PC-1270 2 Siemens Wall Mounted Strobe, Multi -Candela ZR-MC-W 2 STI Strobe Damage Stopper Cover STI-1221E 2 Siemens Wall Mounted Horn/Strobe, Multi -Candela ZH-MC-W 2 STI Horn/Strobe Damage Stopper Cover STI-1210E 2 Siemens Ceiling Mounted Strobe, Multi -Candela ST-MC-CW 1 Siemens Ceiling Mounted Horn/Strobe, Multi -Candela NS-MC-CW 1 Siemens Outside Weatherproof Horn/Strobe AS-75-R-WP 1 Siemens Weatherproof Box, 3/4" Conduit for AS-75-R-WP WPBBS 2 Ditek Data and Signal Surge Protection ' 1,000 Non-ShieldedA #14 AWG 2 Conductor Non -Shielded FPLP Wire (RED) �D`TTKK--4LVLP-LV P142F-RED signal circuits) copy(for y 1,000 #18 AWG 2 Conductor Non -Shielded FPLP Wire (RED WNELLOW) P182F-REDNEL (for intelligent analog circuit) 500 #14 AWG 2 Conductor Direct Burial Shielded Cable 142CS-VNTC (for signal circuits) 500 #18 AWG 2 Conductor Direct Burial Shielded Cable (for intelligent IF THE APPRp. gi4jg ARE 410DIFIED, analog circuit) A �'I i4M1IT1 LJ 1 7/13/2010 10-0165 - Reid Gym EL.As Siemens Fire Safety - Project La Porte - Reid ES 10-0165 Power Load and Battery Computation Summary Report Printed on 13 Jul 2010 at 12:23:28 Supervisory Current and Battery Computation Summary All Battery Selections PASS Power Load -Computation. -Summary—... All Power Load Computations PASS supervisory Battery and Power Load Computation summary Enclosure Battery Size Back Plane CAB-1 Enclosure R1 37.378AH 0.439AMP Page 1 Standby Alarm 6.2VDC 0.893AMP 0.982AMP 0.200AMP Clary Copy A,RE IF THE APPROVED PANS Tr MODI TY S q NEW REQUIRED p,,, ;L E IS OCCURR11, Siemens Fire Safety - Project La Porte - Reid ES 10-0165 Power Load and Battery Computation Summary Report Printed on-1 3 Jul 2010 at 12:23:28 Node: XLS Node @ address 1 Enclosure: CAB-1 Enclosure #1 Supervisory Current and Battery Computation Module Qty Current EOL Current Device Current Total Current DLC 1 145.OMA O. OMA 1. 8MA 388.OmA NIC-C(HNet) 1 120.OmA 0.OMA 0.OMA 120.OmA PMI 1 230.OmA O. OMA 70.OMA 230.OmA PSC-12 1 150.OMA O. OMA 20.OmA 170.OMA SSD 1 200.OmA 0.OMA O. OMA 200.OmA ZIC-4A 1 90.OMA 4.OMA 0.OMA 90.OmA Total Sys Current: Total Sys AM Value: Battery Size: Final Battery Size: 1.198 AMP 28.752 AM 37.378 AM 37.378 AM, Pass Page 2 Siemens Fire Safety - Project La Porte - Reid ES 10-0165 Power Load and Battery Computation Summary Report Printed on 13 Jul 2010 at 12:23:28 Node: XLS Node @ address 1 Enclosure: CAB-1 Enclosure #1 Power Load Computation Back Plane Screw Terminal Total 24V 6.2V 6.2V Module Qty Current Total 1 24V Current Total 2 Current Current Curr Total DLC 1 O.OmA O.OmA 100.OmA 343.OmA 343.OmA 200.OmA 200.OmA NIC-CIHNet1 1. 120. OmA 120.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 120.OmA O.OmA O.OmA PMI I 230.OmA 230.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 230.OmA O.OmA O.OmA SSD 1 O.OmA O.OmA 200.OmA 200.OmA 200.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 2IC-4A I 89.OmA 89.OmA O.OmA O.OmA 89.OmA O.OmA O.OmA Back Plane Total Current: 0.439 AMP, Pass Standby Total Current: 0.893 AMP, Pass Alarm Total Current: 0.982 AMP, Pass 6.2VDC Total Current: 0.200 AMP, Pass IF THE A ARE MODIFIED PROVED PtANS T 0 T HE CI , A NEW SU8 41 ^ C TO THE r, �NG REQUIRED RI(f' E Is OCCURRIN, Page 3 SIEMENS Fire Safety HMS Series Intelligent Initiating Devices Manual Fire Alarm Boxes ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS HMS-S and HMS-D Intelligent Manual Fire Alarm Boxes for FireFin der XLS Control Panels • Durable Design • Shock and Vibration Resistant • Pull Down Lever Remains Down Until Reset • Custom Microcomputer ChipTechnology • Dynamic Supervision • Polarity Insensitive with SureWire"Technology • Reset with Allen Key • No Break Rods Necessary • Two Wire Operation • Surface or Semiflush Installation • DPU Programs and Verifies Device's Address and Tests Device's Functionality • Electronic Address Programming is Easier and More Dependable • Single and Double Action Models Available UL , Listed, CSFM, FM and NYMEA Submitted Introduction HMS-S and HMS-D intelligent manual fire alarm boxes provide the markets' most advanced method of address programming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HMS manual fire alarm box incorporates custom microcom- puter chip. The microcomputer chip technology, and its sophisticated bi-directional communication capabilities with the control panel, achieves the state of an "Intelli- gent Initiating Device" Description The HMS-S and HMS-D are constructed of durable molded polycarbonate material which is matte finished in red with raised white lettering. The housing accom- modates a "pull -down' lever which, when operated, locks in position indicating the manual fire alarm box has been activated. The pull down lever remains down and locked until the manual fire alarm box is reset. The manual fire alarm box is reset only by opening the hinged housing cover with an allen key and then closing and locking the cover. HMS-S Single -Action Station --► HMS-D Dual -Action Station The HMS-S and HMS-D manual fire alarm boxes operate with FireFinder XLS Series control panels. The manual fire alarm box's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memo WkWion Information as well as important operab lu in ation. Siemens innovative etechn V. �ty Division innovative chnol o all HMS Series Intelligent manual fire alarm box s to be pro- grammed by using the Model DPU Programmer/ Tester. The Programmer/Tester is a compact, portable, menu driven accessory which makes programming and testing a manual f' _alarm box device faster, easier and more dependleffhan preyip�y�s methods. The DPU eliminates the need for the crdi&Wanical addressing mechanisms, such a�� pers, dipswitches or rotary dials becaigq t j"ctroni- cally sets the manual fire alarm b006, Bdress into its microcomputer chip, nonvolatile memory.Vibration, corrosion and other conditions which deterideata;mechani- cal addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. CATALOG NUMBER 6306 The HMS-S and HMS-D are fined with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit. They cap be either surface or semiflush mounted. The HMS Series manual fire alarm boxes derive their power, communicate information and receive commands over a single pair of wires. The HMS Series is compatible on the same circuit with all H Series detectors, interfaces or addressable conventional zone modules. Mounting Data Ordering Information v Shipping Weight Part Model Description Lbs. kg. Number HMS-S Addressable Manual Fite 2.0 .90 500-033200 Alarm Box Single Action HMS-O Admessahlo Manual Fire 2.5 1.13 500-03340D Alarm Box. Double Action SB-SR Surface Mounting Box 1.5 .69 310-019850 LTP Reset Tool Package .5 .I3 500620e90 (Contains 2100151 HOUSING 4 in . HINGED TO NAMEPLATE \ SB-SR BACKPLATE NLCING 0 5'h in - i 1 a/u In-0 HOUSINGy® O0`exn®� , in'0 3'h in DEEP N p ^ SWITCH BOX 0 1 (USER SUPPLIED) SCREW BACKPLATE SURFACE MOUNTING ENCLOSURE \ / Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby): 1.5mA r` NOTICE: -The we of dlher (hen Fie SMery celaclas and Gnet weh Fee Sorely emriprlMm w,n M wnsitlaled a 1ni3N,0K.1ip1 Of Fie Solely ldVMMlnI and as Iu h wit all wMranlies nfi a eipeeaed ,, im lied with l.g d 10 loss, danu(N. wiUuaa Mich service popbms. e Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety File Solely . 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park. NJ 07932 Tel: 1973) 593-2600 FAX:(9731 593-6670 Website: www.abt.siemena.comMis W5 W SFS4G Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton. Ontario Canada L6T 5E4 Tel: 1905) 799-9937 FAX:(905) 799-9858 August 2005 SiyMeeeee aMM eMN Ix* Protective Cover To Help Stop Malicious and Accidental False Fire Alarms This unique and patented device has been helping stop false fire alarms around the world for more than 20 years, without restricting legitimate alarms. It offers excellent protection against physical damage (both accidental and intentional), dust and grime as well as severe environments inside and out. It is ideal for schools, colleges, hospitals, nursing homes, stores, hotels and public buildings of almost every kind where there is a threat of false fire alarms. How It Works Stopper II consists of a clear, tamperproof, super tough polycarbonate shield and frame that fits over manual pull stations. When lifted to gain access to the actual alarm, it sounds a piercing self-contained 95 dB or 105 dB warning horn (at one foot). Immediate attention is drawn to the area and a prankster will either run or be caught. The cover is connected to the frame by a cable. When the cover is lifted, it drops off of the frame and a horn will sound (models with horn). Alarm will sound until the cover is snapped back onto the frame or for the life of the battery. Proven effective for more than a decade in helping stop false fire alarms without restricting legitimate alarms. Lifetime guarantee against breakage of polycarbonate housing in normal use (one year on electronic components). Can be used as a guard against physical damage to a manual pull station, with or without the optional warning horn. • Cover is UV stabilized against sun deterioration. Optional horn has choice of 95 dB or 105 dB at one foot. Red units have "In Case of Fire..." label unless specified no label or custom label (charge for custom label). Horn housing available in red, blue, green or yellow with custom labeling. UL/cLIL Listed (also for custom labeling). 91-I100 c uL us ADA NEMA 3R If[2M mmere anyl Larger sizes and surface mounted pull stations accommodated with STI-3100 conduit spacer. Polycarbonate tested to -4O'F (-4O'0 to 12O'F (49-C). Weather resistant gaskets available. when coven7A� prrWrc4t;on outside, UL requires stations to be listed for or tdo6V)"S Power source is 9 VOC alkaline"battery on standard Stopper II (remote powered unit is available). Not just for pull stations, this cover can also help protect other devices such as EPO's, call boxes, telephones and emergency shutdowns just by changing the color and messaging. Fits virtually all manual pull stations indoors or out. with backplate and gaskets, UL Listed to NEMA 3R Standards (IP 14 Rating). ® Safety Technology International, Inc. Safety Technology International (Europe) Ltd. 2306 Airport Road • Waterford, Michigan 48327-1209 Unit 3 Olton Wharf • Richmond Road • Olton Phone: 248-673.9898 • Fax: 248-673-1246 Solihull • B92 7RN • England • Telephone: 44 (0) 121 707 2999 Toll Free: 800-888-45TI • E.-Mail: info@sti-usa.com Facsimile: 44 (0) 121 707 8999 • E-mail: into@sti-europe.com Web: www.sti-usa.com web: www.sti-europe.com 511-1100 with horn lot flush mounting. S11.1100R(' with horn for flush mounted appliances includes relay (ontaos capable of operating from 9-24 VDC remote power or internal 9VOC battery power. S1I-1130 with horn and conduit spacer for surface mounting. STI-1130R(• Surface mounted version of (he Sit-t00R( includes conduit spacer. S71-1200 without horn lot flush mounting. STI-1230 without horn, shipped with conduit spa(ei for surface mounting. Outdoor Use: All outdoor units include ne(essary gaskets. S11-1150 Outdoor with horn lot flush mounting. S71-115OR(" Willi horn for flush mounted appliances includes relay contacts capable of operating from 9-24 VD( remote power or internal 9VD( battery power and includes weather gasket. STI.1155 Surface mounted version of the Sll-1150. STI-1155R(' Sutlace mounted version of the STI-11 SCR( includes Conduit spacer. STI-1250 Without horn tot flush mount. STI-3150 without horn for surface mount.exposed conduit applications. STI-3100 2-conduit space( with 1/2" conduit entry (no gaskets included). 511-3104 2" conduit spacer with 3/4" conduit entry (includes t 3/4" conduit entry gasket). S71-1102 , Replacement horn lot (over with alarm. Custom-LOL Custom text message for horn housing. Sl0 pet' 11 is intended 10 be used in areas where the incidence of Parse fire alarms from manual pull stations is high of has proven to be a serious problem. Any disadvantage of this device is more than balanced when one considers the consequences of false fire alarms, especially it fife service personnel and equipment are responding to a false lire alarm when they are needed lot a real lire somewhere else. Add to this the disruption to the facility when false alarms occur. II you have, or may have, a problem with false life alarms at physical/weathef damage to your lire alarm activation devices, the Stopper 11 could prove invaluable. 'WARNING: Q For RC models: ut Listing does not permit relay contacts to connect to the life alarm of a Ede safety function. the Power Supply lot horns, according to Ul listing, cannot be connected to a UL Listed Fite Alarm syslem. 0 1`n sm 128D OACKMAll' 'Noll: nI SUGGISIS USING 'HE SEF1)00 M({NATI 100 WEATHER UNITS OR WHIM MOUNTED ON" UNvtH SURIA(L STH]00) WEATHER OASSII rOa W1ATN(R On" (USE TWO WITH SPACER) TESTING it has been tested and approved of listed by: Underwriter laboratories S2466 Factory Mutual No. OG6A2.AY (SI 1.1100 only) State of California (obtain local fire marshal approval) NEMA 3R and IP 14 Rating (only for Stopper 11 models with backplate and gaskets) New York City Board of Standards No. 947.81-SA ADA Compliant (UL certified S2466) PATENTS' United States No. 4267549, Canada No. 1147828Z HORN HOUSING (OVER--- s.s h(140mm) 3.2 in.(Rtmm) 6.)In.(1 SDmm) SIA(IR 8.5 K016"Em) )tn.IStmm) SIDE VIEW MODELS WITH HORN (STI-1100 Series) (OVER —GS N.(IGSmm) ' J.)in.(tltmm) 7.0 InCI)tmm) SP"clP GS M.()1Gmm) in.IStmm) SIDE VIEW MODELS WITHOUT HORN (STI-1200 AND STI-3150 Series) 3.2 in.(Gtmm) 5 rn.(1))mm) n(lR ' Ss in.IlROmm) )in.lStmm) ALL MODELS END VIEW Sir 3003 "SKI] (1/) N. (OIR)UIT) sn,10w "SKIT (3/4 R. C=U11) � will It 0i0 I-31 ro STfn (n0o n0unn sug u suwl0 sr•nR u((E00m wnx suRlAa Mount units SU11-31S GRIII I�: r11M MYN YI V.4A. v \ {IFI IRO Yp'N.ff ','94 T, )000,'0),'OJ fll v13/p3 SIEMENS Fire Safety HFP-11 FireFinder'" Detector Intelligent Fire Detector for FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Control Panels ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS Model HFP-11 • Most Sophisticated "Detector Intelligence" available today • Multi -Criteria fire detection for the price of a photoelectric detector • FirePrintl Technology to discriminate between deceptive phenomena and an actual fire • Easily programmed to match specific hazard profiles from the control panel • Polarity Insensitive with SureWire" Technology • Pre -Alarm reporting based on fire profile selected • Remote sensitivity measurement capability • System logic activation based on any of three inputs from detector (smoke, heat or neural network) • Detectors are self -testing, completing diagnostics every 4 seconds • Field cleanable chamber with replaceable chamber parts available • Multi -color detector status LED • Two -wire operation • Compatible Model DPU field device programmer/tester unit • Supports software based automatic environmental compensation • Optional fully programmable relay base, audible base, and duct housing • U� ULC Listed, CSFM, FM, NYMEAApproved Introduction The Siemens Building Technologies, Fire Safety Divi- sion HFP-11 Intelligent Fire Detector provides the life safety industry with the most highly evolved detection system available today. The HFP-11 utilizes advanced detection technology that allows the detector to distinguish non -threatening deceptive phenomena, such as cigarette smoke, from actual fire hazards, while optimizing detection for the area in which it is installed. No other detection system available today offers a higher level of protection or nuisance alarm immunity. The HFP-11 uses state-of-the-art micropro- cessor circuitry with error check, detector self -diagnos- tics and supervision programs. 00 Iowa 4% The HFP-11 intelligent fire detector is compatible with the Fire Safety Model DPU field device programmer/ tester unit, which is a compact, portable, menu -driven accessory for electronically programming and testing detectors, easily and reliably. The DPU eliminates the need for cumbersome, unreliable mechanical program- ming methods, such as dials or switches and reduces installation and service costs by electronically pro- gramming and testing the detector prior to installation. The HFP-11 fire detector is compatible with the Fire Finder XLS series of control panels. CATALOG NUMBER 6301 Description TheHFP-11 is a plug-in, two -wire, multi -sensor detbctor with both photoelectric and thermal inputs and is compat- ible with Fire Finder XLS and FS-250 series of control panel systems. Each detector consists of a dust resis- tant, field -cleanable photoelectric chamber, a solid state non -mechanical thermal sensor, and microprocessor based electronics with a low -profile plastic housing. The HFP-11 utilizes stateof-the-artASIC circuitry and surface mount technology for maximum reliability. Every HFP-11 fire detector is shipped with a protective dust cover.The HFP-11 fire detector utilizes an infrared light emitting diode (IRLED), and light sensing photodiode. Under normal conditions, light transmitted by the LED is directed away from the photodiode and scattered through the smoke chamber in a controlled pattern. The smoke chamber is designed to manage light dissipation and extraneous reflections from dust particles or other non - smoke airborne contaminants in such a way as to main- tain stable, consistent detector operation. When smoke . enters the detector chamber, light emitted from the IRLED is scattered by the smoke particles and is received by the photodiode. The HFP-11 also utilizes a modern, accurate, shock - resistant thermistor to sense temperature changes. The "on -board" FirePrint technology allows the detec- tor to gather smoke and thermal data, and to analyze this information in the detector's "neural network" By comparing data received with the common characteris- tics of fires, or fire fingerprints, the HFP-11 can com- pare these "Fire Prints" to those of deceptive phe- nomena that cause other detectors to false alarm. The advanced FirePrint technology allows the HFP-11 to accurately determine a true fire hazard from a non- threatening deceptive phenomena WITHOUT needing to use alarm delaying verification and confirmation techniques, which can increase the probability of losses due to fire. The HFP-11 provides the highest level of detector intelligence available today with a detector/control panel link that allows the user to program the detector for the specific hazard profile using a simple software menu selection. Detectors are optimized by selecting one of the following eleven applications: • Office/Retail. • Lobby • Computer Room • Dormitory • Healthcare • Parking Garage • UtilityfTransformer Room • Hostile Environment • Precious Storage • Air Duct • Warehouse/Light Manufacturing The software does the rest; no guessing on detector sensitivities or alarm verification; the control panel programs the HFP-11 detector for the protected area without hassle and without confirmation delays. Once optimized for the hazards in the protected area, the HFP-11 provides the best detection you can buy. Should the operator or installer forget to program the detector, the HFP-11 will revert to a default setting that allows it to operate as an office environment detector. The HFP-11's FirePrint technology monitors input from both the photo chamber and the thermal sensor, evaluating this information with sophisticated math- ematical formulas, or algorithms, comparing this input to characteristics of both threatening fires and decep- tive phenomena that would "fool" any ordinary detec- tor. This technology was developed over years of research and reviewing the results of over 20 years of fire test data in one of the world's most advanced fire research centers. The results of this research are the mathematical models that form the algorithms used in FirePrint. No other fire detector has this level of intelligence or this amount of research and development supporting it's design. The microprocessor's software can identify and disregard false input caused by radio frequency (RFI) and electromagnetic (EMI) interference, and validates all trouble conditions before annunciating or reporting to the control panel. The HFP-11 detector's microprocessor uses an integral EEPROM to store the detector's address and other critical operating param- eters which include the assigned program values for alarm and trouble thresholds. Communications within the detector itself and be- tween the HFP-11 and the control panel, or with the DPU field device programmer/tester unit, are super- vised and safe -guarded against disruption by reliable, microprocessor based error checking routines. Addi- tionally, the micro -processor supervises all EEPROM memory locations and provides a high degree of EEPROM failure fault tolerance. The HFP-11 determines its operating status to be normal, in alarm, or in trouble depending on the difference between the alarm threshold values stored in the detector's memory and the detector's latest analog measurement. The detector then communicates changes in its status to the control panel. In,addition, the FireFinder XLS control panel will sample the value of the HFP-11's analog signal over a period of time in order to determine if those values indicate excessive buildup in the photo chamber; if so, the FireFinder XLS control panel will indicate that the particular detector requires maintenance. The HFP-11 is listed as a self -testing device.The HFP-11's visible light emitting diode (LED) flashes green every 4 seconds to indicate it is communicating with the control panel and that it has passed its internal self -test. Should the detector sense a fault or failure within its systems. the LED will flash amber and the detector will transmit that information to the control panel. A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of the detector at any time. If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the Fire Finder XLS panel indicating the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. When the HFP-11 moves to the alarm mode, it will flash red and to continue flashing until the system is.reset at.the control panel. At that same time. any user defined system alarm functions programmed into the system are activated. Detector sensitivity, calibration, and identification are dynamically supervised by the control panel. Detector sensitivity and pre -alarm levels are a function of the application chosen at the control panel and are controlled by the panel. If an alternate, non-FirePrint mode is selected, then the sensitivity can be changed from the control panel. The DPU Device Program/Test Unit accessory is used to program and verify the detector's address. The technician selects the accessory's program mode to enter the desired address. The DPU automatically sets and verifies the address and tests the detector. The DPU operates on AC power or rechargeable batteries, providing flexibility and convenience in programming and testing equipment almost anywhere. When in the test mode, the DPU will perform a series of diagnostic tests without altering the address or other stored data, allowing technicians to determine if the detector is operating properly. The HFP-11 fire detector may be installed on the same initiating circuit with HMS series manual stations, HTRI series interfaces. HCP output control devices, or HZM series of addressable. conventional zone modules. All HFP-11 detectors can be cleaned in the field, when required, by simply removing the detector cover and unsnapping the photo chamber. There is also the option of cleaning the interior of the detector with a clean, soft cloth or brush, or replacing the labyrinth and bug screen included in the detector maintenance kit, model DMK-11. The HFP-11 uses the low -profile surface mounting base. model CB-11.This base mounts on a 4-inch octagon, square, or a single gang electrical box. The base utilizes screw clamp contacts for electrical connections and self -wiping contacts for increased reliability. The base can be used with the optional LK-11 detector locking kit which contains 50 detector locks and an installation tool, to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head.The DB-11 base has integral decorative plugs to cover the outer mounting — screw holes. All HFP-11 detectors are approved for operation within the UL specified temperature range of 32 to 100 degrees F (0 to 38 degrees Q. Application Data Installation of the HFP-11 series of fire detectors requires a two -wire circuit. In many retrofit cases, existing wiring may be used. ••T-tapping" is permitted only for Style 4 (Class B) wiring. The HFP-11 is polarity insensitive. This feature can greatly reduce installation an debugging time. HFP-11 fire detectors can be ' applied within the maximum 30 foot center spacing (900 sq. h. areas) as referenced in NFPA 72. This applications guideline is based on ideal conditions, specifically, smooth ceiling surfaces, minimal air movement, and no physical obstructions between potential fire sources and the detector. Do not mount detectors in close proximity to ventilation or heating and air conditioning outlets. Exposed joints or beamed ceilipgs may also affect safe spacing limitations for detectors. Should questions arise regarding detector placement, observe NFPA 72 guidelines. Good fire protection system engineering and common sense dictate how and when fire detectors are installed and used. Contact your local Fire Safety distributor or sales office wheneveryou need assistance applying FirePrint in unusual applications. Be sure to follow NFPA guidelines and UL/ULC approved installation instructions, which are included with every Fire Safety detector, and local codes as for all fire protection equipment. Dimensions Technical Specifications Operating Temperature: +320F (OaC) to 100°F (380C) per UL 268/268A Humidity: 0-93% Relative Humidity Non -Condensing Maximum spacing: 30 foot centers (900 sq. ft.) per NFPA 72 Chapter 5 and CAN/ULC-S524 Model Descdplinn Part Nuntbm HFRII Add.esxnble Fi,e inl Fite Dett:ur V104133Fd1 Wit tb)Wrr Idoweing Rese Iut Stria::: II 5U¢R5t7$I CB_III actecter Rase lsmarl 5j11}W=ISI[ AD.I IP AI' Uua housing lrt Sirius It 5J0 05`.EEG AD•IIR Ai Owl Housing •mAelas• far ILSerias l,.16b •nl 01:11:13or WGp33YcC DB-101 Btla-i Ducc tot 11-sows uxcllgtsn CTtao's 50o-0.i3T<0 AD04.11 Aoditre Disc k1G0.iVIG RL•HC Hemcta Irodl atarm irde Itt:, 4-oda, on 6cx noun SJrrp33Y•G AL-MV Remate lrnil 44rm irdkalor-sir,1le Cam bue mom. 50"333iC LK-II Base Licl:ine Kit la Series I! delenor! SJLLGJ!:SC OtdK-11 Series llbdairt Kr. Iraplacer,erc htvrinti and bu] tup wm l - 50G-GBIKe In Canada Order: Y.FRIIC Addteaeat+r Freltin: Fire 0e:eC1311LIL •' SJQ-pBAlt: DB41C Oele: Iv Mour.-me Base im series IInJLU 5JC-052a7 AD-HPC Nr Ou:t Aousine ci 53C-05Y.B1 DB-HRC RHa. Base in- Sene511 In:etkoni DCL'•rtinS iULCI XIC p3377CC ADRH-IIC A:.tddde Base in. Seri^_:: II Inlepnjeal Demo¢., Mir.] CI S:If ICS37trt NOTICE: Pat late of Odell than Fie Safely nelartpa and Mall VAh Fie Sale, eWlpnant we to fanslderad a miseaaloation of Fie Safely xleipment and as awn toe at v Mantis, alihel arpa»ad or inlohed with "&d to foss, damagek3britea aniYp mrvlce pmde�ns. Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety File Safety 8 Fem,,00d Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: 19731 593-6670 Website: viww.sbt.aiamans.caMlis 10/05 5M SFS4G Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenyiew Boelayard Brampton, Ontario Canada L6T 564 Tel: (9051 799-9937 FAX: 1905) 799-9858 OCtotler ZOOS au .. areal hap 7M SIEMENS Air Duct Housings-AD2 Series ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • For Series 11 Detectors • Relay Models Available • Design for Air Velocity Range of 100 Y' to 4000 fpm • Alarm LED Visible From Front • Clear Housing Cover for Quick Identification of DetectorType Removable With Only Four Captive Screws •& UL Listed Introduction The Siemens Building Technologies, Fire Safety Division air duct detector housings are designed to be used with the 11-Series detectors. Designed for installation directly to heating, ventilating and air conditioning duct systems, they comply with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 90A. When equipped with photoelectric detectors, these units will signal the presence of hazard- ous quantities of products of combustion or smoke being carried through the duct system. Air duct detectors are not intended to be substituted for open area detection. Air duct housings can be equipped with optional relays. These relays are utilized to operate any supplementary equipment when smoke or panicles of combustion are detected. Note: Most conventional time control equipment guaran- tee only one detector per zone when the detector oper- ated relay function is critical.The connection of a remote lamp and a remote relay per detector is allowed with PXL or System 37m only, other conventional systems may use either a remote lamp or a relay. With the MXL series of control panels, up to 60 detectors per circuit having relays may be used. The connection of a remote lamp or a remote relay is allowed for each detector but not both. With the FireFinder XLS series of control panels, up to 252 detectors per circuit having relays may be used. The Connection of an intefligent remote lamp and a remote Relay (ILED). is also allowed. i r nu.t. J. Fire Safety Air duct housings Jsope M*rifrg"rmation) are Under- writers Laboratories, Inc. listed. rr//(/f'D p Description �wS BM IT The Fire Safety air duct housing is uniqu60ip�gd to use the photoelectric detector. :,BRING Sensitivity of PE-11 detectors can be checked by viewing the LED or an RSAW-11 or RSAC-11 multicolor remote lamp. A green flash indicates the detector has passed its self test. Amber indicates a trouble condition, and red indicates an alarm state. HFP-11,HFP0-11 and FP-11 sensitivity maybe viewed from the multicolor LED on the detector or preferably may be printed by command on an optional printer from the MXL control panel. The detector unit employs a cross -sectional sampling principle of operation. Inlet sampling tubes are available in four lengths (see table on reverse side). Outlet sampling tubes are one common length. A continuous cross - sectional sample of air moving through the duct stratifica- tion orskin effect phenomena occurring in the duct that could prevent combustion product or smoke (especially in large ducts) from reaching a spot type detector. In addition, the unique design of the sampling chamber insures uniform sensitivity in air velocities, ranging from a low of 100 feet per minute to as high as 4000 feet per minute. The housing comes with two 'h"conduit CATALOG NUMBER 6185 knockouts and one 'h"conduit opening for a number of 3 wiring entry ports. The inlet sampling tube length is determined by the width of the air duct being protected.The inlet tube nearest to but greater than the duct width should be used (see table).The inlet tube can then be trimmed at the job site to the exact width of the duct.The outlet sampling tube for all ducts. irrespective of width, has a fixed length of approximately 5.5 inches and is supplied with the duct housing. When the use of a remote relay is required, order model AD2-PR for conventional systems: AD2-XHR for address- able systems. When required the WP-2000 weatherproof enclosure for Duct Housing is available. For full details, refer to installation instructions part number 315-049708. Sampling Tube. Selection Table Duct Width - Sampling Tube Model No. - For duct widths S' to 1' ST-10 For duct widths Mel )'to 3' ST--25 For duct widths Duet T to 5' Inquires support) ST-50 ' For duct widths over 5'to 10' requires support) ST-100 Maintenance of the detector is easily accomplished by y the removal of the Series 11 duct housing sampling chamber cover.The detector, which plugs into the hous- ing, is easily removed for cleaning by a trained technician. All that is necessary for installation of the air duct detector is the cutting of three small holes for the sampling tube installation (template included) and the drilling of four holes lot mounting the air duct housing.The unit is then easily mounted in place and connection made to the existing wires or terminals if optional accessories are utilized. ST-50 and ST-100 require support. ST-100 is shipped in two five foot pieces with a coupling for field assembly. Technical Data Temperature Range Altitude Range Relative Humidity Air Duct Velocity Range 320F (000 -1000F (3800 No Altitude Limitations 10-85% (non-condens ing/non-freezing) 100 - 4000 F t/Mi n. SamplingTube Pressure Greater than 0.01 amps Range of Differences less than 1.2 inches of water column Note to Architect: When building codes regulate the location of detectors within ventilating systems, make sure that the number and locations of detectors is in accordance with the code regulations. Order Information Model Description Part Number A02-P Ail Duct Housing lot use with FRII. HFAll. HFP0.11. PE -II 500.649706 AD2-PR Air Duct Housing lot use wish PE-11 with relay 500.649707 AD2-XHR Air Duct Housing for use wilh FP-11, HFRI 1, HFPO.II, with relay 500-649708 ST 10 Sampling Tube lot Ducts 6' to I' 500-649710 ST 25 Sampling Tube lot Ducts over 1' to 3' '02 N9711 ST50 Sampling Tube for Ducts over 3' l0 5' S00.649712 ST-100 Sampling lobe to, Ducts over 5' to 10' 500.649713 Product Includes One Short Return (outlet)Tube One Stopper Two 412 + -Yd" Sheet Metal Screws Mounting Template Note: Detector and sampling tube to be purchased separately Not.: Minimum hardware rpuired is ono Air Duct housing Aasemblg one Sampling Tube and on. Detector. NOTICE: The use of other than Fin Safety detector. and bases with Fire Safety equipment .will be considered a misapplication of Fin Safety .q.ipment and as such voids all warnntiva either expressed or implied in regard ro loss, damage, liabilities endlor service problems ' Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fetnwood Road 2 Ken,,iew Boulevard Florham Park. NJ'07932 4r06 Brampton. Ontario Siemens BuildingTechnolo les g Fire Safety Tel: 19731 593.2600 FAX: 1973) 593.6670 Wabaits: www.sbt.siemens.com/fis ev1 SFS4G Printed in U.S.A. Canada LET SE4 Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 Apr1l 2006 New NrW SIEMENS HTRI Series Fire Safety FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Intelligent Initiating Devices Interface Modules ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS Intelligent Interface Modules for FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels HTRI-S, HTRI-D, HTRI-R • Interfaces and Supervises Normally Open or Normally Closed Contacts • Integral SPDT Relay (up to 4 amps) on HTRI-R Model • Dual Input on HTRI-D Model using a single address • Polarity Insensitive with SureWireT" Technology • Multi -color L.E.D. indicates status (green, amber, red) • Easy front access to programming port and wiring terminals • Mounts 4 inch square 2 Y4 deep box, or double gang box • Dynamic Supervision • Comes with 5x5 inch faceplate • Two wire operation • DPU Device Program/Test Unit programs and Verifies Device's Address and Tests Devices functionality • Electronic Address Programming is Easy and Dependable • ULC Listed �L CFSM, FM. NYMEA Approved Introduction The HTRI Series Intelligent interface modules are de- signed to provide the means of interfacing direct shorting devices to the FireFinder XLS and FS-250 Fire Alarm Control Panel loop circuit. The HTRI Series Intelligent interface modules provide the market's most advanced method of address programming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HTRI Series interface module incorporates a microcomputer chip. The HTRI Series microcomputer chip technology and its sophisticated bi-directional communication capabilities with the control panel, achieve the state of an "Intelligence Device" Description The HTRI Series intelligent interface modules are available in three models. The HTRI-S and HTRI-R are designed to monitor a normally open or closed dry contact. The interface module reports the contact's status to the control panel. The HTRI-S model can only monitor and report the status of the contact, while the HTRI-R incorporates an addressable Form C relay. The HTRI-R relay and contact device input are controlled at the same address. For the control panel system, the relay and input contact can be controlled as a separate function. The relay is typically used where control or shunting of external equipment is required. The HTRI-D is a dual input module and is designed to supervise and monitor two sets of dry contacts. The Dual Input Module only requires one address but re- sponds independently to each input. The HTRI-D is ideal for monitoring a water flow switch and its respective valve tamper switch. The HTRI has a multi -color Light Emitting Diode that flashes green when operating normally, amber if unit is in trouble condition, and red to indicate a change of state. The HTRI-D flashes twice, once for each ad- dress, the HTRI-R red L.E.D. indicates a change of state in the relay. CATALOG NUMBER 6304 The device's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information as well as important operating status information. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.. Fire Safety Division innovative technology allows all HTRI Series intelligent interface modules to be programmed by using the CPU Device Programming/Test Unit. The CPU is a compact, portable, menu driven accessory that makes program- ming and testing an interface device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The DPU eliminates the need for mechanical addressing mecha- nisms, such as program jumpers. DIP switches or rotary dials, because the DPU electronically'sets the HTRI interface's address into the interface's microcomputer chip nonvolatile memory. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions that deteriorate mechanical addressing mecha- nisms are no longer a cause for concern. The HTRI Series is fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit. The HTRI Series is fully compatible on the same FireFinder XLS and FS-250 circuits with all intelligent H Series detectors, HMS Series addressable manual stations or any other addressable intelligent modules, such as the HZM or HCP. All HTRI Series intelligent interface modules are UL listed. I Environmental operating conditions for all HTRI Series modules are 32eF (OC) to 120OF (49eC) with a relative humidity of not greater than 93%`non-condensating. 7, Ordering Information Model Description Shipping Wt. Lb. Ng. Part Number HTRI-S Single Input 7 oz. 2 500-033370 HTRI-R Single Input w/Relay 7 oz. 2 500-033300 HTRI-D Dual Input 7 oz. 2 500-033360 NOTICE: 7" ese of other ttwt Fie 41eM Mr..aa and eaaea vmn Fie $alety eeugntlnt "N O ton ido.W a mrsar allon of Fie 6alntV M1WpMnt an, as $w void all Nlnonn., i1r. expessed a impied min iegpd to loss, damsee, kablkries mWor setwe poteema. Siemens, Building Technologies Fire Safety Mounting Data Addressable Interface Model HTRI-S. HTRI-D. HTRI-R mounts directly into a 4 inch square 2 '/a deep box or a double gang box (user supplied). A 5 inch square oh -white faceplate is included with each HTRI. MOUN I ING SLOTS FOR 4 INCI I SWITCHBOX MOUNTING SLOTS FOR DOUBLEGANG SwITCH©ox Figure A Mounting the HTRI-S/-D/-R Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby): 1 mA HTRI-R Relay Ratings Resistive: 4A. 125 VAC 4A, 30 VDC Inductive: 3.5A, 120 VAC (0.6PF.) 3.OA, 30 VDC (0.6P.F.) 2.OA, 120 VAC (0.4PF.) 2.OA. 120VAC (0.35P.F.) 2.OA. 30VDC (0.35PF.) Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX:(973t 593-6670 Website:..sbt. siemens.comnis 1 N04 SM SFSIG Printed in U.S.A. Fee Safety 2 Kenview Boblevard Brampton, Ontario Canada L6T SEa Tel: 1905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 liTRI-SF-D/-R MODULE OUNTING )LES FOR \4TCHPLAIE Decemb.r 2004 5u ....,.1. I= • Signal Circuit Voltalprop Calculations RPS #4 Joe N.ma: Reid Elemenlary School - La Pone ISID SMeemen: R. Ikerd ManNeclunr: S'Iam0n5 Engineer: JHA DATE: 07113110 Joe e: 104165 • _ U U RP S W SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE a w D Q v N a ¢ v N a rc o VI a a 0 a ¢ 0 1/� a rc 0 VI a a 0 VI a m 0 VI a ¢ 0 In a rc 0 N a ¢ 0 (rl a ¢ 0 N a ¢ o N a ¢ a N a � o In a ¢ 0 a D. rc 0 a o• 0 o- n rc 0 D. D. rc o N a rc Device Model # Siemens Wall HonVStrobe ZH-MC-15 o ma 0 Siemens Wall Hom Shobe ZH-MC-30 D nl U Siemens Wall Hom/Slobe ZH-MC-75 0 ass 0 Siemens Wall Hom5lmbe ZH-MC-110 o no 2 2 o app 0 Siemens Ceiling Strobe ST-MC-CW 15 NO 1 1 Siemens Ceiling Strobe ST-MC-CW30 ont 1 1 Siemens Ceiling Strobe ST-MC-CW75 oxo 0 Siemens Ceding Slobe ST-MC-CW-95 u.xe. 0 000 0 Siemens Ceiling Ho"Strobe NS-MGCW15 Opel 0 Siemens Ceiling Hom/Strobe NS-MCCWW 0»0 1 1 Siemens Coding Hom/SMNoa NS-MC-CW75 Dsn 0. Siemens Cailim HmTvSeobe NSWC-CW95 0No 0 0No 0 Siemens Wall Strobe ZR-MC*110 oxn 2 2 o.o0 0 -I. Dao 0 Siemens Wall HO Vobe AS-75499VP 0 na 1 So No0 Siemens PAD-3 0NO 0 Total Device Currem am) o.eM o.n. -'o.No aaao e.000 o.00 DOM 06. o.000 o.000 o.000 o.aao A000 o.aop o.oao o.aao o.00p Gable Length (e) Ga Desire (in FII (15'min.) - Ist5 rs 's is �5 is Is �e t] a �s is u rs is t5 isloop Cable Length Plus ..J Gap v's 6 or Devices ..� sea sea p o o p o 0 o a o 0 0 o D o 0 0 o a Enter Wee Sols Cable Resistance 9 DI ro U 0. Ix. ]! 11. t» po DDD oao oDD ON DDD Doo ow 000 Doe 000 Doo 00o DDD DDD p00 000 DaD 000 Dao ono Dap 000 oDD *11;2- oD00a oaD oa0wer upp ola e = 2e N zr z. i. xa xe zr z. z. 2. x. 2e z. xe 1. le 11 Su VDlta a EOL = E-IR ]L. li] ]4D l..D l..e ]so ]..a I..a x1a ].A ilo 11.p 1..D Ito 1lD lea Itp ]4p 3..p u.p 1120.00 FEET 7113/2010 10-0165 vdrop2xls Remote Power Supply - RPS #4 Battery Calculations Job Name: Reid Elementary School - La Pone ISD Notification App. Mfg: Sibmbns'- - Salesman: R. Ikerd DATE: 07/13/10 Engineer: JHA JOB N: 10-0165 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY NUMBER OF DEVICES CURRENT PER DEVICE STANDBY CURRENT ALARM CURRENT PAD-3 REMOTE POWER SUPPLY Aux. PW1.ON(SW1-12OFF)-0.035 1 0.035 0.035 A 7777: Aux. Pwr.ON(SWI-12OFF).0.140 1 0.140 0.14 A 77777 A TOTAL CURRENT (A) 0.035 A 0.14 A o.,dewlce anualilbLcil� enQr.. ij Standby/Alarm A 0.000 A 0.000 A- 'Standby/Alarm MA 0.000 A 0.000 Ai Standby/Alarm MA 0.000 -A 0.000 A B TOTAL AUXILIARY - : : :. . :. , I TOJ-;;�P No LA**N,�,Es Standby/Alarm mA: DEVICES CURRENT (A) wls 0-000 A 0.000 A. A' 0 'A�' n R P S 4 - 1 - 4 0.701 A RPS4-2- 4 RPS4-3- 0 RPS4-4- 0 p TOTAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CURRENT (A) D Total current ratings of all devices in system (line A - line B + line C.) 0.035 A 1.612 A E A.H FOR REPORTING DELAY - OHr = O.00AH.: 6Hr = 0.24AH.; 15Hr = 0.60AH.: 0.00 AH F Number of standby hours (24 or 60 for NFPA 72. Chapter 1, 1.5.2.5.) 3 Multiply TOTAL Standby Current (A) 0.035 BY 24 H 0.84 AH I Alarm sounding period in hours. (For example, 5 minuies=0.0833 hours.) I Multiply TOTAL Alarm Current (A) 1.612 BY 0.0833 H 5 min 0.0833 H 0.1343 AH J Add TOTAL Amp Hours From Lines E, G and I. 0.97 AH Multiply line J by 1.25. ( Battery De -rating Factor) Minimum Battery Size Re uired 1 11.2118 AH 4.0 AH1 FSPS Will Provide Two (2) 12V 7.0 AH Batteries SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products `08 Series Notification ZH & ZR — Strobes, Horns, & Horn / Strobes ZH Series Product Overview r ' T. ZR Series Appliances Application: Indoor (ZR &Z Mount) - Strobes can be synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol - Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code-3) Tones with 90 or 95 dBA selectable setting (ZH) - Ceiling -mount models feature field -selectable Candela settings of 15130175195cd and 115/177cd - Wall -mount models feature field -selectable Candela settings of 15130/75/110cd and 1351185cd - Base plate is protected by a disposable cover, and the appliances can quickly snap onto the base after the walls are painted - Strobes produce 1 flash per second - "Special Applications" listed with Siemens panels - EZ Mount Universal Mounting Plate (ZBB) - uses single plate for ceiling and wall mount installations - EZ Mount design - with separate base plate - provides ability to pre -wire the base and test the circuit wiring before the walls are covered - oUL Listed & OULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved - ADA I NFPA compliant Specifications • General - Audible/Visual notification appliances shall be listed for indoor use only - Appliances shall be listed under &UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired) and ©UL Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling) n'ry - Appliances shall use a universal back plate, which shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch-square, 4"-octal, or a 3-112"-octal backbox f%% - Two -wire appliance wiring shall be capable of directly connecting to the mourRioR,o py - Continuity check shall occur for entire NAC circuit prior to attaching any audible 1 visual -notification appliances - Dust cover shall fit and protect the mounting plate - Dust cover shall be easily removed when the appliance is installed over the back plate - Removal of an appliance shall result in a trouble condition by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) "PROVED p(ANS [D, A Nf REQUIREDBMlT?n/ N I r Is OCCDRPftr . `08 Series Notification Appliances 2584 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Specifications — (continued) • Strobes I" — Strobe appliances shall produce a minimum flash rate of 60 flashes per minute (1 flash per second) over the Regulated Input Voltage Range, and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged LexanO_lens — Strobes shall be available with two or -four field -selectable settings in one unit, and shall be rated — per UUL 1971 — for up to: • 151301751110cd for wall mounted • 1351185cd for wall mounted • 15130175195cd for ceiling mounted • 1151177cd for ceiling mounted Strobes shall operate over an extended temperature range of 320F to 120•F (0'C to 490C), and be listed for maximum humidity of 95% RH — Strobe inputs shall be polarized for compatibility with standard reverse -polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) • Audibles and Audible / Strobe Combinations Horns and horn [strobes shall be listed for Indoor use under &UL Standard 464 Horns shall be able to produce continuous synchronized output or a temporal code-3 synchronized output Horns'shall have at least 2 sound -level settings of 90 and 95 dBA • Synchronization Modules The strobe portion, when synchronization is required, shall be compatible with DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation — Audibles and strobes shall be able to synchronize on a 2-wire circuit with the capability to silence the audible, if required — Strobes shall revert to a non -synchronized flash -rate, if the sync module or Power Supply should fail to operate (i.e. — contacts remain closed) — All notification appliances shall be listed for Special Applications: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1-flash-per-second minimum over their "Regulated Input Voltage Range" Note: NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1-to-2 flashes per second, and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1-to-3 flashes per second • All candela ratings represent minimum -effective Strobe intensity, based on ©UL Standard 1971 • Series ZH Strobe products are listed under BUL Standards 1971 and 464 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32'F to 120`F (0°C to 49°C) and maximum humidity of 93% (t 2%) • Series ZH horns are listed under ©UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only) f, J — SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division • Mounting Diagram (Shown In Inches) Mounting Options ? icSuCcraa 1 .nst3 rount rp p9:e a5 S+• ,n InSgure 1 is a Singlegang. c out -le -gang. 4- square C oa3gcn. c-r 3 3 oc:agcn bac:bez ',,I:, :he : pv c-d pan head S-rews TJ fe^10•IF d,t Cove,. i:e t-_ -b and indea Sr.a-r n- 1,.p+-0., C`COu@f Ya pull of', -C:e, Cc nn-.:l SFId winng pet Egc s : s -- ? _ oc Less eves sack nto "ekbc x. C. :£ dust "-er ovP mounting L at- t: pr0[£LC the ti' im S "We per`a•n -� wiring ccn-I m7y C---'.. ?Hl'gtiF Cu St rave' bezo,e snap,.-g Cr Instd@-•g me s.<tiance -'tf i^ m NntiD _ e oFf fig J. Technical Data ZH and ZH7NC Hom Reverbersrrr d8A Per & UL46E4 [ZH-MC and ZH at 24V1 a _. 4-vc art CsvicP c- -It ^as one rte.::ng efiematc.-. I.ta :-e Pip of :he rasa :>:he :cp of re thr-oce. If as des'ed :0 FJoher se.:m s the det'rc£ P: !ne :35e :hen Iwo op:tpnal WeKi a'e CCrae'. -C tnKaI r-Se S'r F:vn rum, C.: re S:/ w Io'es Iccati: ,::he top and ootor C' :he To renroee :he : ooliance. pre! a s^uii f r.-bt3:-: s: _wdr;er in:othe sae openn; Tce sere.A•'.•er must clear du sr - release cpening c•y': E_ 0 sengage rP snap. Cc no: pry -.f housngw -- :he sc-esdrr-t. Apply:r+_-SLIe w:1� a+;P. Ins£n-: 'in £Ice's'Ile 3c.ening a5 ahow, - -a 4 t: re e.5e the housing. Continuous IHigh83 87 90 C Lo 77Hom 1 83 _C VR ., _ Code 3 Hom or Ij High 1 79 1 82 86 'Available in sync 16-33 Volts S :he Sa n-- 3-a APE IF THE H APPROVED lED P(AAii TO '^ jNE CI ry lS RE EW 5U8�? P�rgNCE 1, OCC�RR, SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data - (continued) &ut Listed Models and Ratings (•.Iodels' Operating 'ddia0e,:c,lage i •oecial Application] (F'er� UL 1971] i` o":A/RtASt Range Ipert;ijULC- 55?c_.0?i ('•'DC.':'RMS) Horn Mounting SVooe Candela cd; ZR-MC 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 - Wall 15130/751110 ZR-HMC Hi.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 - Will 135118E ZR-MCC 113,0-33.0 20.0-31.0 - Ceiling 15130RS,1J5 ZR-HMC-C. 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 - Ceiling I'll 51177 ZH-NIC 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 X Wall IEI301751110 ZH-HMC 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 X- N.1311 IM4185 ZH-MC-C 16.0-30 20.0-31.0 X Ceiling 15/30175195 ZH-HMC: C 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 X Ceiling 1151177 ZH 113.0-31,0 20.0-31.0 X Wall or Ceiling - - DC 16-33VOC F'A4i 1 15-33 VR:J.S Avaiwlf m re: ano r•hite 6)UL Current Ratings (ZR Strobe Only) Maximum RMS Current (AMPS) MC MC-C HraC-C 1E.0 30ccl 75cd 110ctl15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd ttScd 177cd0.064 0.096 0.175 0.233 00.4KO.RZ 0.089 0.777 0.200 0.?5a 0.376 0.445 O.MB 0.764 0'C° 0.368 0.117 O.t80 0.297 0.399 0.482 0.684 ©UL CmienrRatings ZH HornfStrobe 6laximum WAS Current (AMPS) Han Se,-Jnd MC i.4C MC -C HMC-C 75cd 30cd I 75cdltlOcdl 135cd 185cd 75cd 30cd 75cd I 95cd 115cd 1177CA F'i h• 0.078 0.ii3 0. 195 o.?59 0.371 0.506 0.087 0.131 0.??? 0.?92 0.371 0.506 DC 16-33 VDC 0sr' 0.0?4 0.107 0.188 0245 0.324 0455 0.075 0.121 0.?73 0.?77 0t324 G.455 Hiqn • 'i5 441 0200 00•32 0 406 0.521 0.722 0.149 0.216 0.33t 0.436 0.52t 0.722 Fv:R 16-33 vR'J,5 O.t?3 0.719 025G 0.39t OAS7 0.699 0.131 0.195 0.31y 0.421 0.447 0.699 Cuff en, Orax is the same for the Continuous Hom; Code 3 Hom dnd March Time Serings Details for Ordering - (Including Mounting Options 8, Agency Approvals) Agency Approvals Model Number. Part Number Description _Qptii:i Mounting u: s77`;,_..: ' = UL ' ULC 1;., FM CSF.M ZH-R 500-636159 Z Horn: Red B,D,E,F % X X X ZH-W 500-636160 Z Horn: White B,D,E,F X X x X ZH-MC-R 500-636161 Z Horn: Multi Candela (Wall), Red B,D,E,F X % X X ZH-MC-W 500-636162 Z Horn: Multi Candela (Wall) White B,D,E,F X X % X ZH-HMC-R SOO-636163 Z Horn: Hi Multi Candela (Well) Red BDEF % X X X ZH-HMC-W 5002636164 Z Horn: Hi Multi Candela (Well), White B,D,E,F X X % % ZH-MC-CR I SOO-636165 Z Horn: Multi Candela (Ceiling), Red B,D,E,F % I X X I X ZH-MC-CW 500-636166 Z Horn: Multi Candela (Ceiling), White B,D,E,F % I . X X X ZH.HMC-CR 500-636167 Z Horn: Hi Multi Candela (Ceiling), Red B,D,E,F X-1 X X X 'ZH-HMC-CW 500-636168 Z Horn: Hi Multi Candela (Ceiling), White B,D,E,F % X X X ZR-MC-R 500-636169 Z Strobe: Multi Candela (Wall), Red B,D,E,F X X X X ZR-MC-W . 500-636170 Z Strobe: Multi Candela (Wall) White B D E F X X X X 1- ZR-HMC-R 500-636171 Z Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela (Wall), Red B,D,E,F X X X % ZR-HMC-W SOO-636172 Z Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela (Wall) White B,D,E,F X X X X ZR-MC-CR 500-636173 Z Strobe: Multi Candele (Ceiling), Red B D,E F X X X X ZR-MC-CW SOO-636174 Z Strobe: Multi Candela (Ceiling), White B,D,E,F X X X % ZR-HMC-CR 500.636175 Z Strobe: Hi Multi Candela (Ceiling), Red B D,E F % X X % ZRS-HMG.CW 500-636176 Z Strobe: Hi Multi Candela (Coiling), White B,D,E,F % X X X ZBB-R 500-636193 Accessory- (Includes base, dust cover, mounting screws and installation sheet) ZBB-W 500-636194 Accessory- (Includes base, dust cover, mounting screws end installation sheet) X -listed I approved - Refer to catalog sheet a: 2585 for detailed mounting options Nctlde: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be. used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Florham Park, NJ 07932 Brampton, Ontario December 2009 Building Technologies Division Tel: (973) 593-2600 Iwl UT 5E4.1 Canada s�o.�w air a w s e. FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U.S.A. Tel: (905) 799-9937 to n URL: w .SST.Siemens.com/FIS FAX: (905) 799-9858 Super tough covers to protect horn/strobe signal units against vandalism and damage of fire protection systems These virtually indestructible covers (slotted for horn or speaker units and solid for strobe -only alarms) are designed to stop vandalism and accidental damage. Molded of clear, thick, UV -stabilized poly(arbonate material, they are backed by a lifetime guarantee against breakage in normal use. Slots in the STI-1210, 1215, 1217 and 1219 allow the horn to be heard. STI-1221, 122S, 1227 and 1229 are for strobes only. Many tough, clear spacers are available for larger strobe/horn units, retrofits, surface -mount and weather resistant applications. For the STI-1210/1221 series, spacer A has a four inch deep enclosed backbox, spacer B has an enclosed backbox molded with an integral double -gang outlet box. Spacer C has an open back for retrofit applications. Spacer D accommodates dPPnPr rmit[ and Annlirntinnc with ovnnC.14 rn nrl, dt ® Safety Technology International, Inc. 2306 Airport Road • Waterford, Michigan 48327-1209 Phone: 248-673-9898 •Fax: 248-673.1246 Toll Free: 800-888.4STI • E-Mail: info@sti-usa.com Web: www.sti-usa.com $11-17101 'YI11(/K Safety Technology International Rurope) Ltd. Unit 3 Olton Wharf • Richmond Road • olton Solihull • 892 7RN • England • Telephone: 44 (0) 121 707 2999 Facsimile: 44 (0) 121 707 8999 - E-mail: info@sti-europe.com Web: www.sti-europe.com STI.1210A Horn/Strobe Damage Stopper with an enclosed backbox, 4" deep. STI.1210B Horn/Strobe Damage Stopper with an enclosed backbox and double -gang outlet box. STI-1210C Horn/Strobe Damage Stopper with open backbox. STI-12100 Horn/Strobe Damage Stopper for surface ,-A/ mount applications with open backbox. STI-1210E Horn/51robe Damage Stopper for flush 'mount, applications with open backbox. STI-1221A Strobe Damage Stopper with enclosed ' backbox and double -gang outlet box. STI.1221A41X Strobe Damage Stopper with enclosed backbox, 4" deep, NEMA 4K. STI-1221B Strobe Damage Stopper with solid enclosed backbox and double -gang outlet box. STI.1221C Strobe Damage Stopper with open backbox. STI-1221D Strobe Damage Stopper for surface mount applications with open backbox. STI-1221E ; Strobe Damage Stopper for flush mount applications with open backbox. SUB-121 Enviro Kit for. D and E models. SUB-122 Enviro Kit for B and C models. SUB-06297D "D" spacer only SUB-06297E "E" spacer only 'Hazardous models available. See S11-1229HIR-HA2. STI-1210-SERIES HORN/STROBE COVERS .Il/sIi )s u.les5I` `rr``lI\ /�h` I WD[InD.IH "r \ hs owVP1oIiNX�1) 61 .Dh(InoOlMx OIYIN s.za.mmoViN 6.25b.(1S0 MOM 63 n(61 6.56.S M(1636.Sin16 mm5i"TIGHT nmm.lIG' 1.5 kc2ivM /sk6S)l lYtinm)�'r1/ l N 51,1210A - 151E 1}lOB STI-121K 51N121010 $11-12101 1 00 A SPACERS SPACER C SPACER 0 SPACER E SPACER' DInN cup, 6S MM.1D1665.5 mmNx.() b6mm) DIP'" S M.(2r16mm) \.�\n.12216mm) 1 MOINXmm) oVi" (9mmIGkOo2mm)6.25 2,3 US s:Ts WOIN 6.S kp6s�117 ' ' 1MiN1 M6x1 "TIGHTImm'("s) it's 6.5I r / 6.5 k1216mm) t.S ln.(116mm) 511-1221A STI-122111 5119221( SW12211) 5"-12211 SPACER DESCRIPTION A Solid enclosed deep backbox (NEMA 4X rated when used with STI.1221 cover) B Solid enclosed backbox and double gang outlet box C Open ba(kbox O Open ba(kbox for exposed conduit, surface mount applications E Standard back frame [of flush mount applications STI-1221 SERIES STROBE COVERS STI-1215 Horn/Speaker/Strobe protective cover for flush mount applications. STI-1217 Horn/Speaker/Strobe protective cover for surface mount applications. STI-1219 Horn/Speaker/Strobe cover with enclosed backbox. STI-1225 Strobe protective cover for flush mount applications. STI-1227 Strobe protective cover for surface mount applications. STI-1229 NEMA 4X weather-proof strobe cover (see separate spec sheet). STI-1212 Spacer kit. SUB-123 Enviro Kit includes three gaskets. 937 in.(138mm) 2.87 in n!I.) ` 1---737 in.(181mm)---•- STI-1215 / $11-1225 9.37 in.(238mm) 4.SO in.E114: \ µlmm)I (199mm) STI-1217 / SII-1227 z 2-2 7 in.(73mm) \ STI-1289 4.25 in. \`\ BACKPIAII (108mml 7.87 In-(199 PO,) STI-1219 / STI-1229 STOPPER DOME DIMENSIONS p. MIt has been tested and approved or listed by: • Underwriter laboratories and Canadian UL File S7025 CUL approval for UL 1638 only CSFM needs local approval Performance Review Light Manufacturer loss WB ADl SECURITY (AOTGtx), EDWARDS SIGNALING (EGIx), EST (Gtx), 20YG HONEYWELI INT. (XLSGIx), MIRTONE (M61x), SIEMENS (G1x) AMSECO (SL24W, SCM24W), MIRCOM (FS-240), POTTER ELECTRIC 22D,q SIGNAL CO. (AS24 FARADAY (2700 SERIES), SIEMENS -FARADAY ML (U-M(S SERIES) 230/0 DETECTION SYSTEMS (GES24), GENTEX (GES24), HARRINGTON SIGNAL 27% (GES24), NATIONAL TIME AND SIGNAL (GES24), SECUTRON (GES24) EDWARDS SIGNALING (202-x-T, W), EST (2440S-x-R, W NS), HONEYWELL INT. 33% (XL5202), MIRTONE (MS-xAW, AR), SIEMENS (202-x-Tx�, ZITON PTY tTD. (ZGJ WHEELOCK (RSS 24MCW) 3gBb WHEELOCK RSS 24MCW 31% ADT SECURITY (AOTG1x), EDWARDS SIGNALING (FG1x), EST (Glx), 32aA HONEYWELL INT. (XLSG1x), MIRTONE (MGIx), SIEMENS (G1x) FARADAY 2700 SERIES),SIEMENS-FARADAY Ml U-MCS SERIES 33% EDWARD5 SIGNALING (202-x-T, W), EST (2440S-x-R, W NI HONE HONEYWELL TNT. 34 Wo (XL5202), MIRTo E (MS-xAW, AR), SIEMENS (202-x-TIE , ZITON PTY LTD. (ZG7x) AMSECO (SL24W, SCM24W), DETECTION SYSTEMS (GES24), GENTEX (GES24), 37% HARRINGTON SIGNAL (GES24), MIRCOM (FS-240), NATIONAL TIME AND SIGNAL (GES24), POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL CO. (AS24), SECUTRON (GES24) Sauna TOSS mr al-InD, 1n2 ana T2T9 Horns: Amseco Audible Horn Sounders - 6.2 dBA Speakers: Siemens Adapter Series (0.5, 1, or 2 watt taps only) - 4.1 d8A INVIRO KIT CONDUIT SCALING GASKET MID IF COMMIT IS N01 PRESENT 1 ENVIRO KIT ADHESIVE BA(KlD GASKET BETWEIN SPACER AND MOUNTING SURFACE )RN/STROBE (OVER -1217 SPACER \ EIMRORIT"al1 OVER NO SPACER \ S 1© 0d�6—r�NlT P a9r9F (�iT yyy E1 FFFF F-SiE�117) .h :,iFIED `j NE„ 11 TY IS RED;, 'TTAL OR HANGE IS SUB-121 G) STI-1210D 511.1221D '0' LINO "SKIT I)PROVIDED ADHESIVE CRA(KIO GASKET (1)PROVIDED SPACER iFil�E Ireruu)ING) IIi STI-12101 STI-1221121F -O- RING GAME 11;PROVIDED STANDOFF BLOCKS (.)PROVIDED 1— WTI: MUST BE MID IN APIAS /8SPACER NHERE MOUIMI WASH ! l(PRI01STING) 11 DOWNS OCCUR I P , / 511-1110B STI-11118 / "SALE "SALT /L(E)PROYIOLO �(svAaa (PIN-1%ISIING) S11.1210( S11-1121( v 1I 1 a <�� 'AS L (1) PROVIDED SUB-122 (REVERED KIT CONDUIT SEALING "SKIT (1) MvSOSD USED 11 CONDUII �{ IS NOT PRESENT /�` (rRPIX1AING) SPACER(PRD1%ISTOCG) �LNVIRO %it "SKIT CRITICISM (OVER AND SPACER (1)PROVIDID (REVISED KIT ADNI1IVE "(KIO GASKII BRVIIIN SPACER AND RECANTING SORIA(1 (1)"OVIDIO ," 0bLL1A. I . 0 m, I».. I»s, 1)96. 1»). TM, moo. maU WE sn (OVER SENATE HUD SCREW (6)PROVIDED 114E)10 ))151PN T/G SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products `08 Series Notification AoDliances ST — Strobes and Strobe Plates '4 Ir 14. 4 e ST-MC-RETRO-R Plate Product Overview Application: Indoor ST-MC-CW / ST-HMC-CW Strobe - Strobes feature low current draw - Ceiling -mount, multi -Candela models are available with field -selectable Candela settings of 15130175195cd or 1151177cd - Wall -mount, multi -Candela models are available with field -selectable Candela settings of 1513 017 511 10cd - Strobes produce one (1) flash.per second over the regulated voltage range - Synchronized using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol - Fast installation with In I Out screw terminals using #12 to H 18 AWG wire - ©UL Listed & €BULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved - Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 Specifications - Visual -notification appliances shall be Siemens Series ST Strobe Appliances or approved equals - The Series ST shall meet and be listed for BUL Standard 1971 for Indoor Fire Protection Service (Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) - Strobes shall be listed for indoor use only - Strobe appliances shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range, and shall incorporate a Xenon flashcube enclosed in a rugged Lexan& lens - All inputs shall be compatible with standard, reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire -Alarm Control Panel (FACP) - Strobe Plates, when installed, shall be the Siemens -Series Strobe Plate (ST-MC-RETRO), and shall have the same electronic circuitry as the Siemens Series ST - The Series ST Strobe shall be of low -current design '08 Series Notification Appliances 2573 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Specifications — (continued) - The strobe intensity for ceiling -mount models shall have field -selectable settings, and shall be rated per ©UL Standard 1971 for I5130175195cd or 1151177cd where multi -Candela appliances are specified - The strobe intensity for wall -mount models shall have field -selectable settings, and shall be rated per OUL Standard 1971,-for 15/30/751110cd where multi -Candela appliances are specified - The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant - The appliance shall be compatible with the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol when synchronization is required - The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation - If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e. - contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to a non -synchronized flash rate The strobes shall be designed for indoor surface of flush mounting - The Series ST Strobe Appliances shall incorporate a Patented, Integral Strobe Mounting Plate that shall allow mounting to single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 100mm European type back boxes, or the SHBBS Surface Back box The Series ST multi -Candela or single -Candela Strobe Plate shall mount to either a standard, 4-inch square back box for flush mounting, or shall mount to the Siemens SBL2S back box for surface mounting All.notification appliances shall be backward compatible General Notes - Strobes are designed to flash at one (1) flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range"' . - All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on OUL Standard 1971 - . All notification appliances shall be listed for "Special Applications" NFPA-72 specifies o flash rate of I to 2 flashes per second, and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rote of 1-ro-3 flashes per second Mounting Diagram ?.70 (Shown In Inches)Be sn 7.38 �A DO 10.70 I �I FIRE L FIRE Mountinq Options B FLUSn!.OAMIVi -. SFC. S-Y. •Cer- O 6tC%SC):: CEF ,yam � +�i '�fEr< - • �•er;� Ili/�B J11 SihOS• IIiJVING� ill CCNER F.uWIMANNFEERWCOV� I1 fIU-A V. SUF.•ACE%OJI. 1 aAC J. I :r Civ iil- i<a ':a li[r.. r'.;,p.rl t�oeE \\ , .�> •.��: ti> \' \' �aaa I\.�I����..�., I RWCIAy IJ.)IEEC Of COV7uCTORS F FIU CR Su"ACE h1ou i 1 D'•!S_'::M1:UX31a �c '� i612 C 'r e �SCREI%l ��,� •F+ `•� �� �,� 10 FAWI/I.)/ I:N18ERW COM]uCTJRS l 9lFJL .l1JU•.TI:4 MlO,/$URFACE \tiCott9L•P.51 � � \SC f.E1\`. e•/ rte��:!-'/jj�I '-'F.CBE AVJI•:Cl. 1 I �`///JI OJRR �. W,% *]S WY.Il W**41 AVe. ;1 l f t t V.rllt G'/(.?fa A'/f. �IJ Ah�I' 1 t < CArfilt WIC.IE L*kU n�AII 1 t t l t SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data i+ CIL and (aMC Listed Ratings Operwinc Voltage ,; oknge Range Strobe iSpecial Applicotioni Model Per QQ UL 1971] !I_i-S;'6.02j Candela i`dDC^:Fh1S'. i`•'DG'dRMS) !wi ST-AC-RETRO-R_10.0-j' C. t`Ic-011751114 Current Parings Maximum FI•AS Curren, (AMPS) Voltage 'I Scd d 75cd 110W DC I iE-3:L�JC 00t•4 OCNd 7%$ 0.?3j I NUL antlN ULC Listed Ra(it gs . I o w""`°y i111°y` (Special `>ulage Range - $[robe A•1CdeI ,SpplicaGony [PerQUL I471�°er (°Ln_C-`_:526.0?I Candela I\ ^'FIdSI WDUVRMS) (cd) ST•MC-CW 16.0-j5.0 200-3 i.0 157j0f75,VS Currem Ratings Maximum RMS Current iAMPSI Voltage 15cd Kcd I 75cd :FWR N39 1E�jj `iRA45 4117v 160 C?9% Details for Ordering — (Including Mounting Options & Agency Approvals) Agency Approvals Model Number Part Number' Description.. Mounting Options. UL ULC FM. 'CSFM` ST-MC-CW 500-636098 Strobe: Candela White, Ceiling B,D,E,F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X ST-HMC-CW SOO-636097 Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela White, Ceilin B,D,E,F,G,J,N,R,X X X X X ST-MC-RETRO-R 500-636103 Strobe: Multi -Candela Retro Plate, Red _DE, Z X .X X X ST-75-CR-WP 500-636104 Strobe: Weatherproof Red, Ceiling. T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X X X X ST-75-CW-WP SOO-636105 Strobe: Weather roof White, Ceiling T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X X X X ST-75-R-WP 500-636106 Strobe: Weatherproof Red, Wall T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X X X X ST-75-W-WP 500-636107 Strobe: Weather roof White, Wall T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X. X X X ST-HMC-CR-WP 500-636177 Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela Weatherproof Red, Ceiling T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X X X X ST-HMC-CW-WP 500-636178 Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela Weatherproof White, Ceiling T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X X X X ST-HMC-R-WP 500-636179 Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela Weatherproof Red, Wall T,T+WPS-KIT, GG X X X X ST-HMC-W-WP 500-636180 Strobe: Hi Multi -Candela Weatherproof White, Wall T,T+WPS-KIT,GG . X X X X ST-MC-R-AR 1 500-650224 Strobe: Agent -Release Only, Red B,D,E,F,G,J,N,R,X X I X X I X X - listed I approved "- Refer to catalog sheet M: 2585 for detailed mounting options Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Florham Park, NJ 07932 Brampton, Ontario Building Technologies Division Tel: (973) 593-2600 191) L6T 5E4I Canada December 2009 FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in t15.A. Tel: (905) 799-9937 r"^"`r0ri A -le.." vm URL:, CBT Siemens com/FIB 1."' `I -.�� FAX; (905) 799-9858 SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products `08 Series Notification Appliahces NH if NS — NH Horn and NS Horn Strobes I Application: Indoor NH-CW NS-MC-CW Products Overview — Fast installation with In I Out screw terminals using #12 to 418 AWG wires — Strobes can be synchronized -using the Siemens DSC sync modules: • FS-250 panel • XLS panel • PAD-3. power supply with built-in sync protocol — 2 selectable dBA settings of 90 and 95 dBA Anechoic in both tones — Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code 3) — Ceiling -mount model; Field Selectable Candela Setting 15130175195cd and 115/177cd — ©UL Listed & SULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved — ADA I NFPA I UFCIANSI compliant — Complies with OSHA 29, Part 1910.165 Specificatioris — Audible I visual notification appliance shall be Siemens Series NS Horn Strobe appliances and Series NH Horn appliances or. approved equals — Series NS appliances shall meet and be listed for OUL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired for Indoor Fire Protection Service) — Series NH Horn shall be ©UL Listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling) — Horn strobe shall be listed for indoor use only — All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FRCP) — Audible portion of the appliance shall have a minimum of two (2) field -selectable settings for dBA levels (90 and 95 dBA Anechoic), and shall have a choice of continuous or temporal (Code 3) audible output — Strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Input Voltage Range, and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged LexanO lens — Series NS shall be of low -current design — Strobe intensity — where ceiling mount, multi -Candela appliances are specified — shall have field -selectable settings, and shall be rated per OUL Standard 1971 for: • 15130175195cd 115/117cd '08 Series Notification Appliances 2577 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Specifications — (continu - The selector switch for selecting the Candela setting shall be tamper resistant - The appliance, when synchronization is required, shall be compatible with Siemens' DSC Sync Modules or Siemens PAD-3 Power Supplies with built-in Siemens Proprietary Sync Protocol - The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation - The strobes shall revert to a non -synchronized flash -rate, if the sync module or Power Supply should fail to operate (i.e. - contacts remain closed) - The appliance shall also be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation - Series NH Horn and NS Horn Strobes shall incorporate a Universal Mounting Plate that shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 100mm European type backboxes, or the SHBBS Surface Backbox - If required, an NATP (Notification Appliance Trim Plate) shall be provided - All notification appliances shall listed for Special Applications: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1-flash-per-second minimum over their'Regulated Input Voltage Range" Y Note: NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1-to-2 flashes per second, and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1-to-3 flashes per second • All Candela ratings represent minimum -effective Strobe intensity, based on BUL Standard 1971 • Series NS Strobe products are listed under NDUL Standard 1971 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32".F to 120"F (0"C to 49`C) and maximum humidity of 93%(e 2%) . • Series NH horns are listed under ©UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only) Mounting Diagram : N__eii IrL r L (Shown In Inches) Mounting Options E' FLUSH MOUNTING 1.•]lNiYlb P_V! MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AAWG #18 AWG "IG AVJG :14 AWG #1.2 8 8 8 8 (Shown In Inches) COVER REN10VAL Hold flat screwdriver near the tip and insen the tip about 1/8' into one of the slots in the grille as shown. 2. Pull straight down as shown to pop off grille. CAUTION: Prying, turning or pivoting with screwdriver in order to remove the grille may result in damage to ceiling. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data (@UL and �ULC Listed Ratings Operating 'voltage `;otage Range Model (Special Application;) [Per FU1464].=er(q,�U! GOS'6-0?j (VDUVIRdSl C,'OUVRMS) . tJH-C:' 16.G-33.0 30577 'Available in red and white C+JUL dBA Sound Output for 24VDC Models Irunrme I [Per ©UL 464 p_ 1 Description (I FVC11 is n�.:nr o. nvnr I o Continuous Hom 1 1 C. i Code 3 Hom or I L"., ( 13 1 ?7 ( 73 March Time- High d0 63 R5 "Available in sync mode only OUL Current Ratings (Hoar Only) Maximum RMS Current jAMPC1 Lo Hi DC 16-33VOC 0.0'18 0.044 F4VR 16-33VRMS 0.w 0.076 Notes: 1. NH-C Audible Appliances are OUL Listed to operate over a Voltage Range Limit from 16.OVDC to 33.OVDC for 24VDC applications using filtered DC or unfiltered Full -Wave -Rectified (FWR) input voltage. 2. All models are OUL Listed for indoor ceiling use with a temperature range of +O'C to +49"C (+32°F to +1200 F) and maximum humidity of 93%+1- 2% RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when stored in original cartons and are not subjected,to misuse or abuse. . BUL and @ULC Listed Ratings Operating Vdtage -Voltage Range Strobe Models (Special Application) [Per QUL 464/t971]1PH©ULC-S526-021 Candela (VDCNRtdS) (VDCAIRMS) (cdi NS-MC-C' 16.0-33.0 20.0-31.0 tsfW5.45 IJS-HMC-C' 16.0-33.0 20.0-3i.0 I 1151177 Available in red and while OUL dBA Sound Output for 24VDC Models Volume I (Per ®UL 464 %il 10 Continuous Hom :00e 3 Hom or (.larch Time' 'Available in sync mode only Notes: 1. Strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. This hornlstrobe model meets the required light -distribution patterns defined in OUL 1971. 3. All models are OUL Listed for indoor ceiling use with a temperature range of +OOC to +490C (+32°F to +120- F) and maximum humidity of 93%+1- 2%RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when stored in original cartons and are not subjected to misuse or abuse. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data — (continued) UL Current Ratings (Strobe Only) Mayintunt RIOS Current v✓ith Hi d&A Senina (AMPS) [�Z��tII4t1+l�Z�[�tS3r7[t[!'Zl[rxllIal[li)'1�[�Icl��l �Lj►t>� OO UL Current Ratings (Strobe Only) Maximum RMS Current vaith Lo dBA Setting (AMPS) Notes: 1. Strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. This horn/strobe model meets the required light -distribution patterns defined incoUL 1971. 3. All models are rvUL Listed for indoor ceiling use with a temperature range of +W to +49°C (+32°F to +120- F) and maximum humidity of 93%+1- 2% RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when stored in original cartons and are not subjected to misuse or abuse. Details for Ordering — (Including Mounting Options & Agency Approvals) Agency Approvals Model Number part Number Strobe Candela Description. - Mounting Options* UL ULC FM CSFM NS-MC-CR 500-636087 15I3on5/95 NS Horn: Multi -Candela, Red E X X X X NS-MC-CW 500-636088 15I3on5/95 NS Horn: Multi -Candela, White E X X X X NS-HMC-CR 500-636089 115/177 NS Horn: Hi Multi -Candela, Red E X X X X NS-HMC-CW 500-636090 115/177 NS Horn: Hi Multi -Candela, White E X X X X NH-CR 500-636085 — NH Horn, Red' B,D,E,F, G,1,N, R,X X X X X NH-CW 500-636086 — NH Horn, White B, D, E,F,G,J,N, R,X X X X I X X - listed I approved '- Refer to catalog sheet s: 2585 for detailed mounting options Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to, be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernw d Road 2 Kenview Boulevard SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Florham Park, NJ 07932 Brampton, Ontario Deeember 2009 Building Technologies Division Tel: (973) 593-2600 (su) LIST 5E4 / Canada sw«,w«....� a ... a 1101 FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printer) in U.S.A. Tel: (905) 799-9937 i�„, n URL:.,SBT.Siemens.com/FIS FAX: (905) 799-9858 SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products `08 Series Notification Appliances AS / AH & AS — Audible Strobe Appliances and AH Audibles I Application: indoor/ Outdoor PIKE AS-MC-CW AS-MC-R I AH-W AH-R Product Overview - Fast installation with In I Out screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires - Synchronization can be accomplished using the Siemens DSC sync modules, FS-250 panel, XLS panel, MXL panel, or PAD-3 power supply with built-in sync protocol - 3 Selectable dBA settings of 90195/99 dBA Anechoic in both tones - Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code 3) - Wall mounts are available with field -selectable Candela settings: 15/30/75/110cd or 1351185cd - Ceiling -mount models are available with field -selectable Candela settings: 15130175/95cd or 1151177cd (multi -Candela ceiling models) - Weatherproof models are available for outdoor use - BUL Listed & @ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved - ADA I NFPA 1 UFC 1 ANSI compliant Specifications - Notitication appliances shall be Siemens Series AS Audible Strobe appliances and Series AH Audible appliances or approved equals - Series AS Audible be listed for mUL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired for Indoor Fire Protection Service) - Series AH Audible shall be mUL Listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling) - All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) - The audible portion of the appliance shall have a minimum of three (3) field -selectable settings for dBA Anechoic levels, and shall have a choice of continuous or temporal (Code 3) audible outputs - Strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one It) flash per second over the Regulated Input Voltage Range, and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexanl'� lens `08 Series Notification Appliances 2578 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Specifications — (continued) — Series AS shall be of low -current design — Strobe intensity, where Multi -Candela appliances are specified, shall have field -selectable settings, and shall be rated per ©UL Standard 1971 for: • 15/30/751110cd • I351185ccl — The appliance, when synchronization is required, shall be compatible with Siemens' DSC Sync Modules or Siemens PAD-3 Power Supplies with built-in Siemens Proprietary Sync Protocol — The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation — The strobes shall revert to a non -synchronized flash -rate, if the sync module or Power Supply should fail to operate (i.e. — contacts remain closed) — The appliance shall also be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation when used with Siemenssynchronization — The Series AS Audible Strobe and Series AH Audible shall incorporate a Patented Universal Mounting Plate that shall allow mounting to a single -gang, double -gang, 4-inch square, 100mm European type backboxes, or the SHOES Surface Backbox — All notification appliances shall listed for Special Applications: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1-flash-per-second minimum over their "Regulated Input Voltage Range" .Note: NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1-to-2, flashes per second, and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1-to-3 flashes per second • All Candela ratings represent minimum -effective Strobe intensity, based on mUL Standard 1971. Mounting Diagram Series AS Series AH \ 4.80 4.80 6� d. 5 o0 4.80 4.80 (Shown In Inches) (Shown In Inches) Mounting Options B FLUSH MOUNT JG 'TO. UNWERS L SIIN-=LE-GANG 8?CKBOT; b!O VNTINC- 0" DEEP ?LATE -\ - D FLV2H OR 2VR•ACE kooy,mrJ'' ri FLUCH Oft 2JlC«CE h"JtMr-1G , GUF�FACC N,WNnNC- '-:0.:< I.1/2' OEFP eJ.dnOx OF I00nv, SO. X37.5n.m E VF.O?E B=CKBOX '< Dour, E-G-ING BCC.rc90>: 1WOEE> VNNefiSLL . SHBBS SURFACE BACKSOX UOVEfi^GL h'OVNiRJG PLATE \ ' VNNER=LL IA pUIJTING .\ O\ moupO G O� \ Z, PLATE SCPMW rlF —d-CM. !CeCF:iOev EV. L\_—SCREW AVJUnU✓wJI "of COW-VCi0R5 I."WI✓ NNCER Or CO1OVCi QKs hVJI'I/-R/N-I/EERpfC YOUrp7R. =13914 Me,"( LYy AMW LUAI M Ia-R✓eER CF CCWJUCMZ BAq ✓.It C/IG YIf WGYA AV-112 @Alfl L'/�_k;t t'/y A'/yj NA1711C Wr'YI V-*1i AYr"I f t t ( f t l f l SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Dlvislon Technical Data red Oescrip:ii�n I N)UL dBA Sound Ourout I Model' I [PerQUL 1971/464] Cantlela Lo-w DCA'RIAS) (cdt Ccntinuous liom bled Available in red and Code 3 Hom or March Time' '-Available in sync mode only Notes: 1. Strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. This strobethorn model meets the required light distribution patterns defined in OUL 1971 3. This model is OUL Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of +32°F to +120OF (0°C to +49°C) and maximum humidity of 93%+ 2%RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original cartons and not subjected to misuse or abuse. Model QUL10ULC Listed ModelsBRatings PYULC Current Ratings Ifor Model AM QOperatinu Voltage L,c pecial Application) IPerQUL 4G41 Maximum Vohaue RMS Current fAMPSl Ran 0a LO Metl Hi Volume Average CnriPlll (AMPS) (LEVEL) 20.0VDC 24.0VDC 31-OVDC DC 16-33VDC 20-31VDC, 0.021 0,043 0.080 Lot. .014 .Ot7 .021 pnedium 020 FVVR '16-33VRMS 20-31VRM5 0.041 0.0-1 10.090 High 0351 .025 .050 .030 1 .065 De"�"p'1On QUL /eULC deA sound Output %'olume Reverberant [Per QIJL 464 @ 10 Ft.] - AlteChoiC dBA [;per 4yULC43525-991 (LEVEL) 16.OVDC 24.OVDC 33.0VDC 20.0VDC 24.OVDC 31.0VDC Continuous Ham Low 60 1 63 66 68 y0 y2 Medium 65 66 PI y0 y5 97 High 66 91 93 c2 57 yo Code 3 Hom or tdarch Time" Low 75 79 62 so S^ Medium 60 64 66 g 4G 96 97 High 64 67 10 y2 y7 yu --Available LI sync mode only L4S�ULC Directional Characteristics 3 dBA: 43 degreesleft. 41 degrees right 4; dBA: 50 degrees left, 5.9 degrees right Note: All models are QUL 14ULC Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of +0°C 1o+49°C (+320F to +120°F) and maximum humidity of 93%. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data — (continued) (•)UL Current Ratings TAMPS) Maximum RhiS Currant v:ith Hi dBA Settinq 144 BUL'Cur'r'entRarings (AMPS) OUL CurrentRatings (AMPS) Maximum RMS Current Maximum Rb1:3 Current v:ith I'ded dBA Setting :^ilh t � dBA Selling 85 I D1 C I 'I 14 j FN�R �I Note: These notification appliances are (DUL Listed. as "Special Application". They are intended to be used only with Siemens notification appliance circuits. Model .AS-HMC-C' ' Available in red and white t 6.0-33.0 OUL 68A Sound Output Reverberant Volume [Per 0UL 464 ai 10 FL] Descnpnon (LEVEL) 16.OVDC 24.OVDC 33.OVDC Lon 80 83 86 Continuous Horn Medium 85 68 91 Hioh 88 9i 93 Low 75 79 62 Code 3 Hom or btedium 80 64 88 March Time*' High 84 87 90 "Available in sync mode only Notes: 1. Strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. This strobelhorn model meets the required light distribution patterns defined in oUL.1971 3. This model is OUL Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of +320F to+120°F (0°C to+49°C) and maximum humidity of 93%+ 2%RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original canons and, not subjected to misuse or abuse. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division "Available in sync mode only Notes: 1. Strobe will produce 1 flash per second over the Input Voltage range. 2. This strobelhorn model meets the required light distribution patterns defined in oUL.1971 3. This model is OUL Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of +320F to+120°F (0°C to+49°C) and maximum humidity of 93%+ 2%RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original canons and, not subjected to misuse or abuse. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data — (continued) - ' OO UL Current Ratings (AMPS) 6laximurr, RIBS Current IOVL Cimem Ratings (AMPS) Maximum RIBS Current .-nth (Aed dBA Senina (J)UL CurrentP.atings (AMPS) Rlaxinivni RIBS Curteni •:nth La. dBA Settino DC I FVv'R 1 Details for Ordering — (Including Mounting Options & Agency Approvals) Ac encv Aooroval5 Model Number Part Number Wall Mount Ceiling Mount Descri tion P Mountin Options, UL ULC FM CSFM AS-MC-R 500-636010 X - AS Horn: Multi -Candela, Red A,B,D.E.F,G,1,N,R,X X I X X X AS-MC-W 500-636011 X - AS Horn: Multi -Candela, White A,S.D.E,F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X AS-HMC-R 500-636012 X - AS Horn: Hi Multi -Candela, Red A,8,0,E.F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X AS-HMC-W 500-636013 X - AS Horn: Hi Multi -Candela, White A,B,D,E,F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X AS-MC-CR 500-636006 - X AS Horn: Multi -Candela Ceiling, Red A,S,D,E,F,G,1,N,R,x X X X X AS-MC-CW 500-636007 - X AS Horn: Multi -Candela Ceiling, White A,B4O.E,F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X AS-HMC-CR 500-636008 - X AS Horn: Hi Multi -Candela Ceiling. Red A,B,D.E,F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X AS-HMC-CW 500-636009 - X AS Horn: Hi Multi -Candela Ceiling, White A,8,D,E,F,G,1,N,R,X X X X X AS-75-R-W P 500-636016 X - AS Horn: 75CD Red, Weatherproof I X X X X AS-75-CR-WP 500-636015 - X AS Horn: 75CD Ceiling Weatherproof, Red I X X X X AH-Ft 500-636003 X X AH Horn, Red A,8,D,E,F,G,1,N, R,X X X X X AH-W 500-636004 X X AH Horn, White A,B,D,E,F,G,1,N 1 X X X X AH-R-WP 500-636005 X X AH Horn: Weather roof, Red K I X I X I X I X X - listed I approved '- Refer to catalog sheet k: 2585 lot detailed mounting options Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety Fire Safety 6 Fernw d Road SIEMENS Industry, Inc. 'Florham Park, NJ 07932 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario Building Technologies Division Tel: (973)593-2600 191) L6T 5E4 /Canada FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U.S.A. Tel: (905) 799.9937 URL: w .SBT.$iemens.com/FlS FAX: (905) 799-9858 December 2009 A-, e.,.e uer u... t t SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products 108 Series Notification Appliances Mounting Options Mounting Diagrams / Mounting Matrixes / Mounting Notes ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS IA) UNIVERSAL 610Uh1TING PLATE (E) 4" SOUARE, DEEP. FLUSH (80) � (I) WPBBS O 0 0 0 O +� `J ORDER CODE- RED: 500-636137 Piasuc vck*oc Ic; su:ld:e mvr..(cp A>selies.+ealnerp: 0 0 U U ao'.cvroc: p: adus. U 0 0 0 0o :•I3.7:- _pp_ 0 - \O Vs— •.:h S•,l � Usa::<,h S.er es . -•.n.- !I-s: Yr.:h^-s•ifi A.S(:\'iatnerp�+w) (B)SINGLE-GANG. FLUSH (801 (C-)SINGLE-GANG. SURFACE(Bo) AH.A .E6.E IO.HSAQDi:JAH1 I_ 1.IT:-. (J) BBS BACKBOX _ ... :.'S.S.E iSF. SET-U!C,ST.?H.?F .ORDER CODE -RED: 500-636110 S:an.:a,d vied ta,:keor.., Ih '•.ncAcu:s to ir•;encr <urace nauniinq. concealed o::.d:: n.ou:;ca nl stni-E. t•••, (F) DOUBLE -GANG. FLUSH (80) Co -.�. E1II I..II,I .•�I'I IIIi/ 0 T?P NOTES O O `3 Dee C. �Y• •Rcnl::u sel:.:..vr_r:o:T;+ 10R W S Y: G_a'aul:' . Jse, :,rh see < n.. �. N.Y.. I:H. PJS. Si. ,..-.,:F Vscc w•ch Ieoes R'H Use, wch Series ..-... .H S.)ATX, Id H• S T. 2r,?F Iaia ,•.-th Series MIA*; ,3.Ii H�1:-31 (D) 4" SQUARE, FLUSH 180) (13) DOUBLE -GANG. SURFACE (Brij (K) WBBS WEATHER RESISTANT BACKBOX ORDER CODES -RED: 500-636129 WHITE: 500-636131 /, U !;.j'0 ( \•\ ,C\ and die tuft I' ed (4ne•Jil hG le de0 ..\L��/✓ � \:\ \ r o: tcg. and lnC.:Scut Rir r.:n Cc•x ;cDl.:apoa. ,,pi 3" �/! 0 tee.,`\ Ei•i fi' C:I•a! bPi• Cv_ Use. •:rh'ioe• ..I:e - I C. HS, N Ei;.. !A::I I?. )A i:i -.•v.SEiE. P. SELU-.^.. S.T. ;::.;R A:-. ..::.6e.6i6.1.� 6Cr-,r.:Ha`..1.•iH-:?-:I?,SE�SF '08 Series Notification Appliances 2585 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division LVLP Series J Voice, Data and Signaling Circuit Surge Protection ADITEK General Product Specifications DITEK's Low Voltage Line Protector series of signal, data and loop circuit surge protectors provide strong protection in a compact hard wire package. Applications include protection of 4-20mA current loops, alarm panel NAC, SLC and IDC loops, and burglar alarm panels. Models are available to protect 1, 2, 4 or 8 pairs. LVLAWG models can handle #14410 AWG wiring connections. DTK-LVLP Application Features • Series connection, parallel function adds no resistance to loop circuits • Protect 1, 2, 4 or 8 pairs to match your configuration needs • Seven voltage levels available to protect all types of voice/data/loop applications • "SCP" model provides automatically resetting fusing and sneak current protection Specifications Agency Approvals: UL497B, UL497A Connection Method: #22416 AWG screw terminals (LVLP), #14410 AWG screw terminals (LVLAWG) Max Continuous Current: 5 Amps, 0.15 Amps (-SCP) Max Surge Current: 2,000 Amps per pair (6V-50V) 9,000 Amps per pair (75V-130V) Protection Modes: Line -Ground (All) Operating Temperature: -40°F - 158OF (-40°C - 70°C) Maximum Humidity: 95% non -condensing Dimensions: 1LVL-4LVL— 1.6"H x 3.0"W x 1.6"D (41mm x 76mm x 41 mm) 8LVL — 1.5"H x 4.8"W x 2.3"D (35mm x 122mm x 58mm) Weight: 4oz (113g) Housing: ABS Warranty: Ten Year Limited Warranty Accessories: DIN Rail Kit — Part Number DTK-DRK DTK-4LVLPD�\� Selection Guide DTK- # #LVL# # ## I L= SAD -Based: "Z" Number of Pairs:: 1, 2, 4, 8 Wire Gauge: "P" for #22-16, "AWG" for #14-10 Sneak Current Protection:.15A current, "SCP" Voltage Level: D, X, LV, OPX, SPK, SGR, RUV (see table below for voltage ranges) Example: DTK-4LVLPSCPD Example: DTK-2LVLAWGRUV Example: DTK-Z4LVLPLV Note: Not all options are available in 1, 2, 4 and 8 pair configurations. Contact your DITEK rep to confirm availability before ordering. Performance Data Model DTK-LVL# Service Voltage MCOV Clamp Voltage D 0-6 V 8VDC 12V X 14 V 18VDC 22V LV 30 V 38VDC 47V OPX 50 V 66VDC 82V SPK 75 V 102VDC 120V SGR 95 V 127VDC 150V RUV 130 V 175VDC 204V Iti() ,/ , One DITEK Center 1-800-753-2345 Direct: 727-812-5000 Doc. Number: SPS-100030-001 Rev 3 10-09 1720 Starkey Rood Technical Support: 1-888-472-6100 02009 DITEK Corp. Largo, FL 33771 www.dilekcoro ront Specification Subject to Change ISOTECmr. QUALITY N\r-ERE AND CABLE ISOTEC PARTIOUOTE NUMBER: P142F CUSTOMER PART NUMBER: PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION: 14 AWG 2 CONDUCTORS SOLID BARE COPPER, .010" SMOKEGUARD PVC, OVERALL .015" SMOKEGUARD PVC JACKET RED (UL) FPLP FT-6 306V 60C CONDUCTOR/PAIR COUNT: 2 CONDUCTORS JACKET THICKNESS: .015" GAUGE & STRANDING: 14 AWG SOLID BC JACKET COLOR: RED PRIMARY INSULATION TYPE: SGPVC JACKET MATERIAL: SGPVC INSULATION THICKNESS: .010, RIPCORD: YES COLOR CODE: BLACK, RED NOMINAL O.D.: .196• SHIELD: N/A VOLTAGE RATING: 300V TAPE: N/A TEMP. RATING: 60C DRAIN WIRE: N/A UL TYPE OR STYLE: FPLP BRAID: N/A PACKAGING: TBA CAPACITANCE: N/A COPPER WEIGHT: 26.4 LBS/MFT FOOTAGE MARKERS: YES SHIPPING WEIGHT: 40 LBS/MFT PRINT LEGEND: IP142FPL1-021SOTEC, INC. 14 AWG (UL) FPLP FT-6 NOTES: Shipping Tolerance: +l- 10% Length Tolerance: +/. 10% Random/Odd Length Tolerance: May ship up to 15% of order total on random/odd lengths. All wall thickness and diameter as well as electrical information is nominal. ACCEPTANCE OF ABOVE DESIGN Isolec makes every effort to provide accurate specifications. Printing errors are subject to correction. Standard product specifications are subject to change without notice. Contact your Isotec sales person for current specifications. ISOTEC WC. QUALITY \YII2L AND CABLE PRODUCT SPECIFICATION ISOTEC PARTIQUOTE NUMBER: P182F-RED w/YELLOW STRIPE +— CUSTOMER PART NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 18AWG 2 CONDUCTORS SOLID BARE COPPER, .008" SMOKEGUARD PVC, OVERALL .015" SMOKEGUARD PVC JACKET RED wl YELLOW STRIPE (UL) FPLP FT-6 300V 60C CONDUCTOR/PAIR COUNT: 2 CONDUCTORS JACKET THICKNESS: .015" GAUGE & STRANDING: 18 AWG SOLID BC JACKET COLOR: REWYELLOW STRIPE PRIMARY INSULATION TYPE: SGPVC JACKET MATERIAL: SGPVC INSULATION THICKNESS: .008" RIPCORD: YES COLOR CODE: BLACK, RED NOMINAL O.D.: .148" SHIELD: N/A VOLTAGE RATING: 300V TAPE: N/A TEMP. RATING: 60C DRAIN WIRE: N/A UL TYPE OR STYLE: FPLP BRAID: NIA PACKAGING: TBA CAPACITANCE: N/A COPPER WEIGHT: 10.44 LBS/MFT FOOTAGE MARKERS: YES SHIPPING WEIGHT: 18 LBS/MFT PRINT LEGEND: IP182FPL1-021SOTEC. INC. 18 AWG (UL) FPLP FT-6 . NOTES: Shipping Tolerance: +/- 10% Length Tolerance: +1- 10% Random/Odd Length Tolerance: May ship up to 15% of order total on random/odd lengths. All wall thickness and diameter as well as electrical information is nominal. ACCEPTANCE OF ABOVE DA Isolec makes every effort to provide accurate specifications. Printing errors are subject to correction. Standard product specifications are subject to change without notice. Contact your Isolec sales person for current specifications. Lake Cable, LLC 2020 N. Austin Ave. Chicaco. IL 60639 773 385-8700 Fax 773 385-8770 SPECIFICATION Lake Part #: 142CS-VNTC , Description: 14 gauge 2 conductor 7 strand bare copper wire .015" polyvinylchloride and .005" nylon insulation. Overall aluminum mylar shield with 18 gauge 7 strand tinned copper drain wire..045" black polyvinylchloride jacket. Quad -rated UL type NPLF, FPL, PLTC, TC cable suitable for installation in accordance with NEC Art. 760. Sunlight Resistant, Direct Burial, 90C Dry, 75C Wet 600V 1. Conductor 1.1 Awg size & stranding: 14 gauge 7 strand 1.2 Material: Bare copper 2. Insulation 2.1 Material: Polyvinylchloride / Nylon 2.2 Wall thickness: .0 15"/.005" 3. Color Code 3.1 Code: Black, Red 4. Assembly 4.1 Lay Length: 3.00" 4.2 Binder: N/A 4.3 Shield: Aluminum mylar 4.4 Drain: 18 gauge 7 strand tinned copper 5. Jacket 5.1 Material: Polyvinylchloride 5.2 Wall thickness:.045" 5.3 Diameter: Nominal .318" 5.4 Color: Black 5.5 Weight: 70lbs./mft. 6: Markings 6.1 Type: NPLF, FPL, PLTC, TC 6.2 Legend: Standard per UL + 90C Dry 75C Wet Sun Res Dir Bur 600V 7. Notes 7.1 Cable is suitable for direct burial ALL MEASUREMENTS ARE NOMINAL Date: October 7, 2002 Written by: JG Approved by: Revision: ISOTEC .C. %S QUALITY �VIRE AND CABLE ISOTEC PART/QUOTE NUMBER: 182CS-VNTC (— CUSTOMER PART NUMBER: PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION: 18 A WG 2 CONDUCTORS 7126 BARE COPPER, .015" PVC, .005" NYLON, OVERALL ALUMINUM POLYESTER FOIL SHIELD, 22 A WG 7130 TINNED COPPER DRAIN OUT, OVERALL .040" PVC JACKET BLACK TFFN (UL) TYPE TC 60OV 90C DRY 75C WET "DIR BUR" "SUN RES" PLTC, FPL OR NPLF CONDUCTOR/PAIR COUNT: 2 CONDUCTORS JACKET THICKNESS: .040" GAUGE & STRANDING: 18 AWG 7126 BC JACKET COLOR: BLACK PRIMARY INSULATION TYPE: PVC 8 NYLON JACKET MATERIAL: PVC INSULATION THICKNESS: .015" 8 .005" RIPCORD: YES COLOR CODE: BLACK, RED NOMINAL O.D.: .262" SHIELD: ALUMINUM POLYESTER VOLTAGE RATING: 600V TAPE: NIA TEMP. RATING: 90C DRY 75C WET DRAIN WIRE: 22 AWG 7/30 TC UL TYPE OR STYLE: TC, PLTC. FPL. NPLF BRAID: N/A PACKAGING: TBA CAPACITANCE: 38.8pF/ft COPPER WEIGHT: 12.76LBSIMFT FOOTAGE MARKERS: YES SHIPPING WEIGHT: 39 LBS/MFT PRINT LEGEND: - 182CS-VNTC 18 AWG TFFN (UL) TYPE TC 600V 90C DRY 75C WET "DIR BUR" "SUN RES" PLTC, FPL OR NPLF NOTES: Shipping Tolerance: +I- 10% Length Tolerance: +/. 10% Random/Odd Length Tolerance: May ship up to 15% of order total on random/odd lengths. All wall thickness and diameter as well as electrical information is nominal. ACCEPTANCE OF ABOVE Isolec makes every effort to provide accurate specifications. Printing errors are subject to correction. Standard product specifications are subject to change without notice. Contact your Isolec sales person for current specifications. FIRE ALARM SYMBOL LEGEND FACP FIRE ALARM DETECTION/COMMUNICATION CONTROL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. REQUIRES A DEDICATED 120VAC CIRCUIT ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL AND FIRE ALARM CABLE CONDUIT TO BE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ANN FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR. REQUIRES A STANDARD 2-GANG ELECTRICAL BOX 3-1/2" DEEP. MANUAL PULL STATION AT 42" AFF. TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DEVICE. REQUIRES A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX FD WITH SINGLE -GANG RING AND 3/4" CONDUIT STUB WITH INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR. MANUAL PULL STATION MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN 5' OF EGRESS DOOR. �x CEILING SMOKE DETECTOR. REQUIRES A 4" OCTAGON BOX WITH CADDY -BAR SUPPORT WHEN INSTALLED IN "X" "W" LAY -IN CEILING TILE. - DENOTES RELAY BASE. - DENOTES WALL MOUNTED CEILING HEAT DETECTOR. REQUIRES A 4" OCTAGON BOX WITH CADDY -BAR SUPPORT WHEN INSTALLED IN LAY -IN CEILING TILE. 0 DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR. REQUIRES A 4" SQ BOX ON DECK WITH 1/2" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO EACH "S" "R" DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR HOUSING. = SUPPLY DUCT; = RETURN DUCT SPRINKLER WATERFLOW SWITCH. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL �W A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX ON WALL WITH 1/2" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT INTO EACH SPRINKLER DEVICE TO BE MONITORED. SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL A QT 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX ON WALL WITH 1/2" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT INTO EACH SPRINKLER DEVICE TO BE MONITORED. HrRio INTELLIGENT DUAL INPUT MODULE. REQUIRES A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH 1/2" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO EACH SPRINKLER DEVICE TO BE MONITORED, HrRiR INTELLIGENT INTERFACE MODULE W/SINGLE INPUT AND RELAY. REQUIRES A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX ON WALL. HrRIM INTELLIGENT INTERFACE SINGLE INPUT MINI -MODULE. REQUIRES A SINGLE -GANG BOX ON WALL. REMOTE POWER SUPPLY/NAC EXTENDER PANEL. REQUIRES A DEDICATED 120VAC WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. RPS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT STUBS FROM THE POWER SUPPLY ENCLOSURE INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. STUBS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INSULATED THROAT CONNECTORS FOR POWER LIMITED CABLES. ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS: 12"W x 16"H x 3"D _1P9EL ','Al[_ 1.1001`!T r0 BE IPJSTMLED AT RQ" AFF. f0 THE BOTTOM OF THE DEVICE. BOTH 'WALL OR CEILING MOUNT REQUIRE A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUB AND INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR: IF CEILING MOUNTED PROVIDE CADDY -.BAR SUPPORT. ALL CEILING MOUNTED ,o DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ALL STROBES TO BE 15/75cd UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL VISUAL DEVICES LOCATED ON PLANS, MEET THE PROPER SPACING AND ADA REQUIRED CANDELA SETTINGS PER NFPA 72. (#) - DENOTES CANDELA RATING WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED HORN/STROBE. WALL MOUNT TO BE INSTALLED AT 80" AFF. TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DEVICE. BOTH WALL OR CEILING MOUNT REQUIRE A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUB AND INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR. IF CEILING MOUNTED PROVIDE CADDY -BAR SUPPORT. ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ALL STROBES TO BE 15/75cd UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL VISUAL DEVICES LOCATED ON PLANS, MEET THE PROPER SPACING AND ADA REQUIRED CANDELA SETTINGS PER NFPA 72, (#) - DENOTES CANDELA RATING WEATHERPROOF HORN/STROBE. HEATHER PROOF BOX PROVIDED BY FSPS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL BOX ON WALL AND PROVIDE A 3/4" CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. COORDINATE WP EXACT HEIGHT WITH ENGINEER. "WP" - DENOTES WEATHER PROOF off MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER. REQUIRES A 4" SQ 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH A SINGLE -GANG RING AND 3/4" CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. HOOD KITCHEN HOOD. PROVIDED, INSTALLED, AND POWERED BY OTHERS. FIRE ALARM INDEX OF ABBREVIATIONS INDICATES RPS NO. (TYP.) INDICATES ADDRESSABLE LOOP (TYP.) INDICATES RPS CIRCUIT NO. (TYP.) - INDICATES DEVICE ADDRESS (TYP.) FD- INDICATES DEVICE WIRING SEQUENCE (TYP.) RPS1-1-1 1:001 z 0 0- a_ V w O w 0 O N Cq w u W Qa � Q z a m w 0-' C:)CD J LW w LJ w OQ Qf ¢ Z = 0 CS c� w U RPS4-2-2 10 �30 W RPS4-2-4 \ i RPS4-2-1 24K EOLR o ELECT. z �o� 1 10 F 1:127 PANEL CO J >- 0 Z _ RPS4-2-3 a FIRE ALARM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 75 W P 1. THE OPERATION OF ANY MANUAL PULL STATION, SMOKE DETECTOR, HEAT DETECTOR, m Q W DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR, KITCHEN HOOD, OR SPRINKLER WATER FLOW CO SWITCH SHALL CAUSE THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS AND INDICATION: TYP Ix [A] THE SYSTEM COMMON ALARM LED ON THE CPU SHALL FLASH. THE INTERNAL LL ] 3 AUDIBLE DEVICE SHALL SOUND. ACKNOWLEDGING THE ALARM CONTION SHALL SILENCE THE AUDIBLE DEVICE AND REVERT THE COMMON ALARM LED TO A STEADY STATE. [B] THE BACK -LIT ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY, SHALL DISPLAY THE DEVICE TYPE, DEVICE LOCATION, TIME, AND DATE OF ALARM AND A UNIQUE- CUSTOM MESSAGE. [C] TRANSFER THE COMMON ALARM CONTACTS SENDING AN ALARM SIGNAL TO AN APPROVED CENTRAL STATION. (TWO DEDICATED TELEPHONE LINES, CONNECTION, AND - SERVICE BY OWNER). [D] ACTIVATE AUDIBLE/VISUALS THROUGHOUT THE FACILITY. STROBES MUST REMAIN FLASHING UNTIL THE PANEL HAS BEEN RESET.co [E] SHUTDOWN HVAC UNITS OVER 2000 CFM. v - CC W p p G [F] RELEASE ROLL UP GRILLS. co � o ` o CIO [G] RELEASE DOOR HOLDERS; ;e o ^w �� �� 3 [H] RELEASE SECURITY ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS. w = z 3 ~O v'�v�� [1] RECORD STATUS OF SYSTEM CONDITION TO THE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR. Ln � a a � o w — = L r * IFC NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2000 u- DESIGN MEETS THE 2003 BC THE SYSTEM a EDITION AND NFPA 72 2002 EDITION. LU U. 0 U > O CE NORTH a FIRE. ALARM GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES: G FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL: FIRE ALARM ENCLOSURE PROVIDED BY FSPS. THE ELECTRICAL ' O DUCT MOUNTED '-MOKE DETECTORS: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A 4" SQ. BOX ON DECK ; 14. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DITEK SURGE PROTECTION ON ALL WIRES EXITING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE ENCLOSURE AT 60" AFF. TO THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE AND WITH 1/2' FLEXIBLE CONDUIT INTO THE DUCT HOUSING. BUILDING. PROVIDE A DEDICATED 120VAC CIRCUIT FROM ELECTRICAL PANEL "LM" CIRCUIT #14 INTO THE BOTTOM RIGHT-HAND SIDE KNOCKOUT OF THE MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP), WIRE SAMPLING TUBES OVER 3 FT. (900MM) MUST BE SUPPORTED AT BOTH ENDS. THESE TUBES CAN BE 15. PROVIDE STI STOPPER 11 COVER (STI-1100)_ON ALL PULL STATIONS. THE A/C MAINS INTO THE CABINET THROUGH THE UPPER LEFT CORNER OF THE CABINET TO CUT TO LENGTH AND MUST SPAN AT LEAST 80% THE WIDTH OF THE DUCT. 16. STROBE AND HORN/STROBE UNITS NOTED WITH A 'C' SHALL HAVE A PROTECTIVE STI STOPPER ENSURE POWER AND 'POWER -LIMITED SEPERATION. ELECTRICAL ALSO TO PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL " POWER 1 CONDUIT FROM THE (FACP) TO CEILING SPACE FOR PO E 7 AHU SHUTDOWN_ RELAY: ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE A 4" SO. 2-1 8" DEEP BOX NEXT TO THE AHU / II COVER. h'i' 4 ,'Ily l 1,� !' �II� 'IVq 0 STUB -ACCESSIBLE VIA '�' IIIV ! +� � +, �I �, Q PROVIDED WITH INSULATED THROAT CONNECTORS. CABLES. ALL STUB UPS MUST BE R STARTER AND CONNECT USING A 2" LONG, 3/4' CHASE NIPPLE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR .SHALL ROUTE VOLTAGE CONTROL CIRCUIT THROUGH THE N.C. CONTACTS FOR FAN SHUTDOWN. 17.JUNCTION T RED. ALL BOXES CONTAINING FIRE ALARM WIRING ARE TO BE PAINTED ED i it ��� I � i � Vp � I II C� IQ , Iti ASSOCIATED AHU LOW = ~ INSTALL 5129 COMMUNICATOR NEXT TO FACP AND CONNECT TO PSC-12 TB2 RELAY OUTPUTS. 8 O ROLL UP GRILLS:, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A 4" SO. 2-1/8" DEEP BOX NEXT TO EACH 18. ALL PLENUM WIRING IS TO BE INSTALLED PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING V 2 FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR:. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A DOUBLE - IT THROUGH THE N.C. ROLL UP GRILL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE THE ROLL UP GRILL CIRCUIT STRUCTURE. INSTALL WIRING TIGHT UP AGAINST THE STRUCTURE FOR PROTECTION. CABLE SECURED TO THE W a- GANG BOX AT 60" WITH A 3/4" CONDUIT AND INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR INTO ACCESSIBLE CONTACTS VIA A `�EPERATE RACEWAY. SHALL BE BUNDLED WITH CABLE TIES ON A MAXIMUM OF 2'-6" AND FOR SUBMITTAL ❑ RECORD DRAWINGS F— Z w CEILING SPACE, STRUCTURE AT A MAXIMUM OF 5' ON CENTER. CABLE SHALL NOT LIE ON CEILING GRID OR O H 9 O KITCHEN HOOD: _LECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ASINGLE-GANG BOX FOR HTRI-M MODULE TILE. CEILING LE I have reviewed these plans and � Q 2 U ROUTE 1 18 AWG CONDUCTOR NON -SHIELDED CABLE {DATA) AND (1) #16 AWG 2 O # AT SPECIFIED LOCATION FOR KITCHEN FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEM. HTRI-M MODULE SHALL MONITOR THE [certify that they comply with the codes and Z Ill CONDUCTOR NON -SHIELDED CABLE (24VDC POWER) FROM THE MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL KITCHEN HOOD ALARM DRY CONTACTS 19. ALL FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AT EACH TERMINATION AND AT EACH 25' standards: Or L LL 0 a .PANEL TO THE FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. 10 O RELAY BASE FOR DOOR HOLDERS: FSPS WILL PROVIDE A RELAY BASE IN NEAREST CORRIDOR " BETWEEN TERMINATIONS.' DESIGNATED FOR they werecop{ediromsealedengineering � V. o g 3 O REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A DEDICATED 120VAC INTO THE �.. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL A 4 SQ 2-1 8 DEEP BOX. WITH CADDY- SMOKE DETECTO E E /plans 1/2" RACEWAY (FLEX) 20. , ONLY POWER -LIMITED FIRE ALARM CABLES SHALL BE❑certify Al. -LOWED IN RACEWAYS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. and any violations of the applicable codes or standards these ..t TOP LEFT-HAND SIDE KNOCKOUT OF THE REMOTE POWER SUPPLY (RPS).. ALSO, INSTALL AN ADDITIONAL BAR SUPPORT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SEPARATE are specifically noted on plans. 1 CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WITH INSULATED THROAT CONNECTORS FOR INTO THE SMOKE DETECTOR BACK BOX. CONNECT THE 120VAC THROUGH THE N.C.CONTACTS 21. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE GROMMETS IN ALL... BACKBOXES, � Fire Safe Protection Services, LP Q POWER LIMITED FIRE ALARM CABLES. 11 O FOR DOOR RELEASE. " -1 " DEEP BOX WITH SPRINKLER MONI;_OR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 4 SQ. 2 /8 D 22. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING: ALL CONDUIT, FITTINGS � 1815 Sherwood Forest L.Host ston, Texaq/77043 =78 U jj REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES ACTIVATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION: EACH REMOTE POWER SUPPLY (RPS) 1-1/2 DEEP EL ENSION RING ON WALL WITH 1/2 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONDUIT INTO EACH SPRINKLE R PENETRATIONS, FIREPROOFING; MOUNTING OF BACK BOXES, AND CONDUIT FOR FIRE ALARM POWER I 71 -72 ACR-83231- 81 3 00 5 SHALL BE ACTIVATED AND SYNCHRONIZED USING A SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM THE (ZIC-8) MODULE IN DEVICE TO BE Mi NITORED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. SUPPLIES, AND CONNECTION TO ALL NON -LOW VOLTAGE DEVICES. ZIC-8 THE FACP. THE SHALL BE CONFIGURED FOR RPS ACTIVATION FROM THE FACP. ( ) MODULE 23. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER VIA 120-VOLT,20-AMP DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH LOCK -ON APS-0612 INSTALL A 4" SQ. BOX AND CONNECT TO THE RPS FOR AN HTRIR MODULE TO MONITOR TROUBLE. 12 POST INDICATOR_'/ALVE (PIV): IF APPLICABLE, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE (1) 1" PROVISIONS AT THE RESPECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL, 4 TROUBLE CONTACT MONITOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A 4" SQ BOX NEXT TO EACH UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FROM OFFICE #D191C OUT TO PIV VAULT OUT IN YARD FOR FIRE ALARM PAN EXTENDER, AND EACH REMOTE POWER SUPPLY EACHEL E D , APS Licensee Signature -License # c a O RPS AND CONNECT USING A 2' LONG, 3/4" CHASE FOR (HTRIR) INTERFACE MODULE TO MONITOR THE CABLES. FIELD CJORDINATE EXISTENCE OF PIV WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.) ( 24. WHEN IN ALARM ALL STROBES ARE TO REMAIN FLASHING UNTIL PANEL IS RESET: SITE PLAN Phillip A. Sammons l,3 /a FSPS PROJECT NO. RPS.. 13 O RII STROBES: FSPS WILL PROVIDE A WEATHER-PROOF BOX FOR THE OUTSIDE FIRE FIRE ALARM. HO -_� A.PS Printed name na'a ALARM HORN/STR.)BE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE BOX AND PROVIDE A 3/4" 25. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY SLEEVES THROUGH FIRE- 10-01{ 65 5 O STANDALONE STROBE CIRCUITS OFF FACP: INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE (2) CIRCUITS I" ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR FIRE ALARM CABLES. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT RATED WALLS AND FIRE -STOP. SLEEVES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" CONDUIT. FSPS DRAWING N0. N SYNCHRONIZE 2 STROBE WITH ARCHITECT FND .ENGINEER. CIRCUITS. FA-1G i -.. r , . __--_. �.. �._-.-�.. ..".. , i i •-ii i� •i.a . nrr us. ui i i r „ .. o i..,nn R'\I rrl v.. .. r i i im �, .r. . i n .. i . . rn,. � . i ni .i , i ., .. . . r ...